SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM INC
S-4, 1997-05-01
RADIO BROADCASTING STATIONS
Previous: VOXEL /CA/, 10-Q, 1997-05-01
Next: TRANSAMERICAN REFINING CORP, 10-K405, 1997-05-01



<PAGE>   1
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 1997
                                                            Registration No. 33-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-4
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                                                  <C>
                                                            4832
                                                (Primary Standard Industrial      
             DELAWARE                           Classification Code Number)                          13-3827791
   (State or other jurisdiction                                                                   (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)           (SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS)                Identification No.)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>     
                       26 WEST 56TH STREET                                                 RAUL ALARCON, JR.
                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019                                      SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                          (212) 541-9200                                                  26 WEST 56TH STREET
           (Address, including zip code, and telephone                                  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
           number, including area code, of registrant's                                      (212) 541-9200
                   principal executive offices)                                 (Name, address, including zip code, and
                                                                                 telephone number, including area code,
                                                                                         of agent for service)
</TABLE>
                                   COPIES TO:

                                 JASON SHRINSKY
                             WILLIAM E. WALLACE, JR.
                   KAYE, SCHOLER, FIERMAN, HAYS & HANDLER, LLP
                                 425 PARK AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                 (212) 836-8000


     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box:

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
                                                                    AMOUNT TO           PROPOSED MAXIMUM      
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                BE REGISTERED    OFFERING PRICE PER SECURITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>                        
11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B                                $75,000,000                100%            
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14-1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series B                175,000                  $905            
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14-1/4% Exchange Debentures due 2005, Series B                         (2)                     --             
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value                                   (3)                     --             
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guarantees of 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B                       --                     --             
==============================================================================================================

<CAPTION>
========================================================================================================= 
                                                             PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE      AMOUNT OF    
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                OFFERING PRICE(1)      REGISTRATION FEE 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                          <C>                        <C>               
11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B                                  $75,000,000             $22,727.27   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
14-1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series B               $158,375,000             $47,992.42   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
14-1/4% Exchange Debentures due 2005, Series B                            --                     (2)      
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value                                      --                     (3)      
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Guarantees of 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B                         --                     (4)      
========================================================================================================= 
</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(f) solely for the purpose of calculating the
     registration fee.
(2)  Such indeterminate amount as may be issuable upon exchange of the 14-1/4%
     Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock. No separation consideration will be
     received for the 14-1/4% Exchange Debentures due 2005 so issued.
(3)  Such indeterminate amount as may be issuable upon the occurrence of certain
     events. See "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange
     Debentures -- Senior Preferred Stock -- Sale of AM Stations", " -- Future
     Equity Infusion" and "Voting" and "Description of Senior Preferred Stock
     and Exchange Debentures -- Exchange Debentures -- Sale of AM Stations." No
     separate consideration will be received for the shares of Class A Common
     Stock so issued.
(4)  Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no registration fee is payable with respect to the
     Guarantees.

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>   2
                         TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================================
                                                   STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION  PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL     I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                    NAME                                  OF INCORPORATION         CLASSIFICATION NUMBER     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                          <C>                          <C>
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. ...............         New Jersey                        4832                   13-3181941
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc. .         California                        4832                   92-3952357
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc. ....           Florida                         4832                   58-1700848
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alarcon Holdings, Inc. ..........................          New York                         6512                   13-3475833
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System Network, Inc. .......          New York                         4899                   13-3511101
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SBS Promotions, Inc. ............................          New York                         7999                   13-3456128
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SBS of Greater New York, Inc. ...................          New York                         4832                   13-3888732
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>   3
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 1, 1997

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE

                       11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004, SERIES A
                                       FOR
                       11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004, SERIES B
                                       AND
              14-1/4% SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A
                                       FOR
              14-1/4% SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B


                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
            NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ___________, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED

         Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letters of Transmittal (the
"Exchange Offer"), to exchange (i) its 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B (the
"Series B Notes") for an equal principal amount of its outstanding 11% Senior
Notes due 2004, Series A (the "Series A Notes"), of which an aggregate of
$75,000,000 in principal is outstanding as of the date hereof, and (ii) one new
share of its 14-1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series B (the "Series
B Senior Preferred Stock") for each outstanding share of its 14-1/4% Senior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A Senior Preferred Stock"),
of which 175,000 shares are outstanding. The form and the terms of each of the
Series B Notes and the Series B Senior Preferred Stock will be the same as the
form and terms of each of the Series A Notes and the Series A Senior Preferred
Stock, respectively, except that (i) each of the Series B Notes and the Series B
Senior Preferred Stock will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act") and hence will not bear legends restricting the
transfer thereof and (ii) holders of each of the Series B Notes and the Series B
Senior Preferred Stock will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of
Series A Notes and Series A Senior Preferred Stock, respectively, under the
Registration Rights Agreements (as defined herein), which will terminate upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and
Effect of the Exchange Offer." (continued on next page)

     SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS TO BE CONSIDERED
     BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR SERIES A SECURITIES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
         AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
             ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESEN-
                  TATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                 The date of this Prospectus is         , 1997.
<PAGE>   4
         Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") to third parties, the Company believes
that the Series B Notes and Series B Senior Preferred Stock to be issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchases
such Series B Securities (as defined herein) from the Company to resell pursuant
to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, or (ii)
a person that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Series
B Securities are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and
such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Series B Securities. Eligible holders wishing to accept the
Exchange Offer must represent to the Company that such conditions have been met.
Each broker-dealer that receives Series B Securities for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Series B Securities. The
Letters of Transmittal state that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer
in connection with resales of Series B Securities received in exchange for
Series A Securities (as defined herein) where such Series A Securities were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available
to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution."

         Holders of Series A Notes and Series A Senior Preferred Stock whose
Series A Notes and Series A Senior Preferred Stock are not tendered and accepted
in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Series A Notes and Series A
Senior Preferred Stock and will be entitled to all the rights and preferences
and will be subject to the limitations applicable thereto under the indenture
governing the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes and the certificate of
designation governing the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, respectively.
Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Series A Notes and
Series A Senior Preferred Stock will continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer thereof and the Company will have no further
obligation to such holders to provide for the registration under the Securities
Act of the Series A Notes and Series A Senior Preferred Stock held by them. The
Series B Notes will evidence the same debt as the Series A Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the indenture (the "Indenture") dated as of March
15, 1997 governing the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes. The Series A Notes
and the Series B Notes are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the
"Notes." The Series A Senior Preferred Stock and the Series B Senior Preferred
Stock are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "Senior Preferred
Stock". The Series A Notes and the Series A Senior Preferred Stock are sometimes
referred to herein collectively as the "Series A Securities." The Series B Notes
and the Series B Senior Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to herein
collectively as the "Series B Securities."

         The Notes will bear interest at the rate of 11% per annum, payable in
cash semi-annually on each March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15,
1997. The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, on or after March 15, 2001 at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, the Company
may redeem in the aggregate up to 25% of the original principal amount of Notes
at any time prior to March 15, 2000, at a redemption price equal to 110% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
redemption date with the Net Proceeds (as defined herein) of one or more Public
Equity Offerings (as defined herein); provided that at least $56,250,000
aggregate principal amount of Notes would remain outstanding after giving effect
to any such redemption. Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), each
holder will be entitled to require the Company to purchase such holder's Notes
at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
purchase date. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company
ranking pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior
unsecured indebtedness of the Company. The Notes will be guaranteed (the
"Guarantees") on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by each of the
Company's subsidiaries (the "Guarantors"). As of December 29, 1996, after giving
pro forma effect to the Transactions (as defined herein), the Company and the
Guarantors would have had $179.9 million of senior indebtedness outstanding
(including 


                                       ii
<PAGE>   5
the Notes). The Notes and the Guarantees will be effectively subordinated in
right of payment to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company
and the Guarantors.

         Dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock will be payable semi-annually
on each March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 1997, at a rate per
annum of 14-1/4% of the liquidation preference per share. Dividends may be paid,
at the Company's option, on any dividend payment date occurring on or prior to
March 15, 2002 either in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Senior
Preferred Stock having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount
of such dividends. The liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock will
be $1,000 per share. The Senior Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000 at a
redemption price equal to 105% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. After March 15, 2000
and prior to March 15, 2002, the Senior Preferred Stock is not redeemable. On or
after March 15, 2002, the Senior Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein,
plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. The Company is
required, subject to certain limitations, to redeem all of the Senior Preferred
Stock outstanding on March 15, 2005 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
liquidation preference thereof plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date
of redemption. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will,
subject to certain conditions, offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares
of Senior Preferred Stock at a price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference
thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of purchase.

         Subject to certain conditions, the Senior Preferred Stock is
exchangeable in whole or in part on a pro rata basis, at the option of the
Company, on any dividend payment date for the Company's 14-1/4% Exchange
Debentures due 2005 (including any such securities paid in lieu of cash
dividends, as described herein, the "Exchange Debentures"); provided, that
immediately after giving effect to any partial exchange, there shall be
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation
preference of not less than $75 million and not less than $50 million in
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Debentures. In addition, subject to
certain conditions, the Company has agreed to exchange all outstanding Senior
Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures when such an exchange is permitted under
the terms of its Indebtedness (as defined herein). Interest on the Exchange
Debentures will be payable at a rate of 14-1/4% per annum and will accrue from
the date of issuance thereof. Interest on the Exchange Debentures will be
payable semi-annually in cash or, at the option of the Company, on or prior to
March 15, 2002 in additional Exchange Debentures, in arrears on each March 15
and September 15, commencing on the first such date after the exchange of the
Senior Preferred Stock for the Exchange Debentures. The Exchange Debentures
mature on March 15, 2005. The Exchange Debentures are redeemable, at the option
of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000
at a redemption price equal to 105% of the aggregate principal amount thereof,
plus accrued an unpaid interest to the date of redemption. After March 15, 2000
and prior to March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures are not redeemable. On and
after March 15, 2002 the Exchange Debentures are redeemable, at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein,
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

         The Exchange Debentures will be subordinated to all existing and future
Senior Debt (as defined herein) of the Company and will rank pari passu with or
senior to all future Indebtedness of the Company that expressly provides that it
ranks pari passu with or junior to the Exchange Debentures, as the case may be.
The Exchange Debentures will be unconditionally guaranteed, joint and severally,
on a senior subordinated basis, by each of the Guarantors.

         The Exchange Offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate
principal amount of Series A Notes or any minimum number of shares of Series A
Senior Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange. The Company will accept for
exchange any and all validly tendered Series A Securities not withdrawn prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on __________, 1997 unless extended by the
Company, in its sole discretion (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Series A
Securities may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. The
Exchange 


                                      iii
<PAGE>   6
Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. See "The Exchange Offer --
Conditions." The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange
Offer. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer.

         The Series A Securities constitute securities for which there is no
established trading market. Any Series A Securities not tendered and accepted in
the Exchange Offer will remain outstanding. The Company does not currently
intend to list the Series B Securities on any securities exchange. To the extent
that any Series A Securities are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, a
holder's ability to sell untendered Series A Securities could be adversely
affected. No assurances can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market
for either the Series A Securities or the Series B Securities.

         The Company has been advised by CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., the
initial purchaser (the "Initial Purchaser") of the Series A Securities, that it
intends to make a market in the Series A Securities and that, following the
Exchange Offer, it intends to make a market in the Series B Securities; however,
the Initial Purchaser is under no obligation to do so and any market making
activities with respect to the Series B Securities may be discontinued at any
time.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF SERIES A NOTES OR SERIES A SENIOR
PREFERRED STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE
ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY
LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.


                                       iv
<PAGE>   7
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the Series B Securities
offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
this Prospectus omits certain information, exhibits and undertakings contained
in the Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the
Company and the Series B Securities offered hereby, reference is made to the
Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto and the financial
statements, notes and schedules filed as a part thereof. The Registration
Statement (and the exhibits and schedules thereto), as well as the periodic
reports and other information filed by the Company with the Commission, may be
inspected and copied at the public reference section of the Commission at Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the
regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300,
New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. Such information can also be reviewed through the
Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System which is
publicity available through the Commission's Web Site (http: www.sec. gov).
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or
other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is
made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified by such reference.

         Pursuant to the Indenture relating to the Series B Notes and the
Certificate of Designation relating to the Series B Senior Preferred Stock, the
Company has agreed to furnish to IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee
(the "Trustee"), and to registered holders of the Notes and the Senior Preferred
Stock, without cost to the Trustee or such registered holders, copies of all
reports and other information that would be required to be filed by the Company
with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), whether or not the Company is then required to file reports
with the Commission. The Company has agreed that, whether or not the Company is
subject to filing requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
and so long as any Notes or Senior Preferred Stock remain outstanding, it will
file such other reports as it may determine or as may be required by law.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference herein all documents and
reports filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") after the date of this Prospectus. Any
statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other
subsequently filed document deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.

         The Company will provide without charge to each person to whom the
Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy
of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference herein (not including
the exhibits to such documents, unless such exhibits are specifically
incorporated by reference in such documents). Requests for such copies should be
directed to the Company at 26 West 56th Street, New York, New York 10019,
telephone number (212) 541-9200, attention Chief Financial Officer.

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

         Certain statements under the captions "Summary," "Business" and
elsewhere in this Prospectus constitute "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange
Act. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements of the Company, or 


                                       v
<PAGE>   8
industry results, to be materially different from any future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following:
general economic and business conditions; the ability of the Company to
implement its business and acquisition strategy; the ability of the Company to
obtain financing; changes in the industry; competition; availability of key
personnel; and changes in or the failure to comply with government regulations.
See "Risk Factors." As a result of the foregoing and other factors, no assurance
can be given as to the future results, levels of activity and achievements of
the Company. Neither the Company nor any other person assumes responsibility for
the accuracy and completeness of these statements.

                             SOURCES OF INFORMATION

         Unless otherwise indicated, all market revenue rankings that are
contained in this Prospectus are based on information for calendar year 1995
contained in James H. Duncan, Jr., Duncan's Radio Market Guide (1996 ed.).
Unless otherwise indicated, rank in audience share data in this Prospectus is
based on the "12+ average quarter hour share" -- the number of persons, aged 12
and over, who listen to a radio station for at least five minutes in a
quarter-hour segment Monday through Sunday, 6:00 a.m. to midnight in the most
recent survey period (Fall 1996) as reported by the Arbitron Company
("Arbitron"), Arbitron Radio Market Reports (copyright 1996). Further, and
unless otherwise noted, references herein to the rank of a station among all the
radio stations within a market has been determined with reference to all radio
stations rated by Arbitron within the applicable market. Area of Dominant
Influence ("ADI") information contained herein is based on Arbitron's 1993 ADI
definitions. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the demographic
statistics in this Prospectus are derived from Strategy Research Corporation's
1996 United States Hispanic Market Study (the "SRC Study"), United States Census
Bureau and Hispanic Business Magazine. The SRC Study is sponsored by advertisers
and other businesses targeting the Hispanic market, including the Company and
many of its principal competitors. Radio weekly reach information is derived
from the RADAR@ reports released on national radio use, as compiled by
Statistical Research, Inc. from RADAR 54, Volume 1, Fall 1996.


                                       vi
<PAGE>   9
                                     SUMMARY

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial
statements and notes contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the context
otherwise indicates, as used herein, the "Company" or "SBS" means Spanish
Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned
subsidiaries, the "Acquisitions" means the acquisition by the Company of WYSY-FM
in Chicago and WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami, and the "Pending Dispositions"
means the planned disposition by the Company of KXMG-AM in Los Angeles, WCMQ-AM
in Miami, WXLX-AM in New York and WSKP-FM in Key West, Florida. The Company's
fiscal year is defined as the twelve months ended on the last Sunday in
September.

                                   THE COMPANY

         The Company is one of the leading Spanish-language radio broadcasting
companies in the United States. Following the consummation of the Pending
Dispositions, the Company will own and operate seven major market FM radio
stations in Los Angeles, New York, Chicago and Miami, which are the #1, #2, #3
and #12 radio revenue markets in the United States, respectively. In addition,
these metropolitan areas represent the four largest Hispanic media markets in
general, as measured by total media expenditures targeted at the Hispanic
population, with over 43% of the United States Hispanic population residing
within these markets. The Company also owns and operates an FM radio station in
Key Largo, Florida.

         The Company has begun implementing several strategic initiatives
designed to enhance the underlying asset value of the Company's radio properties
and improve operating performance, including: (i) the acquisition of four new FM
radio stations in three key markets, (ii) the disposition of its three AM radio
stations and one of its smaller market FM stations, and (iii) the addition of
experienced operating management to supervise its radio stations on a regional
level. Following the consummation of its dispositions, the Company will focus
primarily upon the successful integration of its new radio properties and the
improvement of the competitive position and financial performance of its
existing radio stations.

         The Company intends to capitalize on the combined national marketing
power derived from owning and operating radio stations in the four largest
Hispanic media markets in the United States and the economies of scale and
ability to target multiple demographics resulting from multiple station
ownership within a particular market. Multiple station ownership is expected to
allow the Company the opportunity to offer advertising packages on multiple
radio stations at attractive price levels and expand the market for advertising
targeted at Hispanics, thereby allowing the Company to capture a larger share of
a market's overall advertising revenues. The Company's acquisition of WPAT-FM in
March 1996 added a second Spanish-language FM outlet to the New York
metropolitan market and created the first Spanish-language FM duopoly serving
the country's #2 Hispanic media market. The Company's acquisitions of WRMA-FM
and WXDJ-FM (the #1 and #2 ranked Spanish-language stations in Miami,
respectively) in March 1997 created the first FM triopoly in the #3 Hispanic
media market in the United States. Finally, SBS's opportunistic acquisition of
WYSY-FM in Chicago from Infinity Holding Corp. of Orlando ("Infinity") will
enable the Company to introduce only the second high power Spanish-language FM
station in the nation's #4 Hispanic media market.

         During 1996, the Company reassessed its business strategy and
determined that its AM radio stations, comprised of WXLX-AM, KXMG-AM and
WCMQ-AM, as well as one of its smaller market FM stations, WSKP-FM, did not
offer substantial opportunities for growth as compared to its major market FM
radio stations. As a result, the Company has decided to redeploy the capital
invested in these assets and focus on the development of its major market FM
stations which management believes offer significantly better coverage of the
Hispanic population to advertisers.
<PAGE>   10
         In order to continue to improve the financial performance of its radio
station portfolio, the Company has supplemented its management team with
personnel from leading national media companies who have experience in improving
station programming and operating results. In particular, the Company has
recently hired three radio industry professionals who will have regional
responsibility for each of the Company's markets. Mr. Russell Oasis, Executive
Vice President-Programming and Chief Operating Officer of the Miami stations,
joined the Company in connection with the acquisitions of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM,
where as general manager of these stations, he was responsible for building and
maintaining their #1 and #2 positions in the Miami Spanish-language radio
market. Mr. Oasis was also instrumental in reformatting WCMQ-FM, the Company's
existing Miami FM station, in October 1996, which increased WCMQ-FM's audience
ratings from a 2.1 share for the Summer 1996 Arbitron rating period to a 3.7
share for the Fall 1996 Arbitron rating period in its targeted demographic
market. Mr. Oasis is responsible for managing all three of the Company's Miami
stations. Mr. Carey Davis, Vice President and General Manager of the New York
stations, recently joined the Company after spending the past 11 years with
Westinghouse/CBS, including six years as General Sales Manager of WINS-AM in New
York City and most recently as Vice President/Sales Development for the CBS and
Westinghouse stations. Mr. Davis has extensive radio experience in the New York
market and was recently named 1996 National Association of Broadcasters Sales
Manager of the Year. Mr. Stephen Humphries, Vice President/Western Region and
General Manager of the Los Angeles stations, with responsibility for the Chicago
station, joined the Company from Heftel Broadcasting Corp. in October 1996 and
has over 20 years of radio industry experience.

                                 MARKET OVERVIEW

         The Company broadcasts primarily to the United States Hispanic
population, which is one of the most rapidly growing segments of the United
States population. With approximately 27.2 million Hispanics, the United States
has the fifth largest Hispanic population in the world. The Hispanic population
is highly concentrated in discrete geographic areas, with approximately 63% of
all Hispanics residing in the ten largest Hispanic markets in the United States.
By the year 2010, Hispanics are projected to account for approximately 13.5% of
the total population of the United States and will be the country's largest
minority group. According to market studies, the United States Hispanic
population has an estimated annual disposable income in excess of $228 billion
and is more brand conscious than the general population. In addition,
approximately 78% of Hispanics living in the United States prefer to speak
Spanish at home, further contributing to the popularity of Spanish-language
radio as a source of Spanish-language entertainment, information and culture.

         Primarily due to these factors, the Company believes that the United
States Hispanic population represents an attractive market for local and
national advertisers. Total media advertising expenditures targeting Hispanics
have increased significantly from $166 million in 1983 to an estimated
approximately $1.2 billion in 1996, with $322 million, or 28%, of the total
Hispanic media advertising allocated to radio advertising. In 1996, Hispanics
accounted for approximately 6.0% of total purchasing power while the Company
estimates that Spanish-language advertising expenditures accounted for less than
2.7% of total advertising expenditures in all media. The Company believes that
the current disparity between the level of Hispanic contribution to total U.S.
purchasing power and the level of media expenditures targeting the Hispanic
market will lessen and that Spanish-language radio advertising rates will
approach general market rate levels. In addition, the Company believes that
advertisers are increasingly realizing that radio advertising is an effective
means of reaching the Hispanic population.

         After giving effect to the Pending Dispositions, the Company will own
and operate seven major market FM radio stations in the four largest Hispanic
media markets in the United States:

         Los Angeles: KLAX-FM serves the Los Angeles metropolitan area, which is
the #1 radio revenue market and the #1 Hispanic media market in the United
States, with an ADI population of approximately 16.1 million of which
approximately 37.3% is Hispanic. Of the 46 Arbitron-ranked radio stations
serving the Los Angeles metropolitan area, KLAX-FM is currently the #2 ranked
Spanish-language radio station and the #5 ranked station overall. KLAX-FM's
overall ratings increased from a 3.4 share for the Summer 1996 Arbitron rating
period to 


                                       2
<PAGE>   11
a 4.0 share for the Fall 1996 Arbitron rating period. The Company's recent
programming enhancements and management changes have resulted in these ratings
improvements which management believes will improve the operating results of
KLAX-FM.

         New York: WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM serve the New York City metropolitan
area, which is the #2 radio revenue market and the #2 Hispanic media market in
the United States, with an ADI population of approximately 20.0 million of which
approximately 16.4% is Hispanic. WPAT-FM was acquired in March 1996 and
reprogrammed with a romantic adult contemporary format designed to complement
WSKQ-FM's upbeat salsa and merengue "Latin Power" format. WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM
are the only two Spanish-language FM stations serving the New York metropolitan
area. Of the 43 Arbitron-ranked radio stations serving the New York metropolitan
area, WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM are the #1 and #2 ranked Spanish-language stations and
are the #5 and #15 ranked stations overall. As a result of the acquisition of
WPAT-FM, the Company's combined New York ratings increased from a 5.5 share for
the Fall 1995 Arbitron rating period to a 7.2 share for the Fall 1996 Arbitron
rating period.

         Miami: WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WCMQ-FM serve the Miami metropolitan area,
which is the #12 radio revenue market and the #3 Hispanic media market in the
United States, with an ADI population of approximately 3.7 million of which
approximately 37.1% is Hispanic. Of the 34 Arbitron-ranked stations serving the
Miami metropolitan area, WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WCMQ-FM are the #1, #2 and #5
ranked Spanish-language radio stations and the #4, #5 and #15 ranked stations
overall. The Company reformatted WCMQ-FM in October 1996 with a "Spanish Oldies"
format to complement the adult contemporary and "Latin Power" formats of WRMA-FM
and WXDJ-FM and to further expand the Company's revenue base. Since this format
change, WCMQ-FM's ratings have improved from a 2.1 share for the Summer 1996
Arbitron rating period to a 3.7 share for the Fall 1996 Arbitron rating period
in its targeted demographic of persons, aged 25 to 54.

         Chicago: WYSY-FM serves the Chicago metropolitan area, which is the #3
radio revenue market and the #4 Hispanic media market in the United States with
an ADI population of approximately 9.4 million of which approximately 11.8% is
Hispanic. The Company intends to change the station's programming of WYSY-FM
from 70s' rock to Spanish-language in the near future. Upon consummation of such
reprogramming, WYSY-FM will be only the second high-power Spanish-language FM
station covering the Chicago metropolitan area. The Company believes that the
Chicago Spanish-language radio market is underserved and offers significant
opportunities for growth.

         The Company also owns and operates an FM radio station in Key Largo,
Florida.


                                       3
<PAGE>   12
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Registration Rights Agreement.......   The Series A Securities were sold in transactions exempt from the
                                       registration requirements of the Securities Act by the Company on March
                                       27, 1997 to CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp. (the "Initial Purchaser")
                                       pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 1997 by
                                       and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and the Initial
                                       Purchaser (the "Purchase Agreement").  The Initial Purchaser subsequently
                                       sold the Series A Notes and Series A Senior Preferred Stock to qualified
                                       institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
                                       The Company entered into a Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated March
                                       15, 1997 (the "Notes Registration Rights Agreement") and a Preferred Stock
                                       Registration Rights Agreement dated March 15, 1997 (the "Preferred Stock
                                       Registration Rights Agreement" and, together with the Notes Registration
                                       Rights Agreement, the "Registration Rights Agreements") which grants the
                                       holders of the Series A Notes and the Series A Senior Preferred Stock,
                                       respectively, certain exchange and registration rights.  The Exchange
                                       Offer is intended to satisfy such rights. The holders of the Series B
                                       Securities are not entitled to any exchange or registration rights with
                                       respect to the Series B Securities.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Purposes
                                       and Effects of the Exchange Offer."

The Exchange Offer..................   The Company is offering to exchange (i) $1,000 principal amount of Series
                                       B Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of Series A Notes that are
                                       properly tendered and accepted and (ii) one share of Series B Senior
                                       Preferred Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock properly
                                       tendered and accepted.  The Company will issue Series B Securities on or
                                       promptly after the Expiration Date.  As of the date hereof, there is
                                       $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes outstanding and
                                       175,000 shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock outstanding.  The terms
                                       of the Series B Securities are substantially identical in all respects to
                                       the terms of the Series A Securities for which they may be exchanged
                                       pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that (i) the Series B Securities
                                       are freely transferable by holders thereof (other than as provided
                                       herein), and are not subject to any covenant restricting transfer absent
                                       registrations under the Securities Act and (ii) holders of the Series B
                                       Securities will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Series
                                       A Securities under the Registration Rights Agreements, which rights will
                                       terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer.  See "The Exchange
                                       Offer."  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
                                       principal amount of Series A Notes or any minimum number of shares of
                                       Series A Senior Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange.

                                       Based on an interpretation by the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to
                                       third parties, the Company believes that the Series B Securities issued pursuant to
                                       the Exchange Offer in exchange for Series A Securities may be offered for resale,
                                       resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer
                                       who purchases such Series B Securities directly from the Company to resell pursuant to
                                       Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the
                                       Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>   13
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       Securities Act) of the Company), without compliance with the registration and
                                       prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder is
                                       acquiring the Series B Securities in the ordinary course of its business and is not
                                       participating, and had no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate,
                                       in the distribution of the Series B Securities. Each broker-dealer that receives the
                                       Series B Securities for its own account in exchange for the Series A Securities, where
                                       such Series A Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
                                       market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will
                                       deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Series B Securities. The
                                       Company has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will
                                       make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
                                       such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

Expiration Date.....................   The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
                                       on             , 1997, unless the Exchange Offer is extended by the
                                       Company in its reasonable discretion, in which case the term "Expiration
                                       Date" shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is
                                       extended.

Conditions to the
Exchange Offer......................   The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which may
                                       be waived by the Company.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."  The
                                       Company reserves the right to terminate or amend the Exchange Offer at any
                                       time prior to the Expiration Date upon the occurrence of any such
                                       conditions.

Procedures for Tendering
Original Notes......................   Each holder of Series A Securities wishing to accept the Exchange Offer
                                       must complete, sign and date the respective Letter of Transmittal, or a
                                       facsimile thereof, in accordance with the instructions contained herein
                                       and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or
                                       such facsimile, together with the Series A Securities and any other
                                       required documentation to the exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") at the
                                       address set forth herein.  Series A Securities may be physically
                                       delivered, but physical delivery is not required if a confirmation of a
                                       book-entry transfer of such Original Notes to the Exchange Agent's account
                                       at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Depository") is delivered
                                       in a timely fashion.  By executing the Letter of Transmittal, each holder
                                       will represent to the Company that, among other things, the Series B
                                       Securities acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in
                                       the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Series B
                                       Securities, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the
                                       holder nor any such other person is engaged in, or intends to engage in,
                                       or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in,
                                       the distribution of such Series B Securities and that neither the holder
                                       nor any such person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the
                                       Securities Act, of the Company.  Each broker or dealer that receives
                                       Series B Securities for its own account in exchange for Series A
                                       Securities, where such Series A Securities were acquired by such broker or
                                       dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
                                       activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
                                       connection with any resale of such Series B
</TABLE>


                                       5
<PAGE>   14
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       Securities. See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" and "Plan of
                                       Distribution."

Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owner....................   Any beneficial owner whose Series A Securities are registered in the name
                                       of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
                                       who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and
                                       instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's
                                       behalf.  If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own
                                       behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
                                       Transmittal and delivering his Series A Securities, either make
                                       appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Series A Securities
                                       in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
                                       registered holder.  The transfer of registered ownership may take
                                       considerable time and may not be completed prior to the Expiration Date.
                                       See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."

Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures..........................   Holders of Series A Securities who wish to tender their Series A
                                       Securities and whose Series A Securities are not immediately available or
                                       who cannot deliver their Series A Securities, the Letters of Transmittal
                                       or any other documents required by the Letters of Transmittal to the
                                       Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Series A
                                       Securities according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
                                       the "Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Acceptance of the Series A
Securities and Delivery of the
Series B Securities.................   Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Exchange
                                       Offer, the Company will accept for exchange any and all Series A
                                       Securities which are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to the
                                       Expiration Date.  The Series B Securities issued pursuant to the Exchange
                                       Offer will be delivered on the earliest practicable date following the
                                       Expiration Date.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Withdrawal Rights...................   Tenders of Series A Securities may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
                                       Expiration Date.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."

Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations......................   For a discussion of certain federal income tax considerations relating to
                                       the exchange of the Series B Securities for the Series A Securities, see
                                       "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer."

Exchange Agent......................   IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company is serving as the Exchange Agent in
                                       connection with the Exchange Offer.  See "The Exchange Offer  -- Exchange
                                       Agent."
</TABLE>


                                       6
<PAGE>   15
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Effect on Holders of
the Series A Securities.............   Holders of the Series A Securities who do not tender their Series A
                                       Securities will not have further exchange rights and will continue to be
                                       subject to certain restrictions on transfer.  To the extent that Series A
                                       Securities are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading
                                       market for untendered Series A Securities could be adversely affected.

Use of Proceeds.....................   There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the exchange pursuant
                                       to the Exchange Offer.
</TABLE>


                                       7
<PAGE>   16
                                THE SECURITIES

THE NOTES

         The Exchange Offer applies to $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Series A Notes. The form and terms of the Series B Notes will be the same as
the form and terms of the Series A Notes except that (i) the Series B Notes will
be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Series B Notes will not
be entitled to certain rights of holders of Series A Notes under the Notes
Registration Rights Agreement which will terminate upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer. The Series B Notes will evidence the same debt as the Series A
Notes, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be treated as
a single class thereunder with the Old Notes. See "Description of the Notes."

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Issue...............................   $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11% Senior Notes due 2004,
                                       Series B.

Maturity Date.......................   March 15, 2004.

Interest Payment Dates..............   Interest will accrue on the Notes from the date of issuance (the "Issue
                                       Date") and will be payable in cash
                                       semi-annually in arrears on each March 15
                                       and September 15, commencing September
                                       15, 1997.

Ranking.............................   The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Notes
                                       will rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future
                                       subordinated indebtedness of the Company.  The Notes will rank pari passu
                                       with the Old Notes.

Guarantees..........................   The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis,
                                       as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and
                                       severally (the "Guarantees"), by the Guarantors, which will consist of all
                                       of the Company's existing subsidiaries.  A Guarantor shall be released
                                       from its obligations under its Guarantee in certain circumstances.  See
                                       "Description of the Notes -- Guarantees."

Optional Redemption.................   The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
                                       part, at any time on or after March 15, 2001 at the redemption prices set
                                       forth herein, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
                                       date of redemption.  In addition, the Company, at its option, may redeem
                                       in the aggregate up to 25% of the original principal amount of Notes at
                                       any time prior to March 15, 2000, at a redemption price equal to 110% of
                                       the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
                                       the redemption date with the Net Proceeds of one or more Public Equity
                                       Offerings (as defined herein); provided, however, that after any such
                                       redemption at least $56.25 million aggregate principal amount of Notes
                                       remain outstanding and that such redemption occur within 90 days following
                                       the consummation of any such Public Equity Offering.

Change of Control...................   In the event of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make
                                       an offer to purchase all outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101% of the
                                       principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
                                       purchase.  See "Description of the Notes -- Change of Control Offer."
                                       There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds or
</TABLE>


                                       8
<PAGE>   17
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       will be contractually permitted by outstanding indebtedness to pay the
                                       required purchase price for all Notes tendered by holders upon a Change of
                                       Control.

Certain Covenants...................   The Indenture contains covenants for the benefit of the holders of the
                                       Notes that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and
                                       its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined herein) to: (i) incur additional
                                       Indebtedness (as defined herein); (ii) pay dividends, make distributions
                                       or make certain other restricted payments; (iii) issue stock of, or
                                       create, subsidiaries; (iv) make certain investments; (v) repurchase stock;
                                       (vi) create liens; (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates; (viii)
                                       merge or consolidate the Company or the Guarantors; and (ix) transfer or
                                       sell assets.  These covenants are subject to a number of important
                                       exceptions.  See "Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants."

                                       For more complete information regarding the Notes, including the definitions of
                                       certain capitalized terms used above, see "Description of the Notes."
</TABLE>

SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

         The Exchange Offer applies to the 175,000 shares of Series A Senior
Preferred Stock plus any additional shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock
issued as dividends prior to the Expiration Date. The form and terms of the
Series B Senior Preferred Stock are the same as the form and terms of the Series
A Senior Preferred Stock except that the shares of Series B Senior Preferred
Stock will be registered under the Securities Act and thus will not bear
restrictive legends restricting their transfer pursuant to the Securities Act.
See "Description of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures."

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Liquidation Preference..............   $1,000 per share, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.

Optional Redemption.................   The Senior Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at the option of the
                                       Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000 at
                                       a redemption price equal to 105% of the liquidation preference thereof,
                                       plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption.  After
                                       March 15, 2000 and prior to March 15, 2002, the Senior Preferred Stock is
                                       not redeemable.  On or after March 15, 2002, the Senior Preferred Stock
                                       will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at
                                       any time, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of
                                       liquidation preference) if redeemed during the twelve-month period
                                       commencing on March 15, of the applicable year set forth below plus,
                                       without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid
                                       dividends to the redemption date:
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR                           PERCENTAGE
                                                     ----                           ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C> 
                                                     2002.......................        107%
                                                     2003.......................        105%
                                                     2004 and thereafter........        100%
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Mandatory Redemption................   The Company is required, subject to certain conditions, to redeem all of
                                       the Senior Preferred Stock outstanding on March 15, 2005 at a redemption
</TABLE>


                                       9
<PAGE>   18
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus
                                       accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption.

Dividends...........................   At a rate equal to 14 1/4% per annum of the liquidation preference per
                                       share, payable semi-annually beginning September 15, 1997 and accumulating
                                       from the Issue Date.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends on any
                                       dividend payment date occurring on or before March 15, 2002 either in cash
                                       or by the issuance of additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock having
                                       an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends.

Dividend Payment Dates..............   March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 1997.

Sale of AM Stations.................   If the Company has not (a) consummated Asset Sales including the FCC
                                       broadcast licenses of WXLX-AM, New York, KXMG-AM, Los Angeles, and
                                       WCMQ-AM, Miami, and applied the lesser of (i) $15.0 million of the Asset
                                       Sale Proceeds with respect to such Asset Sales or (ii) the excess of the
                                       Asset Sale Proceeds with respect to such Asset Sales above $25.0 million,
                                       to repurchase Notes or Old Notes, (b) received Net Proceeds from issuances
                                       of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) after the
                                       Issue Date in an amount equal to or greater than $45.0 million or (c)
                                       utilized $40.0 million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale(s) to
                                       repurchase Notes or Old Notes, in each case, on or prior to the AM
                                       Stations Asset Sale Date (as defined below), the Company will issue to the
                                       holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures then outstanding
                                       (on a pro rata basis, based upon the liquidation preference and principal
                                       amount, respectively, thereof), to the extent permitted by applicable law,
                                       (x) on the AM Stations Asset Sale Date, shares of Class A Common Stock
                                       representing, in the aggregate, 1.5% of the Common Stock of the Company on
                                       a fully diluted basis as of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date and (y) on
                                       each anniversary of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date until such time as the
                                       Company shall have (A) received Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital
                                       Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an
                                       amount equal to or greater than $45.0 million or (B) utilized $40.0
                                       million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale(s) to repurchase Notes
                                       or Old Notes, shares of Class A Common Stock representing 1.5% of the
                                       Common Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of such
                                       anniversary. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to Government Regulation;
                                       Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock."

                                       As used herein, "AM Stations Asset Sale Date" means April 1, 1998; provided that if,
                                       on April 1, 1998, the Company shall have entered into a legally binding sale agreement
                                       or agreements for the sale of the FCC broadcast licenses of WXLX-AM, KXMG-AM and
                                       WCMQ-AM, and the only condition to the closing of such Asset Sales is the granting by
                                       the FCC of final approval of the transfer of such licenses, the AM Stations Asset Sale
                                       Date shall be the earlier of (a) the 60th day after the FCC approves the transfer of
                                       such licenses or (b) the day the FCC denies approval of any such transfer or any such
                                       sale agreement shall have been terminated or ceased to be a legally binding agreement
                                       of the parties thereto.
</TABLE>


                                      10
<PAGE>   19
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Future Equity Infusion..............   If, on any dividend payment date commencing with the March 15, 2000
                                       dividend payment date, the sum of (i) the Net Proceeds received by the
                                       Company from issuances of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
                                       Capital Stock) after the Issue Date, (ii) the aggregate liquidation
                                       preference of Senior Preferred Stock redeemed or repurchased by the
                                       Company (other than pursuant to the Preferred Stock Exchange Offer) and
                                       (iii) the aggregate liquidation preference of Senior Preferred Stock
                                       exchanged for Exchange Debentures does not equal or exceed $50.0 million,
                                       the Company shall issue to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, to the
                                       extent permitted by applicable law, on each such dividend payment date
                                       shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount equal to 1% of Common Stock of
                                       the Company on a fully diluted basis as of such dividend payment date. See
                                       "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to Government Regulation; Limitation on
                                       Issuances of Common Stock."

Voting..............................   The Senior Preferred Stock will be non-voting, except as otherwise
                                       required by law and except in certain circumstances described herein,
                                       including (i) amending certain rights of the holders of the Senior
                                       Preferred Stock and (ii) the issuance of any class of equity securities
                                       that ranks on a parity with or senior to the Senior Preferred Stock.  In
                                       addition, if the Company (i) after March 15, 2002 fails to pay cash
                                       dividends in respect of two or more semi-annual dividend periods in the
                                       aggregate, (ii) fails to make a mandatory redemption or an offer to
                                       purchase upon a Change of Control, or (iii) fails to comply with certain
                                       covenants or make certain payments on its Indebtedness, holders of a
                                       majority of the shares of the Senior Preferred Stock, voting as a class,
                                       will be entitled to elect the lesser of two directors or that number of
                                       directors constituting at least 25% of the Company's board of directors.

                                       Upon the occurrence of a Voting Rights Triggering Event (as defined), the Company
                                       shall issue to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, to the extent permitted by
                                       applicable law, on a pro rata basis, shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount equal
                                       to 2% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis on the date of issuance. If, on any
                                       dividend payment date after the occurrence of such Voting Rights Triggering Event, any
                                       Voting Rights Triggering Event shall be continuing, the Company shall issue to the
                                       holders of Senior Preferred Stock, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on a pro
                                       rata basis, shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount in the aggregate equal to the
                                       product of (a) that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to 2% of the Common
                                       Stock on a fully diluted basis as of each such dividend payment date and (b) a
                                       fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days (not to exceed 180 days) during
                                       the Dividend Period (as defined below) ending on such dividend payment date that a
                                       Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and been continuing, and the
                                       denominator of which is 180. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to Government
                                       Regulation; Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock." In addition, so long as a Voting
                                       Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the dividend rate on
                                       the Senior Preferred Stock will increase by 2% per annum.
</TABLE>


                                      11
<PAGE>   20
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       As used herein, a "Dividend Period" is the period from the Issue Date to September 15,
                                       1997, and, thereafter, the period from a dividend payment date to the next succeeding
                                       dividend payment date.

Exchange Provisions.................   The Senior Preferred Stock will be exchangeable into the Exchange
                                       Debentures, at the Company's option, subject to certain conditions, in
                                       whole or in part, on a pro rata basis, on any scheduled dividend payment
                                       date; provided that immediately after giving effect to any partial
                                       exchange, there shall be outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock
                                       (whether initially issued or issued in lieu of cash dividends) with an
                                       aggregate liquidation preference of not less than $75 million and not less
                                       than $50 million of aggregate principal amount of Exchange Debentures.
                                       Subject to certain conditions, the Company has agreed to exchange all
                                       outstanding Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures when such an
                                       exchange is permitted under the terms of certain of its Indebtedness.

Ranking.............................   The Senior Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and
                                       rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company, rank
                                       senior to all classes of common stock and to all other classes of
                                       preferred stock of the Company.

Change of Control...................   In the event of a Change of Control, the Company will, subject to certain
                                       conditions, offer to purchase all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred
                                       Stock at a purchase price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference
                                       thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of purchase.
                                       There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds to
                                       purchase all of the Senior Preferred Stock in the event of a Change of
                                       Control or that the Company would be able to obtain financing for such
                                       purpose on favorable terms, if at all.

Certain Restrictive
Provisions..........................   The Certificate of Designation (as defined herein) will contain certain
                                       restrictive provisions that, among other things, limit the ability of the
                                       Company and its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional Indebtedness; (ii)
                                       issue preferred stock of subsidiaries; (iii) pay dividends or make certain
                                       other restricted payments; (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates;
                                       or (v) merge or consolidate with or sell all or substantially all of their
                                       assets to any other person.

EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

Issue...............................   14 1/4% Exchange Debentures due 2005 issuable in exchange for the Senior
                                       Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal amount equal to the liquidation
                                       preference of the Senior Preferred Stock so exchanged, plus accumulated
                                       and unpaid dividends to the date fixed for the exchange thereof (the
                                       "Exchange Date"), plus any additional Exchange Debentures issued from time
                                       to time in lieu of cash interest.

Maturity............................   March 15, 2005.
</TABLE>


                                      12
<PAGE>   21
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Interest Rate and
Payment Dates.......................   The Exchange Debentures will bear interest at a rate of 14 1/4% per
                                       annum.  Interest will accrue from the most recent interest payment date to
                                       which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been
                                       paid or provided for, from the Exchange Date.  Interest will be payable
                                       semi-annually in cash (or, at the option of the Company, on or prior to
                                       March 15, 2002, in additional Exchange Debentures) in arrears on each
                                       March 15, and September 15, commencing with the first such date after the
                                       Exchange Date.

Optional Redemption.................   The Exchange Debentures will be redeemable, at the option of the Company,
                                       in whole or in part, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000 at a
                                       redemption price equal to 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus
                                       accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.  After March 15,
                                       2000 and prior to March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures are not
                                       redeemable.  On or after March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures will be
                                       redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time,
                                       at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal
                                       amount) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15
                                       of the applicable year set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                                       to the redemption date:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR                           PERCENTAGE
                                                     ----                           ----------

<S>                                                                                 <C> 
                                                     2002.......................        107%
                                                     2003.......................        105%
                                                     2004 and thereafter........        100%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Sale of AM Stations.................   If the Company has not (a) consummated Asset Sales including the FCC
                                       broadcast licenses of WXLX-AM, New York, KXMG-AM, Los Angeles, and
                                       WCMQ-AM, Miami, and applied the lesser of (i) $15.0 million of the Asset
                                       Sale Proceeds with respect to such Asset Sales or (ii) the excess of the
                                       Asset Sale Proceeds with respect to such Asset Sales above $25.0 million,
                                       to repurchase Notes or Old Notes, (b) received Net Proceeds from issuances
                                       of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) after the
                                       Issue Date in an amount equal to or greater than $45.0 million or (c)
                                       utilized $40 million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale(s) to
                                       repurchase Notes or Old Notes, in each case, on or prior to the AM
                                       Stations Asset Sale Date, the Company will issue to the holders of Senior
                                       Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures then outstanding (on a pro rata
                                       basis, based upon the liquidation preference and principal amount,
                                       respectively, thereof), to the extent permitted by applicable law, (x) on
                                       the AM Stations Asset Sale Date, shares of Class A Common Stock
                                       representing, in the aggregate, 1.5% of the Common Stock of the Company on
                                       a fully diluted basis as of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date and (y) on
                                       each anniversary of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date until such time as the
                                       Company shall have (A) received Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital
                                       Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an
                                       amount equal to or greater than $45.0 million or (B) utilized $40.0
                                       million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale(s) to repurchase Notes
                                       or Old Notes, shares of Class A Common Stock representing 1.5% of the
                                       Common Stock of the Company on a fully
</TABLE>


                                      13
<PAGE>   22
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       diluted basis as of such anniversary. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Related to Government
                                       Regulation; Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock."

Ranking.............................   The Exchange Debentures will be subordinated in right of payment to all
                                       existing and future Senior Debt of the Company.  The Exchange Debentures
                                       will rank pari passu or senior to any class or series of Indebtedness that
                                       expressly provides that it ranks pari passu or subordinate to the Exchange
                                       Debentures, as the case may be.

Guarantees..........................   The Exchange Debentures will be unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and
                                       severally, on a senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors (the
                                       "Debenture Guarantees").  The Debenture Guarantees will be general
                                       unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will be subordinated in right
                                       of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Guarantors.

Change of Control...................   In the event of a Change of Control, the Company will, subject to certain
                                       conditions, be required to offer to purchase all outstanding Exchange
                                       Debentures at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
                                       thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.  There
                                       can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds or will be
                                       contractually permitted by outstanding indebtedness to pay the required
                                       purchase price for all Exchange Debentures tendered by holders upon a
                                       Change of Control.

Certain Covenants...................   The indenture governing the Exchange Debentures (the "Exchange Indenture")
                                       will contain certain covenants for the benefit of the holders of the
                                       Exchange Debentures that, among other things, restrict the ability of the
                                       Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (i) incur additional
                                       Indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends, make distributions or make certain other
                                       restricted payments; (iii) issue stock of, or create, subsidiaries; (iv)
                                       make certain investments; (v) repurchase stock; (vi) create liens; (vii)
                                       enter into transactions with affiliates; (viii) merge or consolidate the
                                       Company or the Guarantors; and (ix) transfer or sell assets.
</TABLE>

         For a more complete description of the Senior Preferred Stock and
Exchange Debentures, see "Description of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange
Debentures."


                                      14
<PAGE>   23
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
Series B Securities pursuant to this Prospectus.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Holders of the Series A Securities should consider carefully the
information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors," and all other
information set forth in this Prospectus, in evaluating the Exchange Offer.

                         THE OFFERINGS AND TRANSACTIONS

         On March 27, 1997, the Company consummated an offering (the "Notes
Offering") of the Series A Notes and an offering (the "Units Offering," and
together with the Notes Offering, the "Offerings") of 175,000 units (the
"Units"), each Unit consisting of one share of the Series A Senior Preferred
Stock and one warrant (the "Warrants") to purchase 0.428 shares of the Company's
Class A Common Stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act. In conjunction with the Offerings, the Company effected a
series of transactions (collectively, including the Offerings, the
"Transactions") including (i) the Acquisitions, (ii) the refinancing (the
"Refinancing") of the Company's Senior Secured Notes due 2001 (the "Senior
Secured Notes") and Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A
Preferred Stock") and the repurchase of related warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 6.0% of the Company's Common Stock, on a fully-diluted basis (the
"Primary Warrants"), (iii) the solicitation (the "Consent Solicitation") of
certain consents from the holders of the Company's 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002
(the "Old Notes"), and (iv) the declaration of a dividend of $4 million to
stockholders and existing warrantholders (the "Distribution").

  The Acquisitions and The Refinancing

         On March 27, 1997, the Company acquired from Infinity the FCC broadcast
license and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of
radio station WYSY-FM serving the Chicago metropolitan area for a purchase price
of approximately $33.0 million, including a $3.0 million seller note. The
Company believes that it was able to acquire WYSY-FM on favorable terms.

         On March 27, 1997, the Company acquired from New Age Broadcasting Inc.
and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation (the "Miami Sellers") the FCC
broadcast licenses and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the
operation of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM, the #1 and #2 ranked Spanish-language stations
serving the Miami metropolitan area, for a cash purchase price of $111.0
million. In connection therewith, the Company entered into an employment
agreement with Russell Oasis. As a result of the acquisition of WRMA-FM and
WXDJ-FM, the Company currently operates the first FM triopoly in the Miami
metropolitan market.

         Concurrently with the consummation of the Offerings, the Company
redeemed or repurchased the Senior Secured Notes, Series A Preferred Stock and
Primary Warrants for approximately $90.6 million. The Company issued the Senior
Secured Notes and Series A Preferred Stock to partially finance the acquisition
of WPAT-FM in New York in March 1996. The Primary Warrants were redeemed
pursuant to the redemption price schedule which was determined at the time of
issuance.

  The Distribution

         Concurrently with the consummation of the Offerings, the Company
announced that it intended to declare a dividend of up to $4 million in the
aggregate (the "Distribution") to its stockholders and its existing warrant
holders who elected to receive their pro rata portion of the Distribution in
lieu of the anti-dilution adjustment they


                                       15
<PAGE>   24
would otherwise be entitled to as a result of the Distribution. Holders of the
Company's warrants issued on June 29, 1994 have the right to receive up to
approximately $600,000 of the Distribution. As of the date of this Prospectus,
the Distribution has not been declared.

                            THE PENDING DISPOSITIONS

         The Company is negotiating with a potential purchaser of the assets and
FCC licenses of radio stations WXLX-AM, serving the New York metropolitan area,
KXMG-AM, serving the Los Angeles metropolitan area, and WCMQ-AM, serving the
Miami metropolitan area. In addition, the Company is soliciting offers from
financially qualified third parties to acquire the assets and FCC licenses of
radio station WSKP-FM, serving the Key West, Florida market.


                                       16
<PAGE>   25
                     SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The summary unaudited pro forma statement of operations data and
selected financial operating data and ratios for the fiscal year ended September
29, 1996 and the three months ended December 29, 1996 are presented to give
effect to the Transactions and the WPAT-FM acquisition, which was consummated in
March 1996, as if such events had occurred at the beginning of each period. The
results of WYSY-FM have not been included in the pro forma statement of
operations because the Company believes that such acquisition does not meet the
significant test for presentation of pro forma information and would not be
meaningful to an understanding of the Company's pro forma results of operations
because the Company intends to reformat WYSY-FM from an English-language to a
Spanish-language station in the near future. The summary pro forma balance sheet
data at December 29, 1996 is presented as if, at such date, the Transactions,
including the acquisition of WYSY-FM, had taken place. As a result, the pro
forma statement of operations data excludes the actual and expected operating
results of WYSY-FM; however, the pro forma balance sheet data, and pro forma
interest expense, reflect the funding of the purchase of WYSY-FM. The pro forma
financial information is not indicative of the results which would have been
reported had such transactions and events actually occurred on the dates
specified, nor is it indicative of the Company's future results. See "The
Offerings," "Capitalization," "Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements" and the
historical consolidated financial statements of the Company elsewhere in this
Prospectus.


                                       17
<PAGE>   26
                     SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                                    FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS
                                                   ENDED 9/29/96   ENDED 12/29/96
                                                   -------------   --------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>     
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross broadcasting revenues ..................        $ 74,303         $ 18,370
Less: agency commissions .....................          (9,130)          (2,215)
                                                      --------         --------
      Net revenues ...........................          65,173           16,155
Station operating expenses(1) ................          35,167            8,153
Corporate expenses ...........................           4,198              994
Depreciation and amortization ................           8,448            2,098
                                                      --------         --------
      Operating income .......................          17,360            4,910
Interest expense, net ........................          23,082            5,743
Other expense (income)(2) ....................           1,574               27
                                                      --------         --------
      Loss before income taxes and
        extraordinary items ..................          (7,296)            (860)
Income tax benefit ...........................          (1,166)            (327)
                                                      --------         --------
      Net loss ...............................          (6,130)            (533)
Dividends on preferred stock .................         (25,826)          (6,235)
                                                      --------         --------
      Loss applicable to common stock ........        $(31,956)        $ (6,768)
                                                      ========         ========

OTHER DATA:
Broadcast cash flow(3) .......................        $ 30,006         $  8,002
EBITDA(4) ....................................          25,808            7,008

Net cash interest(5) .........................          16,697            4,070
Non-cash interest ............................           6,385            1,673
                                                      --------         --------
      Interest expense, net ..................          23,082            5,743

Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense .....             1.5              1.7
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, net .....             1.1              1.2
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                      AT 12/29/96
                                                                      -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S>                                                                   <C>      
Cash and cash equivalents(6) .............................            $   3,304
Net working capital ......................................               11,676
Total assets .............................................              324,871
Total debt (including current maturities) ................              179,878
Senior Preferred Stock ...................................              148,050
Stockholders' equity (deficiency) ........................               (8,915)
</TABLE>

                                                   (see notes on following page)


                                       18
<PAGE>   27
                NOTES TO SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(1)      Station operating expenses include engineering, programming, selling,
         and general and administrative expenses.

(2)      During fiscal 1996, the Company wrote down the value of its land and
         building located on Sunset Boulevard in Los Angeles by $697,741. The
         writedown was based on current market values of real estate in the Los
         Angeles area.

(3)      The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before
         depreciation and amortization, writedown of franchise costs and
         corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in
         isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and
         other consolidated income or cash flow statement data or as a measure
         of the Company's profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash
         flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely
         used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting
         company's operating performance.

(4)      EBITDA represents income before extraordinary item, net interest
         expense, financing costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization,
         writedown of franchise costs and other expenses and income. The Company
         has included information concerning EBITDA in this Prospectus because
         it is used by certain investors as a measure of a company's ability to
         service its debt obligations. EBITDA should not be used as an
         alternative to, or be considered more meaningful than, operating
         income, net income or cash flow as an indicator of the Company's
         operating performance.

(5)      Includes cash interest on the Old Notes at the rate of 7 1/2% per annum
         which, commencing June 15, 1997, will accrue interest at a rate of
         12.5% per annum.

(6)      Pro forma cash and cash equivalents reflects the cash balance at
         December 29, 1996 less the cash of the Company to be used to fund the
         Transactions as of the anticipated closing date of the Offerings.


                                       19
<PAGE>   28
                 SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

         The summary historical consolidated financial data presented below
under the caption "Statement of Operations Data" for each of the fiscal years in
the five-year period ended September 29, 1996 are derived from the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company, which historical consolidated
financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants. The financial information for the three months
ended December 31, 1995 and December 29, 1996 are unaudited, but in the opinion
of the Company reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such
information. Operating results for the three months ended December 29, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal
year ended September 28, 1997. The summary historical consolidated financial
data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for each of the
fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 29, 1996, the related
notes and independent auditor's report, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
For additional information see "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   -----------------                        ------------------
                                                 9/27/92     9/26/93    9/25/94     9/24/95     9/29/96    12/31/95    12/29/96
                                                 -------     -------    -------     -------     -------    --------    --------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross broadcasting revenues .................   $ 27,991    $ 35,744   $ 45,825    $ 54,152    $ 55,338    $ 13,851    $ 13,995
Less: agency commissions ....................     (3,024)     (4,116)    (5,688)     (6,828)     (6,703)     (1,746)     (1,629)
                                                --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Net revenues .............................     24,967      31,628     40,137      47,324      48,635      12,105      12,366
Station operating expenses(1) ...............     15,399      19,461     22,145      22,998      27,876       6,988       7,083
Corporate expenses(1) .......................      1,484       2,518      2,884       4,281       3,748         842         994
Depreciation and amortization ...............      3,911       3,598      3,256       3,389       4,556         820       1,395
Write-off of franchise costs (2) ............         --      16,365          --         --          -- 
                                                --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Operating income (loss) ..................      4,173     (10,314)    11,852      16,656      12,455       3,455       2,894
Interest expense, net .......................     14,025      14,132     14,203      12,874      16,533       3,235       5,006
Financing costs .............................        221         555      3,458          --         876          --          --
Other expense (income)(3) ...................         70         (48)       (35)        381         698          --          28
                                                --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Income (loss) before income taxes and ....    (10,143)    (24,953)    (5,774)      3,401      (5,652)        220      (2,140)
      extraordinary item
Income tax expense (benefit) ................         24          46     (2,231)      1,411      (1,166)        101        (814)
   Income (loss) before extraordinary gain ..    (10,167)    (24,999)    (3,543)      1,990      (4,486)        119      (1,326)
Extraordinary gain(4) .......................         --          --     70,255          --          --          --          
                                                --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Net income (loss) ........................   $(10,167)   $(24,999)  $ 66,712    $  1,990      (4,486)        119      (1,326)
                                                ========    ========   ========    ========                ========  
Dividends on preferred stock ................                                                    (2,452)                 (1,325)
                                                                                               --------                --------
   Net income (loss) applicable to 
      common stock ..........................                                                  $ (6,938)               $ (2,651)
                                                                                               ========                ========

OTHER DATA:
Broadcast cash flow(5) ......................   $  9,568    $ 12,167   $ 17,992    $ 24,326    $ 20,759    $  5,117    $  5,283
EBITDA(6) ...................................      8,084       9,649     15,108      20,045      17,011       4,275       4,289
Capital expenditures ........................        928       1,723        897       4,888       3,811       1,138         956
Net cash interest ...........................     11,149      11,066     12,916       7,459       7,759       1,795       1,980
Non-cash interest ...........................      2,876       3,066      1,287       5,415       8,774       1,440       3,026
                                                --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
   Interest expense, net ....................     14,025      14,132     14,203      12,874      16,533       3,235       5,006
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AT
                                                                       12/29/96
                                                                       --------
<S>                                                                   <C>      
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents .................................           $   4,899
Net working capital .......................................              10,658
Total assets ..............................................             175,552
Total debt (including current maturities) .................             138,651
Series A Preferred Stock ..................................              37,509
Shareholders' equity (deficiency) .........................              (6,466)
</TABLE>


                                       20
<PAGE>   29
             NOTES TO SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(1)      Station operating expenses include engineering, programming, selling,
         and general and administrative expenses.

(2)      Concurrently with the refinancing described below in note 4, the
         Company obtained appraisals for the assets of its radio stations. The
         appraised values of certain stations were less than the carrying values
         of such assets, including franchise costs, by $16,365,255, in the
         aggregate. Based on the appraisals and management's own evaluation of
         the recoverability of franchise costs in relation to the then current
         market conditions in the broadcasting industry, the Company reduced the
         carrying amounts of the applicable franchise costs by $16,365,255
         through a charge to operations in the fiscal 1993 consolidated
         statement of operations.

(3)      During fiscal 1996, the Company wrote down the value of its land and
         building located on Sunset Boulevard in Los Angeles by $697,741. The
         write down was based on current market values of real estate in the Los
         Angeles area.

(4)      On June 29, 1994, the Company sold 107,059 units, each consisting of
         $1,000 principal amount of the Company's 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002
         (the "Old Notes") and a warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common
         Stock at a price of $0.01 per share (collectively the "Old Warrants").
         The Old Notes were issued at a substantial discount from their
         principal amount. The sale of the Old Notes and Old Warrants generated
         gross proceeds of $94,000,000 and proceeds to the Company of
         $87,774,002, net of financing costs of $6,225,998. Of the $94,000,000
         of gross proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes and Old Warrants,
         $88,603,000 was allocated to the Old Notes and $5,397,000 was
         determined to be the value of the Old Warrants. Of the net proceeds
         from the sale of the Old Notes and the Old Warrants, $83,000,000 was
         used to satisfy in full the Company's obligations to its two former
         principal lenders and the balance was used to settle litigation with a
         former stockholder and for general corporate purposes. The Company
         realized a gain of $70,254,772 in connection with its repayment of all
         obligations to its two former principal lenders because it was able to
         satisfy in full these obligations at substantial discounts to their
         face amounts in accordance with restructuring agreements between the
         Company and such lenders.

(5)      The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before
         depreciation and amortization, write-down of franchise costs and
         corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in
         isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and
         other consolidated income or cash flow statement data or as a measure
         of the Company's profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash
         flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely
         used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting
         company's operating performance.

(6)      EBITDA represents income before extraordinary item, net interest
         expense, financing costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization,
         write-down of franchise costs and other expenses and income. The
         Company has included information concerning EBITDA in this Prospectus
         because it is used by certain investors as a measure of a company's
         ability to service its debt obligations. EBITDA should not be used as
         an alternative to, or be considered more meaningful than, operating
         income, net income or cash flow as an indicator of the Company's
         operating performance.


                                       21
<PAGE>   30
                                  RISK FACTORS

         In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,
prospective investors should review carefully the following risks.

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE, HISTORY OF NET LOSSES AND INSUFFICIENCY OF EARNINGS TO
COVER FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

         The Company has consolidated indebtedness that is substantial in
relation to its common stockholder's equity. As of December 29, 1996, the
Company had outstanding long-term indebtedness (including current portions) of
approximately $138.7 million. As of December 29, 1996, on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to the Transactions, the Company would have had outstanding
long-term indebtedness (including current portions) of approximately $179.9
million, Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of
$175.0 million and stockholder's deficit of $8.9 million. See "Capitalization."

         The Company had a net loss of $4.5 million and $1.3 million for the
year ended September 29, 1996 and the three months ended December 29, 1996,
respectively, and had a stockholder's deficit of $6.5 million at December 29,
1996. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Transactions as if they
had occurred at the beginning of each period, the Company would have had a net
loss of $6.1 million and $0.5 million for the year ended September 29, 1996 and
the three months ended December 29, 1996, respectively. Consequently, on that
pro forma basis, the Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover
fixed charges and preferred stock dividends and accretion requirements by $32.0
million and $6.8 million for the year ended September 29, 1996 and the three
months ended December 29, 1996, respectively.

         The level of the Company's indebtedness could have several important
consequences to the holders of the Securities, including, but not limited to,
the following: (i) a significant portion of the Company's cash flow from
operations will be dedicated to debt service and will not be available for other
purposes; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the
future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general
corporate or other purposes may be limited; (iii) the Company's leveraged
position and the covenants contained in the Indenture governing the Old Notes
("the Old Indenture") and in the Indenture (with the Old Indenture, the
"Indentures") could limit the Company's ability to compete, as well as its
ability to expand and make capital improvements; and (iv) the Company's level of
indebtedness could make it more vulnerable to economic downturns, limit its
ability to withstand competitive pressures and reduce its flexibility in
responding to changing business and economic conditions.

         The Company's ability to pay cash dividends on, and to satisfy the
redemption obligations in respect of, the Senior Preferred Stock and to satisfy
its debt obligations, including the Notes, will depend upon its future operating
performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and
financial, business and other factors, certain of which are beyond its control.
The Company anticipates that its operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet
its operating expenses and to service its debt requirements as they become due.
However, if the Company is unable to service its indebtedness, whether upon
acceleration of such indebtedness or in the ordinary course of business, the
Company will be forced to pursue one or more alternative strategies such as
selling assets, restructuring or refinancing its indebtedness, or seeking
additional equity capital. There can be no assurance that any of these
strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that the
approval of the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") could be obtained
on a timely basis, or at all, for the transfer of any of the stations' licenses
in connection with a proposed sale of assets. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of the Old Notes."


                                       22
<PAGE>   31
POSSIBLE NON-CONSUMMATION OF THE PENDING DISPOSITIONS

         The Company has not entered into definitive agreements with respect to
the sale of WXLX-AM in New York, KXMG-AM in Los Angeles, WCMQ-AM in Miami and
WSKP-FM in Key West, Florida. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict what the
terms of such definitive agreements will be, nor the timing of the closing of
such transactions. In addition, consummation of the sale of any of such stations
would usually require prior approval by the FCC of the assignment of the
operating licenses thereof. As a result of the foregoing, there can be no
assurance that definitive agreements will be executed or, if executed, that the
dispositions will be consummated.

LIMITATIONS ON ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS

         The Indentures limit the amount of cash dividends that may be paid on
shares of preferred stock of the Company. However, for all dividend payment
dates through and including March 15, 2002, the Company may, at its option, pay
dividends in additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock in lieu of paying cash
dividends.

         In addition to the limitations imposed on the payment of dividends by
the Indentures, under Delaware law the Company is permitted to pay dividends on
its capital stock, including the Senior Preferred Stock, only out of its surplus
or, in the event that it has no surplus, out of its net profits for the year in
which a dividend is declared or for the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Surplus is defined as the excess of a company's total assets over the sum of its
total liabilities plus the par value of its outstanding capital stock. In order
to pay dividends in cash, the Company must have surplus or net profits equal to
the full amount of the cash dividend at the time such dividend is declared.

         In determining the Company's ability to pay dividends, Delaware law
permits the board of directors of the Company to revalue the Company's assets
and liabilities from time to time to their fair market values in order to create
surplus. The Company cannot predict what the value of its assets or the amount
of its liabilities will be in the future and, accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to pay cash dividends on the Senior
Preferred Stock.

RISK RELATED TO GOVERNMENT REGULATION; LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF COMMON STOCK

         The domestic broadcasting industry is subject to extensive federal
regulation which, among other things, requires approval by the FCC for the
issuance, renewal, transfer and assignment of broadcasting station operating
licenses and limits the number of broadcasting properties the Company may
acquire. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"), which became law
on February 8, 1996, creates significant new opportunities for broadcasting
companies but also creates uncertainties as to how the FCC and the courts will
enforce and interpret the 1996 Act. See "Business -- Federal Regulation of
Broadcasting."

         The Company's business will continue to be dependent upon acquiring and
maintaining broadcast licenses issued by the FCC, which are currently issued for
a term of seven years (the 1996 Act authorizes the FCC to extend the license
term to eight years, but this provision has not yet been implemented). While the
Company has no reason to believe that the FCC will not grant its applications
for renewal of its existing broadcasting licenses when made, there can be no
assurance that pending or future renewal applications will be approved, or that
renewals will not include conditions or qualifications that could adversely
affect the Company's operations. Moreover, governmental regulations and policies
may change over time and there can be no assurance that such changes would not
have a material adverse impact upon the business, financial position or results
of operations of the Company. See "Business -- Federal Regulation of
Broadcasting." In addition, the loss of any of the Company's existing Los
Angeles or New York stations' broadcasting licenses is an event of default under
the Old Indenture and could cause an acceleration of amounts due under the Old
Notes prior to maturity.


                                       23
<PAGE>   32
         If, as a result of the exercise of the Warrants or an issuance of Class
A Common Stock to holders of Senior Preferred Stock or Exchange Debentures
pursuant to the terms thereof summarized herein under "Description of the Senior
Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures -- The Senior Preferred Stock -- Sale of
AM Stations," "-- Future Equity Infusion" and "-- Voting Rights" and "-- The
Exchange Debentures -- Sale of AM Stations," Raul Alarcon, Jr. would no longer
own more than 50% of the voting Common Stock of the Company, a "change of
control" for purposes of FCC ownership rules would occur and such exercise or
issuance would be subject to the prior approval by the FCC. The Company will not
be obligated to give effect to any such exercise of Warrants or issue such Class
A Common Stock until any such required approval is obtained, if at all. In
connection with any such FCC approval, the exercising holder of a Warrant, or
holder of Senior Preferred Stock or Exchange Debentures to be issued Class A
Common Stock, would be required to provide certain information to be included
in, and to become a party to, an FCC application with respect to such approval
in order to receive the applicable shares of Class A Common Stock. In
determining whether to approve a change of control, the FCC considers, among
other things, the financial and legal qualifications of the prospective holders
of Class A Common Stock, including compliance with FCC restrictions on alien
ownership and control, compliance with rules limiting the common ownership of
certain attributable interests in broadcast, cable and newspaper properties and
the character qualifications of the prospective holders and the individuals
holding attributable interests in them. There is no assurance that the FCC would
grant such approval or that such approval, if granted, would not be subject to
significant delay. In addition, there are certain other FCC regulations which
restrict the ability of certain persons to own voting stock of the Company under
certain circumstances. See "Business -- Federal Regulation of Radio
Broadcasting" and "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange
Debentures."

COMPETITION

         Broadcasting is a highly competitive business. The Company's radio
stations compete for audiences and advertising revenues with other radio
stations of all formats, as well as with other media, such as newspapers,
magazines, television, cable television, outdoor advertising and direct mail,
within their respective markets. Audience ratings and market shares are subject
to change and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material
adverse effect on the revenue of stations located in that market. Future
operations are further subject to many variables which could have an adverse
effect upon the Company's financial performance. These variables include:
economic conditions, both general and relative to the broadcasting industry;
shifts in population and other demographics; the level of competition for
advertising dollars with other radio stations and other entertainment and
communications media; fluctuations in operating cost; technological changes and
innovations; changes in labor conditions; and changes in governmental
regulations and policies and actions of federal regulatory bodies, including the
FCC. Although the Company believes that each of its stations is able to compete
effectively in its respective market, there can be no assurance that any such
station will be able to maintain or increase its current audience ratings and
advertising revenues. Radio stations can change formats quickly. Any radio
station currently broadcasting could shift its format to duplicate the format of
any of the Company's stations. If a station converted its programming to a
format similar to that of a station owned by the Company, the ratings and
broadcast cash flow of the Company's station could be adversely affected.

NEW TECHNOLOGIES

         The FCC is considering ways to introduce new technologies to the radio
broadcast industry, including satellite and terrestrial delivery of digital
audio broadcasting and the standardization of available technologies which
significantly enhance the sound quality of AM broadcasts. The Company is unable
to predict the effect any such new technology will have on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, cable television
operators are introducing a new service commonly referred to as "cable radio"
which provides cable television subscribers with several high-quality channels
of music, news and other information, the Internet is poised to offer new and
diverse forms of program distribution, and direct satellite broadcast television
companies are supplying subscribers with several high quality music channels.


                                       24
<PAGE>   33
RISK OF ECONOMIC DOWNTURN

         The Company's broadcasting revenues could be adversely affected by a
recession or downturn in the United States economy. In addition, the Company's
operating results in individual geographic markets could be adversely affected
by local or regional economic downturns. The Company's broadcasting revenues
have been materially adversely affected by past recessions. Future economic
downturns might have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to
generate advertising revenue and might materially and adversely affect the
Company's financial condition and operating results. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
General."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS

         The Company has pursued and intends to continue to pursue acquisitions
of radio stations as a key component of its growth strategy. Certain risks are
inherent in an acquisition strategy, such as increasing leverage and debt
service requirements, diversion of management time and attention and combining
disparate company cultures and facilities, which could adversely affect the
Company's operating results. The success of any acquisition will depend in part
on the Company's ability to integrate effectively the acquired radio stations
into the Company. The process of integrating such acquired businesses may
involve unforeseen difficulties and may utilize a substantial portion of the
Company's financial and other resources. No assurance can be given that
additional suitable acquisition candidates will be identified, financed and
purchased on acceptable terms, or that future acquisitions, if completed, will
be successful. See "Business -- Business Strategy."

         The size, timing and integration of possible future acquisitions may
cause substantial fluctuations in operating results from quarter to quarter. As
a result, operating results for any quarter may not be indicative of results
that may be achieved for any subsequent quarter or for a full fiscal year.

SUBORDINATION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         The payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, and any
other amounts owing in respect of, the Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Debt
of the Company. As of December 29, 1996, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Transactions, approximately $179.9 million of Senior Debt would
have been outstanding. In the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or other winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company
will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Debentures only after all
Senior Debt has been paid in full, and there may not be sufficient assets
remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Exchange Debentures. In
addition, under certain circumstances, the Company may not pay principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on, or any other amounts owing in respect of, the
Exchange Debentures, or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire the Exchange
Debentures, if a payment default or a non-payment default exists with respect to
certain Senior Debt, including Senior Debt under the Indentures, and, in the
case of non-payment default, if a payment blockage notice has been received by
the Debenture Trustee (as defined herein). See "Description of Senior Preferred
Stock and Exchange Debentures -- The Exchange Debentures -- Subordination" and
"Description of the Old Notes."

RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF INDEBTEDNESS

         The Indentures contain certain covenants that restrict, among other
things, the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay
dividends or make certain other restricted payments, consummate certain asset
sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, impose restrictions on
the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make certain payments to the
Company, merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company. In the event 


                                       25
<PAGE>   34
of an event of default under the Indentures, the lenders thereunder could elect
to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest,
to be immediately due and payable.

RISK OF FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS

         The incurrence by a Guarantor or Debenture Guarantor of indebtedness
under its Guarantee or Debenture Guarantee would be subject to review under
relevant federal and state fraudulent transfer laws in a bankruptcy case or a
lawsuit by or on behalf of unpaid creditors of such Guarantor or Debenture
Guarantor or a representative of such creditors, such as a trustee or such
Guarantor or Debenture Guarantor, as debtor-in-possession. Management believes
the indebtedness represented by the Guarantees and, if issued, Debenture
Guarantees, is being and will be incurred for proper purposes and in good faith,
and that based on present forecasts, asset valuations and other financial
information, each Guarantor is solvent, will have sufficient capital for
carrying on its business and will be able to pay its debts as they mature.
Notwithstanding management's belief, if a court were to find that, at the time
of the incurrence of indebtedness represented by a Guarantee or Debenture
Guarantee, a Guarantor or Debenture Guarantor was insolvent, was rendered
insolvent by reason of such incurrence, was engaged in a business or transaction
for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital, intended
to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they matured, or intended to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors,
such court could, among other things, void all or a portion of such indebtedness
and/or subordinate such indebtedness to other existing and future indebtedness
of such Guarantor or Debenture Guarantor, the effect of which would be to
entitle such other creditors to be paid in full before any payment could be made
on the Guarantee or Debenture Guarantee. The measure of insolvency for purposes
of the foregoing will vary depending upon the law of the relevant jurisdiction.
Generally, however, a Guarantor or Debenture Guarantor would be considered
insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if the sum of its debts is greater than
all its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of
its assets is less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable
liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured.

VOTING CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

         The Company is privately held. Raul Alarcon Jr., the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer, owns 100% of the Company's outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock which carries approximately 59% of the voting
power of all the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, Mr. Alarcon
Jr. has the ability to elect the Company's directors and control the Company's
policies and affairs. Such control may have the effect of discouraging certain
types of transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of the
Company.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

         Upon a Change of Control, the Company will be required to offer to
purchase all of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding at 101% of
their liquidation preference, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the
repurchase date and to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
repurchase date. If a Change of Control were to occur, there can be no assurance
that the Company would have sufficient funds to pay the purchase price for all
the shares of Senior Preferred Stock and all of the Notes that the Company might
be required to purchase. Moreover, as of the date of this Memorandum, the
Company would not have sufficient funds available to purchase all of the
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock and all of the Notes pursuant to a
Change of Control. In the event that the Company was required to purchase shares
of Senior Preferred Stock or Notes pursuant to a Change of Control, the Company
expects that it would require third-party financing to the extent it does not
have available funds to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company would be able to obtain such financing on favorable
terms, if at all. In addition, the Indentures will restrict the Company's
ability to repurchase the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, including pursuant
to a Change of Control. A Change of Control will also require the Company to
offer to purchase all the outstanding Old Notes, the Notes and Senior Preferred
Stock. The inability of the Company to purchase all of the Notes and Old Notes
tendered in response


                                       26
<PAGE>   35
to a Change of Control required by the Indentures would result in an event of
default under the Indentures and could result in the acceleration of the
Indebtedness thereunder. In such event, it is unlikely that the Company would be
able to purchase shares of Senior Preferred Stock tendered in response to a
Change of Control. See "Description of the Old Notes."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

         The Company's business depends upon the efforts, abilities and
expertise of its executive officers and other key employees, including Raul
Alarcon Jr., Joseph Garcia, Russell Oasis, Carey Davis and Stephen Humphries.
The loss of any of these officers could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business. The Company does not maintain key man life insurance on any
of its personnel.

LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE SECURITIES AND CLASS A COMMON STOCK

         There is no existing trading market for any of the Securities or the
Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or Class A Common
Stock. The Initial Purchaser has advised the Company that it currently intends
to make a market in the Series A Securities and the Series B Securities. The
Initial Purchaser is not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making with
respect to the Securities may be discontinued at any time without notice. In
addition, such market-making activities in the Series A Securities may be
limited during the pendency of the Exchange Offer and the pendency of any shelf
registration statement. Therefore, there can be no assurance as to the liquidity
of any trading market for the Series A Securities or the Series B Securities or
that an active trading market for the Series B Securities will develop. The
Company does not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the Series A
Securities, Series B Securities or the Class A Common Stock on any securities
exchange or stock market.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDER OF SERIES A SECURITIES

         The Series B Securities will be issued in exchange for Series A
Securities only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of such Series A
Securities, properly completed and duly executed Letters of Transmittal and all
other required documents. Therefore, holders of Series A Securities desiring to
tender such Series A Securities in exchange for Series B Securities should allow
sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. Neither the Exchange Agent nor the
Company is under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with
respect to tenders of Series A Securities for exchange. Any holder of Series A
Securities who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in
a distribution of the Series B Securities will be required to comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives Series
B Securities for its own account in exchange for Series A Securities, where such
Series A Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or any other trading activities, must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Series B
Securities. See "Plan of Distribution."

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE SERIES A SECURITIES

         The Series A Securities have not been registered under the Securities
Act and are subject to substantial restrictions on transfer. Series A Securities
that are not tendered in exchange for Series B Securities or are tendered but
not accepted will, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register the Series A Securities under the
Securities Act. To the extent that Series A Securities are tendered and accepted
in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but
unaccepted Series A Securities could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange."


                                       27
<PAGE>   36
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

         The Series A Securities were sold by the Company on March 27, 1997 (the
"Issue Date") to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. As a
condition to the sale of the Series A Securities, the Company, the Guarantors
and the Initial Purchaser entered into the Registration Rights Agreements on the
Issue Date. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, the Company agreed
that, unless the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission
policy, it would (i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the
Securities Act with respect to the Series B Securities within 45 days after the
Issue Date and (ii) use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to
become effective under the Securities Act within 120 days after the Issue Date.
Under existing Commission interpretations, the Series B Securities would in
general be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further
registration under the Securities Act; provided, that in the case of
broker-dealers, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act will
be delivered as required. A copy of each of the Registration Rights Agreements
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part. The Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreements and the Purchase Agreement.

         The Company is generally not required to file any registration
statement to register any outstanding Series A Securities. Holders of Series A
Securities who do not tender their Series A Securities or whose Series A
Securities are tendered but not accepted will have to rely on exemptions to
registration requirements under the securities laws, including the Securities
Act, if they wish to sell their Series A Securities.

         With respect to the Series B Securities, based upon an interpretation
by the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters issued to
third parties, the Company believes that a holder (other than (i) a
broker-dealer who purchases such Series B Securities directly from the Company
to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the
Securities Act or (ii) any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchanges Series A
Securities for Series B Securities in the ordinary course of business and who is
not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement with
any person to participate, in the distribution of the Series B Securities, will
be allowed to resell the Series B Securities to the public without further
registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers
of the Series B Securities a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of
Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires the Series B
Securities in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or
participating in the distribution of the Series B Securities or is a
broker-dealer, such holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the
Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction,
unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Each broker-dealer
that receives Series B Securities for its own account in exchange for Series A
Securities, where such Series A Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Series B Securities. The Letters of Transmittal state that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, the Company has agreed to make
this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
available to broker-dealers for use in connection with any resale for a period
of 180 days after the Expiration Date. See "Plan of Distribution."

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

         Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and in the accompanying Letters of Transmittal, the Company will
accept any and all Series A Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn prior


                                       28
<PAGE>   37
to the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of Series
B Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Series A
Notes and one share of Series B Senior Preferred Stock for each share of Series
A Senior Preferred Stock surrendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Holders may
tender some or all of their Series A Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer;
provided, however, that Series A Notes may be tendered only in integral
multiples of $1,000. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum
aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes or minimum number of shares of
Series A Senior Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange.

         The form and terms of the Series B Securities are the same as the form
and terms of the Series A Securities except that (i) the Series B Securities
will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting their transfer and (ii) holders of the Series B Securities
will not be entitled to the certain rights of holders of Series A Securities
under the Registration Rights Agreements, which rights will terminate upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Series B Notes will evidence the same
debt as the Series A Notes and will be issued under, and be entitled to the
benefits of, the Indenture, which also authorized the issuance of the Series A
Notes, such that all outstanding Notes will be treated as a single class of debt
securities under the Indenture.

         Interest on the Series B Notes will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid on the Series A Notes or, if no interest has been
paid, from the Issue Date. Series A Notes accepted for exchange will cease to
accrue interest from and after the date of the consummation of the Exchange
Offer. Holders whose Series A Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive
any payment in respect of interest on such Series A Notes otherwise payable on
any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or after
consummation of the Exchange Offer.

         As of the date of this Prospectus, $75,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of the Series A Notes is outstanding and DTC is the sole holder of record
of the Series A Notes. Only a registered holder of the Series A Notes (or such
holder's legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as reflected on the records
of DTC or the Trustee under the Indenture may participate in the Exchange Offer.
There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the
Series A Notes entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer.

         As of the date of this Prospectus, 175,000 shares of Series A Senior
Preferred Stock are outstanding and DTC is the sole record holder of the Series
A Senior Preferred Stock. Only a registered holder of the Series A Senior
Preferred Stock (or such holder's legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as
reflected on the records of DTC or the transfer agent and registrar for the
Series A Senior Preferred Stock may participate in the Exchange Offer. There
will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the Series A
Senior Preferred Stock entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer.

         Holders of the Series A Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters'
rights under the Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. Holders of
Series A Senior Preferred Stock do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or the Certificate of Designation
for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The Company intends to conduct the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreements and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

         The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Series A
Securities when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof
to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
holders of Series A Securities for the purposes of receiving the Series B
Securities from the Company.

         If any tendered Series A Securities are not accepted for exchange
because of an invalid tender, or due to the occurrence of certain other events
set forth herein or otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Series A


                                       29
<PAGE>   38
Securities will be returned without expense to the tendering holders thereof (or
in the case of Series A Securities tendered by book-entry transfer, such Series
A Securities will be credited to the account of such holder maintained at the
Depository), as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of
the Exchange Offer.

         Holders who tender Series A Securities in the Exchange Offer will not
be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions
in the Letters of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of
Series A Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all
charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in
connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Fees and
Expenses."

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; TERMINATION

         The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
__________, 1997, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

         In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or
written notice and will make a public announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00
a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled expiration date of the Exchange Offer. Without limiting the manner in
which the Company may choose to make a public announcement of any delay,
extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such
public announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate
news agency.

         The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Series A Securities, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer, (iii) if
any conditions set forth below under "-- Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer" shall not have been satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer by giving
oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange
Agent or (iv) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. Any such
delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as
promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered
holders. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company
to constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such
amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the
registered holders of Series A Securities, and the Company will extend the
Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the
significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to such registered
holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten
business day period. The rights reserved by the Company in this paragraph are in
addition to the Company's rights set forth below under the caption "-- Certain
Conditions of the Exchange Offer."

         If the Company extends the period of time during which the Exchange
Offer is open, or if it is delayed in accepting for exchange of, or in issuing
and exchanging the Series B Securities for, any Series A Securities, or is
unable to accept for exchange of, or issue Series B Securities for, any Series A
Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, then, without
prejudice to the Company's rights under the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Agent
may, on behalf of the Company, retain all Series A Securities tendered, and such
Series A Securities may not be withdrawn except as otherwise provided below in
"-- Withdrawal of Tenders." The adoption by the Company of the right to delay
acceptance for exchange of, or the issuance and the exchange of the Series B
Securities, for any Series A Securities is subject to applicable law, including
Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which requires that the Company pay the
consideration offered or return the Series A Securities deposited by or on
behalf of the holders thereof promptly after the termination or withdrawal of
the Exchange Offer.


                                       30
<PAGE>   39
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

         Only a registered holder of Series A Securities may tender such Series
A Securities in the Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder
must complete, sign and date the Letters of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof,
have the signature thereon guaranteed if required by the Letters of Transmittal
and mail or otherwise deliver such Letters of Transmittal or such facsimile to
the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "The Exchange Offer --
Exchange Agent" for receipt prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either
(i) certificates for such Series A Securities must be received by the Exchange
Agent along with the Letters of Transmittal, or (ii) a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of such Series A Securities, if such procedure is available,
into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) the holders must comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

         Any financial institution that is a participant in the Depository's
Book-Entry Transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Series A
Securities by causing the Depository to transfer such Series A Securities into
the Exchange Agent's account in accordance with the Depository's procedure for
such transfer. Although delivery of Series A Securities may be effected through
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository, the
Letters of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted
to and received and confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its addresses set forth
under "-- Exchange Agent" below prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS
PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

         The tender by a holder which is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration
Date will constitute a binding agreement between such holder and the Company in
accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in
the Letter of Transmittal.

         THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SERIES A SECURITIES AND THE LETTERS OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE
ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED
THAT HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IF
DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY
INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO
ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTERS OF
TRANSMITTAL OR SERIES A SECURITIES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY
REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR
NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.

         Any beneficial owner of the Series A Securities whose Series A
Securities are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such
beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such
owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the
Letters of Transmittal and delivering such owner's Series A Securities, either
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Series A Securities
in such owner's name (to the extent permitted by the Indenture or the
Certificate of Designation, as the case may be) or obtain a properly completed
assignment from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time.

         If the Letters of Transmittal are signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Series A Securities (which term includes any
participants in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the
owner of the Series A Securities) or if delivery of the Series A Securities is
to be made to a person other than the 


                                       31
<PAGE>   40
registered holder, such Series B Securities must be endorsed or accompanied by a
properly completed bond power, in either case signed by such registered holder
as such registered holder's name appears on such Series A Securities with the
signature on the Series A Securities or the bond power guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution (as defined below).

         Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal
described below (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders"), as the case may be, must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Series A Securities tendered
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed
the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on
a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be made by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or another "Eligible Guarantor Institution"
within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (any of the foregoing,
an "Eligible Institution").

         If the Letter of Transmittal or any Series A Securities or assignments
are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the
Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must
be submitted with the Letters of Transmittal.

         The Exchange Agent and the Depository have confirmed that any financial
institution that is a participant in the Depository's system may utilize the
Depository's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender Series A Securities.

         All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Series A Securities will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all
Series A Securities not properly tendered or any Series A Securities, the
Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company,
be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects,
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Series A Securities. The
Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions in the Letters of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Series A Securities must be cured within such time as
the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to request the
Exchange Agent to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to
tenders of Series A Securities, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Tenders of Series A Securities will not be deemed to have been made until such
defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.

         While the Company has no present plan to acquire any Series A
Securities which are not tendered in the Exchange Offer or to file a
registration statement to permit resales of any Series A Securities which are
not tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company reserves the right in
its sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Series A Securities that
remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth below
under "-- Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer," to terminate the Exchange
Offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Series A
Securities in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or
otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms
of the Exchange Offer.

         By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among
other things, (i) the Series B Securities to be acquired by the holder of the
Series A Securities in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by
the holder in the ordinary course of business of the holder, (ii) the holder has
no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of Series B Securities, (iii) the holder acknowledges and agrees
that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is


                                       32
<PAGE>   41
participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Series B
Securities must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction of the Series B Securities acquired by such person and cannot rely
on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action
letters, (iv) the holder understands that a secondary resale transaction
described in clause (iii) above and any resales of Series B Securities obtained
by such holder in exchange for Series A Securities acquired by such holder
directly from the Company should be covered by an effective registration
statement containing the selling securityholder information required by Item 507
or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the Commission, and (v) the
holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of
the Company. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Series B
Securities for its own account in exchange for Series A Securities that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
the holder is required to acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Series B Securities;
however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not
be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. See "Plan of Distribution."

RETURN OF SECURITIES

         If any tendered Series A Securities are not accepted for exchange
because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth
herein or otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Series A Securities
will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the
case of Series A Securities tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Depository pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures
described below, such Series A Securities will be credited to an account
maintained with the Depository) as promptly as practicable.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

         The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with
respect to the Series A Securities at the Depository for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial institution that is a participant in the Depository's system may
make book-entry delivery of Series A Securities by causing the Depository to
transfer such Series A Securities into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Depository in accordance with the Depository's procedures for transfer. However,
although delivery of Series A Securities may be effected through book-entry
transfer at the Depository, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with
any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any
case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address set
forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

         Holders who wish to tender their Series A Securities and (i) whose
Series A Securities are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
their Series A Securities (or complete the procedures for book-entry transfer),
the Letters of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:

              (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

              (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
         such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice
         of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the
         Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting
         forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of
         such Series A Securities (if available) and the principal amount of
         Series A Notes and/or the number of shares of Series A Senior Preferred
         Stock tendered, stating that 


                                       33
<PAGE>   42
         the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New
         York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter
         of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) together with the
         certificate(s) representing the Series A Securities in proper form for
         transfer (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the Exchange
         Agent's account at the Depository of Series A Securities delivered
         electronically), and any other documents required by the Letters of
         Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the
         Exchange Agent; and

              (c) such properly executed Letters of Transmittal (or facsimile
         thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
         Series A Securities in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of a
         book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository
         of Series A Securities delivered electronically), and all other
         documents required by the Letters of Transmittal are received by the
         Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after
         the Expiration Date.

         Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Series A Securities according
to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS

         Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Series A Securities may
be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. To withdraw a tender of
Series A Securities in the Exchange Offer, a written or facsimile transmission
notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set
forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must
(i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Series A Securities to
be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Series A Securities to be
withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers (if applicable) and
principal amount of such Series A Notes and/or number of shares of Series A
Senior Preferred Stock), and (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as
the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Series A
Securities were tendered (including any required signature guarantees). All
questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt)
of such notices will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Series A Securities
so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of
the Exchange Offer and no Series B Securities will be issued with respect
thereto unless the Series A Securities so withdrawn are validly retendered.
Properly withdrawn Series A Securities may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described above under "-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior
to the Expiration Date.

CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

         Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange the Series B Securities for,
any Series A Securities not theretofore accepted for exchange, and may terminate
or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the acceptance of such
Series A Securities, if any of the following conditions exist:

              (a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any
         court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the
         Exchange Offer which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, might
         impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or
         have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the
         Exchange Offer to the Company or there shall have occurred any material
         adverse development in any existing action or proceeding with respect
         to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

              (b) there shall have been any material change, or development
         involving a prospective change, in the business or financial affairs of
         the Company or any of its subsidiaries which, in the reasonable
         judgment of the Company, could reasonably be expected to materially
         impair the ability of 


                                       34
<PAGE>   43
         the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the
         contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company; or

              (c) there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law,
         statute, rule or regulation which, in the judgment of the Company,
         could reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the
         Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the
         contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company; or

              (d) any governmental approval which the Company shall, in its
         reasonable discretion, deem necessary for the consummation of the
         Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby shall have not been obtained.

         If the Company determines in its reasonable discretion that any of
these conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any
Series A Securities and return all tendered Series A Securities to the tendering
holders, (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Series A Securities
tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the
rights of holders to withdraw such Series A Securities (see "The Exchange Offer
- -- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied conditions with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Series A
Securities which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material
change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly disclose such waiver by
means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered
holders of the Series A Securities, and the Company will extend the Exchange
Offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance
of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, if the
Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten business day
period.

         Holders may have certain rights and remedies against the Company under
the Registration Rights Agreements should the Company fail to consummate the
Exchange Offer, notwithstanding a failure of the conditions stated above. See
"Description of the Notes" and "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock and
the Exchange Debentures." Such conditions are not intended to modify those
rights or remedies in any respect.

         The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and
may be asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in the Company's reasonable discretion. The failure by the
Company at any time to exercise the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a
waiver of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right
which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

         All rights under the Registration Rights Agreements (including
registration rights) of holders of the Series A Securities eligible to
participate in this Exchange Offer will terminate upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer except with respect to the Company's continuing obligations (i)
to indemnify the holders (including any broker-dealers) and certain parties
related to the holders against certain liabilities (including liabilities under
the Securities Act), (ii) to provide, upon the request of any holder of a
transfer-restricted Series A Security, certain information in order to permit
resales of such Series A Securities pursuant to Rule 144A, (iii) to use its best
efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective to the extent necessary to
ensure that it is available for resales of transfer-restricted Series A
Securities by broker-dealers for a period of 180 days from the date on which the
Registration Statement is declared effective and (iv) to provide copies of the
latest version of the Prospectus to broker-dealers upon their request for a
period of 180 days from the date on which the Registration Statement is declared
effective. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the
Company has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.


                                       35
<PAGE>   44
EXCHANGE AGENT

         IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer. All questions and requests for assistance as well as all
correspondence in connection with the Exchange Offer and the Letters of
Transmittal should be addressed to the Exchange Agent, as follows:

              By Facsimile:                      By Overnight Courier:
             (212) 858-2611               IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
    Call (212) 858-2103 to confirm                One State Street
          receipt of facsimile.                New York, New York 10004
                                          Attn: Securities Processing Window,
                                                Sabeclla One, (SC-1)

                By Hand:                              By Mail:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company      IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
           One State Street                         P.O. Box 84
       New York, New York 10004                 Bowling Green Station
Attn: Securities Processing Window,       New York, New York 10274-0084
      Sabeclla One, (SC-1)            Attn: Reorganization Operations Department

         Requests for additional copies of this Prospectus, the Letters of
Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the
Exchange Agent.

FEES AND EXPENSES

         The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telecopy, telephone or in person by officers and regular
employees of the Company and its affiliates.

         The Company has not retained any dealer-manager or other soliciting
agent in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to
brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The
Company, however, will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for
its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection therewith.

         The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer
will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be
approximately $__________. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the
Exchange Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among
others.

         The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of Series A Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Series A
Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer
taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such
taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letters of Transmittal,
the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering
holder of Series A Securities.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         The Series B Notes and the Series B Senior Preferred Stock will be
recorded at the same carrying value as the Series A Notes and the Series A
Senior Preferred Stock as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will
be recognized. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over the
term of the Notes and Preferred Stock.


                                       36
<PAGE>   45
          CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

         The following summary of the material anticipated federal income tax
consequences of the Exchange Offer is based upon the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the final, temporary and proposed
regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and judicial
decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change (possibly with
retroactive effect) or different interpretations. Holders of Series A Notes and
Series A Senior Preferred Stock should note the following summary is not binding
on the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") and there can be no assurance
that the Service will take a similar view with respect to the tax-consequences
described below. No ruling has been or will be requested by the Company from the
Service on any tax matters relating to the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes,
the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Senior Preferred Stock. This
summary is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, some of
which, such as dealers in securities, financial institutions, insurance
companies and tax-exempt organizations, may be subject to special rules. ALL
HOLDERS OF NOTES AND SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX
ADVISORS REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
EXCHANGING SERIES A NOTES FOR SERIES B NOTES OR SERIES A SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
FOR SERIES B SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK.

         The exchange of the Series B Notes for the Series A Notes and the
Series B Senior Preferred Stock for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock pursuant
to the Exchange Offer should not be treated as an "exchange" for federal income
tax purposes because Series B Notes and shares of Series B Senior Preferred
Stock should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from
Series A Notes and shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock respectively.
Rather, Series B Notes and shares of Series B Senior Preferred Stock received by
a holder should be treated as a continuation of Series A Notes or shares of
Series A Senior Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in the hands of such
holder. As a result, there should be no federal income tax consequences to
holders exchanging either the Series A Notes for the Series B Notes or the
Series A Senior Preferred Stock for the Series B Senior Preferred Stock pursuant
to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the exchange of either the Series A Notes
for the Series B Notes or the Series A Senior Preferred Stock for the Series B
Senior Preferred Stock were treated as an "exchange" for federal income tax
purposes, such exchange should constitute a recapitalization for federal income
tax purposes. Holders exchanging either the Series A Notes or the Series A
Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to such recapitalization should not recognize
any gain or loss upon the exchange.

         For a summary of the material anticipated federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes, Preferred
Stock and Exchange Debentures, see "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."


                                       37
<PAGE>   46
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Each broker-dealer that receives Series B Securities for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Series B Securities. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Series B Securities received in
exchange for Series A Securities, where such Series A Securities were acquired
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company
has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make
this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until __________, 1997, all
dealers effecting transactions in the Series B Securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus.

         The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Series B
Securities by broker-dealers. Series B Securities received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the Series B Securities, or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commission or
concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Series
B Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Series B Securities that were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Series B Securities may be
deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit on any such resale of Series B Securities and any commissions or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensations under the Securities Act. The Letters of Transmittal state that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act.

         For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letters of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any
brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Series A Securities
(including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.


                                       38
<PAGE>   47
                                   THE COMPANY


         The Company is one of the leading Spanish-language radio broadcasting
companies in the United States. Following the consummation of the Pending
Dispositions, the Company will own and operate seven major market FM radio
stations in Los Angeles, New York, Chicago and Miami, which are the #1, #2, #3
and #12 radio revenue markets in the United States, respectively. In addition,
these metropolitan areas represent the four largest Hispanic media markets in
general, as measured by total media expenditures targeted at the Hispanic
population, with over 43% of the United States Hispanic population residing
within these markets. The Company also owns and operates an FM radio station in
Key Largo, Florida.

         The Company has begun implementing several strategic initiatives
designed to enhance the underlying asset value of the Company's radio properties
and improve operating performance, including: (i) the acquisition of four new FM
radio stations in three key markets, (ii) the disposition of its three AM radio
stations and one of its smaller market FM stations, and (iii) the addition of
experienced operating management to supervise all of its radio stations on a
regional level. Following the consummation of its planned dispositions, the
Company will focus primarily upon the successful integration of its new radio
properties and the improvement of the competitive position and financial
performance of its existing radio stations.

         The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in June 1994 to
serve as a holding company for six active corporations which own, operate or
service radio stations. The Company's principal executive offices are located at
26 West 56th Street, New York, New York 10019, and its telephone number is (212)
541-9200.


                                       39
<PAGE>   48
                                  THE OFFERINGS

         All of the net proceeds from the Offerings were or will be used to (i)
acquire radio stations WRMA-FM and WYDJ-FM in Miami, Florida and WYSY-FM in
Chicago, Illinois, (ii) refinance the Company's Senior Secured Notes and Series
A Preferred Stock and repurchase the Primary Warrants, (iii) solicit certain
consents from the holders of the Old Notes and (iv) make the Distribution. The
following table sets forth the actual gross proceeds to the Company from the
Offerings and the application of such proceeds (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOURCES OF PROCEEDS:

<S>                                                                     <C>     
Series A Notes ...................................................      $ 75,000
Series A Preferred Stock with Warrants ...........................       175,000
Cash on hand .....................................................         1,595
                                                                        --------
         Total Sources of Proceeds ...............................      $251,595
                                                                        ========

USES OF PROCEEDS:

Purchase of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM ..................................      $111,000
Purchase of WYSY-FM(1) ...........................................        30,000
Redemption of Senior Secured Notes, Series A Preferred Stock
  and Primary Warrants(2) ........................................        90,595
Distribution(3) ..................................................         4,000
Transaction fees and expenses(4) .................................        16,000
                                                                        --------
         Total Uses of Proceeds ..................................      $251,595
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>

(1)      Represents the cash portion of the purchase price and excludes the $3
         million note issued by the Company to Infinity.

(2)      The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 12 1/4% per annum
         payable quarterly, increasing by 0.25% for each three-month period from
         the issue date to March 1997, and 0.50% for each period of three months
         thereafter, provided that the interest rate may not exceed 14.75% per
         annum. The Senior Secured Notes are due on June 1, 2001. The Series A
         Preferred Stock is entitled to dividends at the rate of 12.75% per
         annum payable quarterly, increasing by 0.25% for each period of three
         months from the issue date through March 1997 and 0.50% for each period
         of three months thereafter, provided that at no time will the dividend
         rate exceed 15.25%. The Company is required to redeem the Series A
         Preferred Stock on December 1, 2002. The Primary Warrants are being
         redeemed pursuant to the redemption price schedule which was determined
         at the time of issuance.

(3)      Assumes $600,000 of dividends will be paid to the holders of the
         warrants issued in connection with the Old Notes.

(4)      Includes fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
         Transactions, including the Initial Purchaser's discounts, the consent
         fee paid to holders of the Old Notes, acquisition costs related to the
         acquisitions of WYSY-FM, WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM and related legal,
         accounting and other expenses.


                                       40
<PAGE>   49
                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth, as of December 29, 1996: (i) the actual
capitalization of the Company and (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the
Company to reflect the Transactions. The information set forth below should be
read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and
the notes thereto of the Company and the historical financial statements and the
notes thereto of New Age Broadcasting, Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting
Corporation included elsewhere in this Prospectus, "Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements", "The Offerings" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                                           -----------------
                                                        ACTUAL         PRO FORMA
                                                        ------         ---------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                    <C>            <C>      
Cash and cash equivalents(1) .....................     $   4,899      $   3,304
                                                       =========      =========
Long-term debt (including current portion):
   Senior Secured Notes ..........................     $  36,773      $      --
   Old Notes(2) ..................................       100,799        100,799
   Series A Notes ................................            --         75,000
   Note payable to Infinity ......................            --          3,000
   Other debt, including current maturities of $48         1,079          1,079
                                                       ---------      ---------
         Total long-term debt ....................       138,651        179,878
Series A Preferred Stock .........................        37,509             --
Series A Senior Preferred Stock(3) ...............            --        148,050
Stockholders' equity (deficiency) ................        (6,466)        (8,915)
                                                       ---------      ---------
         Total capitalization ....................     $ 169,694      $ 319,013
                                                       =========      =========
</TABLE>

(1)      Pro forma cash and cash equivalents reflects the cash balance at
         December 29, 1996 less the cash of the Company to be used to fund the
         Transactions as of the anticipated closing date of the Offerings.

(2)      The Old Notes were issued at a discount from the principal amount to
         maturity thereof and will be fully accredit to such principal amount at
         maturity of approximately $107.1 million on June 15, 1997.

(3)      The $175.0 million initial liquidation preference of the Senior
         Preferred Stock has been reduced to its carrying value by approximately
         $10.3 million of estimated fees and expenses related to the Units
         Offering and by approximately $16.6 million related to the value
         attributed to the Warrants.


                                       41
<PAGE>   50
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations data for the
fiscal year ended September 29, 1996 and the three months ended December 29,
1996 are presented to give effect to the Transactions and the WPAT-FM
acquisition, which was consummated in March 1996, as if such events had occurred
at the beginning of each period. The results of WYSY-FM have not been included
in the pro forma statement of operations because the Company believes that such
acquisition does not meet the significance test for presentation of pro forma
information and would not be meaningful to an understanding of the Company's pro
forma results of operations because the Company intends to reformat WYSY-FM from
an English-language to a Spanish-language station in the near future. The pro
forma balance sheet data at December 29, 1996 is presented as if, at such date,
the Transactions, including the acquisition of WYSY-FM, had occurred. As a
result, the pro forma statement of operations data excludes the actual and
expected operating results of WYSY-FM, however, the pro forma balance sheet
data, and pro forma interest expense, reflects the funding of the purchase of
WYSY-FM.

         The purchase prices of WYSY-FM, WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM were determined
based upon arms-length negotiations between the Company and the sellers. The
purchase price for the Acquisitions have been allocated primarily to franchise
costs and other intangibles. This preliminary allocation of purchase price may
change upon final appraisal of the fair market value of the net assets acquired.

         In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to present
fairly this pro forma information have been made.

         These pro forma combined financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes
thereto as of and for the fiscal year ended September 29, 1996 and the three
months ended December 29, 1996 and with the combined financial statements and
the notes thereto of New Age Broadcasting, Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting
Corporation for the year ended September 30, 1996 and the three months ended
December 31, 1996 included elsewhere in the Prospectus. THE PRO FORMA
INFORMATION IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF THE RESULTS THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN
REPORTED HAD SUCH EVENTS ACTUALLY OCCURRED ON THE DATES SPECIFIED, NOR IS IT
INDICATIVE OF THE COMPANY'S FUTURE RESULTS.


                                       42
<PAGE>   51
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                              AT DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Historical
                                                                  ----------
                                                                            WXDJ/
                                                         The Company        WRMA (a)      Adjustments          Pro Forma
                                                         -----------        --------      -----------          ---------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>         <C>                  <C>
ASSETS

Current assets.......................................       $ 16,564        $ 3,584     $ (3,584)(b)         $ 17,582
                                                                                            1,018(c)
Property and equipment, net..........................         19,319          1,679       (1,679)(b)           19,319
Franchise costs and other intangible assets, net.....        133,033         25,181        33,500(d)          279,033
                                                                                         (25,181)(b)
                                                                                          112,500(c)
Other assets.........................................          6,636            307         3,675(f)            8,937
                                                                                            (307)(b)
                                                                                          (1,374)(g)
           Total assets..............................       $175,552        $30,751     $118,568             $324,871
                                                            ========        =======      =======             ========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

Current liabilities..................................         $5,906         $2,529      $(2,529)(b)           $5,906
Long-term debt:
    Senior Secured Notes, net of
        unamortized discount.........................         36,773                     (36,773)(c)               --
    Old Notes, net of unamortized discount...........        100,799                                          100,799
    Series A Notes...................................                                      75,000(f)           75,000
    Other long-term debt.............................          1,031         21,050      (21,050)(b)            4,031
                                                                                            3,000(d)
Series A Preferred Stock.............................         37,509                     (37,509)(c)               --
Series A Senior Preferred Stock......................                                     158,375(f)          148,050
                                                                                         (10,325)(f)
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)....................        (6,466)          7,172       (7,172)(b)          (8,915)
                                                                                          (4,000)(c)
                                                                                         (13,700)(c)
                                                                                          (1,374)(g)

                                                                                           16,625(f)
                                                            --------        -------      --------            --------
        Total liabilities and stockholders'
          deficiency................................        $175,552        $30,751      $118,568            $324,871
                                                            ========        =======      ========            ========
</TABLE>



                                                  (see notes on following pages)

                                       43

<PAGE>   52



                    NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

 (a)     To reflect historical balance sheet data for WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM as of
         December 31, 1996 as reflected in the unaudited financial statements of
         New Age Broadcasting Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation
         which were acquired as part of the Transactions.

 (b)     To eliminate assets and liabilities and stockholders' equity of
         WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM not purchased or assumed in the WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM
         acquisitions.

 (c)     To reflect the use of proceeds for the following:

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                                                   <C>
         Redemption of Senior Secured Notes at par:
              Carrying value at December 29, 1996.........................................................    $36,773
              Redemption price over carrying value which would be
                  charged to earnings as an extraordinary item............................................      1,612
                                                                                                              -------
                                                                                                              $38,385
                                                                                                              =======
         Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock at par:
              Carrying value at December 29, 1996.........................................................    $37,509
              Redemption price over carrying value charged to stockholders' equity (deficiency)...........      3,765
                                                                                                                -----
                                                                                                              $41,274
                                                                                                              =======

         Redemption of Primary Warrants, charged to stockholders' equity (deficiency).....................    $ 8,323
                                                                                                              =======

         Distribution to common shareholders and holders of Old Warrants..................................    $ 4,000
                                                                                                              =======

         Excess proceeds as of December 29, 1996.  The amounts required to redeem the Senior
              Secured Notes and the Series A Preferred Stock increased after December 29, 1996 as
              a result of additional interest and dividends accruing which would be payable in
              additional Senior Secured Notes and Series A Preferred Stock, respectively.
              Consequently a significant portion of these excess proceeds were needed to redeem the
              Senior Secured Notes and Series A Preferred Stock...........................................    $ 3,018
                                                                                                              =======

(d)      To reflect the acquisition of the assets of WYSY-FM, consisting
         primarily of franchise costs and other intangibles. The preliminary
         allocation of the purchase price may change upon final appraisal of the
         fair market value of the net assets acquired.

         Cash consideration to the seller of WYSY-FM......................................................    $30,000
         Note payable to seller of WYSY-FM................................................................      3,000
         Estimated fees and expenses attributable to the acquisition of WYSY-FM...........................        500
                                                                                                                  ---
              Purchase price..............................................................................    $33,500
                                                                                                              =======

(e)      To reflect the allocation of purchase price of WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM to the
         assets acquired, primarily franchise costs and other intangibles. The
         preliminary allocation of the purchase price may change upon final
         appraisal of the fair market value of the net assets acquired.

         Cash consideration to the Miami Sellers.........................................................   $111,000
         Estimated fees and expenses attributable to the acquisition of WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM..................      1,500
                                                                                                            --------
              Purchase price.............................................................................   $112,500
                                                                                                            ========
</TABLE>





                                       44

<PAGE>   53

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                          <C>
 (f)     To reflect the Offerings and related estimated transaction fees as set
         forth below:

         Series A Notes............................................................................   $ 75,000
         Units consisting of
              Series A Senior Preferred Stock, at initial estimated value..........................    158,375
              Warrants, at initial estimated value.................................................     16,625
                                                                                                        ------
         Fees associated with the Notes Offering...................................................     (3,675)
         Fees associated with the Units Offering...................................................    (10,325)
                                                                                                        -------
                                                                                                      $236,000
                                                                                                      ========
</TABLE>


 (g)     To reflect the write-off of deferred financing costs relating to the
         Senior Secured Notes.



                                       45

<PAGE>   54



                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    HISTORICAL
                                                THE                         WXDJ/                             PRO
                                               COMPANY       WPAT(a)        WRMA(a)      ADJUSTMENTS         FORMA(n)
                                               -------       -------        -------      -----------         --------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>

Gross broadcasting revenues............        $55,338         $4,315       $16,071       $(1,421)(c)          $74,303
Less: agency commissions...............        (6,703)          (316)       (2,111)                            (9,130)
                                             ---------      ---------       -------                            -------
    Net revenues.......................         48,635          3,999        13,960                             65,173
Station operating expenses.............         27,876          2,635         5,235          (579)(d)           35,167
Corporate expenses.....................          3,748            114           275             61(e)            4,198
Depreciation and amortization..........          4,556            530         1,076          2,286(f)            8,448
                                              --------       --------      --------                           --------
    Operating income (loss)............         12,455            720         7,374                             17,360
Interest expense, net..................         16,533          5,311         2,261        (1,358)(g)           23,082
                                                                                               335(h)
Other expense (income) net                       1,574       (43,641)            --         43,641(i)            1,574
                                              --------       --------    ----------                           --------
    Income (loss) before income taxes..        (5,652)         39,050         5,113                            (7,296)
Income tax expense (benefit)...........        (1,166)         12,704            --       (12,704)(j)          (1,166)
                                             ---------         ------   -----------                         ----------
    Income (loss) before extraordinary
        items..........................        (4,486)       $ 26,346      $  5,113                            (6,130)
                                                             ========      ========
    Dividends on preferred stock.......        (2,452)                                    (23,374)(k)         (25,826)
                                               -------                                                        --------
Income (loss) applicable to common stock
    before extraordinary items.........       $(6,938)                                                       $(31,956)
                                              ========                                                       =========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(m)..             --                                                              --
EBITDA reconciliation:
    Operating income (loss)............        $12,455                                                         $17,360
    Depreciation and amortization......          4,556                                                           8,448
                                              --------                                                        --------
    EBITDA.............................        $17,011                                                         $25,808
                                               =======                                                         =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   HISTORICAL
                                                                THE          WXDJ/                              PRO
                                                              COMPANY       WRMA(b)        ADJUSTMENTS        FORMA(n)
                                                              -------       -------        -----------        --------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>           <C>                 <C>

Gross broadcasting revenues...........................        $13,995        $4,375                            $18,370
Less:  agency commissions.............................        (1,629)         (586)                            (2,215)
                                                             --------      --------                          ---------
    Net revenues......................................         12,366         3,789                             16,155
Station operating expenses............................          7,083         1,070                              8,153
Corporate expenses....................................            994            68       $   (68)(e)              994
Depreciation and amortization.........................          1,395           246            457(f)            2,098
                                                              -------      --------                            -------
    Operating income (loss)...........................          2,894         2,405                              4,910
Interest expense, net.................................          5,007           557            179(g)            5,743
Other expense (income, net                                         27            --                                 27
                                                             --------     ---------                          ---------
    Income (loss) before income taxes.................        (2,140)         1,848             --               (860)
Income tax expense (benefit)..........................          (814)            --            487(l)            (327)
                                                            ---------     ---------                          ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary items..............        (1,326)        $1,848                              (533)
                                                                             ======
Dividends on preferred stock..........................        (1,325)                       (4,910)(k)         (6,235)
                                                              -------                                          -------
Income (loss) applicable to common stock before
    extraordinary items...............................       $(2,651)                                         $(6,768)
                                                             ========                                         ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(m)                              --                                               --
EBITDA reconciliation
    Operating income (loss)...........................         $2,894                                           $4,910
    Depreciation and amortization.....................          1,395                                            2,098
                                                                -----                                            -----
    EBITDA............................................         $4,289                                           $7,008
                                                               ======                                           ======
</TABLE>



                                                  (see notes on following pages)



                                       46

<PAGE>   55



               NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

 (a)     To reflect the historical operating results for WPAT-FM and WPAT-AM
         from October 1, 1995 through March 31, 1996 based upon unaudited
         financial statements. The Company began operating WPAT-FM under a local
         marketing agreement on January 20, 1996. The fiscal year end for
         WPAT-FM and WPAT-AM was December 31 under the ownership of Park Radio
         of Greater New York, Inc.

 (b)     To reflect the historical operating results for WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM for
         the period indicated based upon unaudited financial statements. The
         fiscal year end for WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM was September 30, and
         throughout the periods presented, WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM were under the
         ownership of the sellers, New Age Broadcasting, Inc. and The Seventies
         Broadcasting Corporation, respectively.

 (c)     To adjust gross broadcasting revenues for the elimination of the
         revenue derived from WPAT-AM programming which was not acquired by the
         Company.

 (d)     To eliminate expenses of WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM relating to an
         unsuccessful prior sale.

 (e)     To reflect adjustment to corporate expense for the elimination of
         corporate expenses which would not be incurred following the WPAT-FM
         and WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM acquisitions and for additional salaries to be paid
         to Mr. Russell Oasis, a WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM officer, based on his
         employment agreement with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                   SEPT. 29, 1996        DEC. 29, 1996
                                                                                   --------------     ------------------

<S>                                                                             <C>                    <C>
Elimination of corporate expenses of WPAT-FM
     prior to acquisition.................................................                $ (114)            $     --
Elimination of corporate expenses of WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM
     prior to acquisition.................................................                  (275)                (68)
Additional salary to Mr. Russell Oasis....................................                    450                  --
                                                                                            -----             -------
     Pro forma adjustment.................................................                 $   61             $  (68)
                                                                                           ======             =======
</TABLE>


 (f)     To reflect additional pro forma depreciation and amortization related
         to the acquisitions of WPAT-FM based upon the final purchase price and
         to the acquisitions of WXDJ-FM, WRMA-FM and WYSY-FM based upon a
         preliminary allocation of the total consideration and related
         amortization reflected as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   WPAT              WXDJ/WRMA                   TOTAL
                                                                   ----              ---------                   -----
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                     <C>
Franchise costs and other intangible assets,
     net................................................           $86,359              $112,500               $198,859

Year ended September 29, 1996:
     Pro forma amortization.............................          $  1,079             $   2,813              $   3,892
     Less:  depreciation and amortization-historical....             (530)               (1,076)                (1,606)
                                                                 ---------            ----------             ----------
     Pro forma adjustment...............................          $    549             $   1,737              $   2,286
                                                                  ========             =========              =========
Three months ended December 29, 1996:
     Pro forma amortization...............................................               $   703                $   703
     Less:  depreciation and amortization-historical......................                 (246)                  (246)
                                                                                        --------               --------
     Pro forma adjustment.................................................               $   457                $   457
                                                                                         =======                =======
</TABLE>

                                       47

<PAGE>   56



 (g)     To reflect adjustments to interest expense as a result of the
         Transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                      SEPT. 29, 1996          DEC. 29, 1996
                                                                                      --------------          -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>                     <C>
Pro forma interest on the Notes at 11% per annum..........................                $8,250                 $2,063
Pro forma interest on the seller note to Infinity (assumed interest rate
     of 10% per annum)....................................................                   300                     75
Pro forma amortization of debt issuance costs of the Notes................                   525                    131
Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, on the
     Senior Secured Notes retired in the Transactions.....................               (2,861)                (1,533)
Interest expense -- WPAT-FM-historical....................................               (5,311)                     --
Interest expense -- WXDJ-FM/WRMA-FM-historical............................               (2,261)                  (557)
                                                                                         -------                -------
Pro forma adjustment......................................................              $(1,358)                $   179
                                                                                        ========                =======
</TABLE>


 (h)     To eliminate interest income on the approximately $17.2 million down
         payment of cash used to finance the acquisition of WPAT-FM based upon
         the average interest rate of 3.9% earned by the Company during the six
         months ended March 31, 1996.

 (i)     To adjust for other income of WPAT-FM resulting from the sale of its
         assets prior to its acquisition by the Company which would not have
         been realized by the Company.

 (j)     To eliminate income tax expense of Park Radio of Greater New York, Inc.
         prior to the acquisition of radio station WPAT-FM by the Company which
         would not have been incurred by the Company.

 (k)     To reflect adjustments to preferred stock dividends as a result of the
         Transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                       SEPT. 29, 1996          DEC. 29, 1996
                                                                                       --------------          -------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>                  <C>
Elimination of dividends on Series A Preferred Stock......................             $   2,452                 $1,325
Assumed dividends on Senior Preferred Stock at
     14 1/4$ per annum....................................................              (25,826)                (6,235)
                                                                                        --------                -------
Pro forma adjustment......................................................             $(23,374)              $ (4,910)
                                                                                       =========              =========
</TABLE>


 (l)     To reflect income tax effect of the above items.

 (m)     For purposes of this computation, earnings are defined as earnings or
         loss before extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges are
         the sum of (i) interest costs, (ii) amortization of deferred financing
         costs, (iii) the portion of operating lease rental expense that is
         representative of the interest factor (deemed to be one third) and (iv)
         dividends on preferred stock. Historical and pro forma earnings were
         inadequate to cover fixed charges by $6,938 and $31,956, respectively,
         for the fiscal year ended September 29, 1996 and $2,651 and $6,768 for
         the three months ended December 29, 1996.





                                       48
<PAGE>   57



(n)      The following table summarizes pro forma operating data adjusted to
         eliminate the historical operating results of stations WXLX-AM,
         KXMG-AM, WCMQ-AM and WSKP-FM that the Company intends to sell:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996             THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                           -----------------------------             ------------------------------------
                                                      HISTORICAL                                       HISTORICAL
                                                  RESULTS OF STATIONS   ADJUSTED                    RESULTS OF STATIONS    ADJUSTED
                                       PRO FORMA    HELD FOR SALE      PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA        HELD FOR SALE        PRO FORMA
                                       ---------    -------------      ---------    ---------        -------------        ---------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>                  <C>          <C>             <C>                   <C>
Net revenues......................   $ 65,173        $(10,795)          $54,378       $16,155            $(2,424)         $13,731
Income (loss) before
    extraordinary items...........   $ (6,130)       $ (1,444)          $ (7,574)     $  (533)           $  (246)         $  (779)
Loss applicable to
    common stock before
    extraordinary items...........   $ 31,956        $ (1,444)          $(33,400)     $(6,768)           $  (246)         $(7,014)
EBITDA............................   $ 25,808        $ (1,823)          $ 23,985      $ 7,008            $  (349)         $ 6,659
</TABLE>





                                                        49
<PAGE>   58



                 SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)

         The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below
under the caption "Statement of Operations Data" for each of the fiscal years in
the five-year period ended September 29, 1996 are derived from the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company, which historical consolidated
financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants. The financial information for the three months
ended December 31, 1995 and December 29, 1996 are unaudited, but in the opinion
of the Company reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such
information. Operating results for the three months ended December 29, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal
year ended September 28, 1997. The selected historical consolidated financial
data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for each of the
fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 29, 1996, the related
notes and independent auditor's report, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
For additional information see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED                      THREE MONTHS ENDED(8)
                                             9/27/92    9/26/93    9/25/94   9/24/95    9/29/96    12/31/95  12/29/96
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    --------  --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

Gross broadcasting revenues..............    $27,991    $35,744    $45,825   $54,152    $55,338    $13,851    $13,995
Less: agency commissions.................    (3,024)    (4,116)    (5,688)   (6,828)    (6,703)    (1,746)    (1,629)
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Net revenues..........................     24,967     31,628     40,137    47,324     48,635     12,105     12,366
Station operating expenses(1)............     15,399     19,461     22,145    22,998     27,876      6,988      7,083
Corporate expenses(1)....................      1,484      2,518      2,884     4,281      3,748        842        994
Depreciation and amortization............      3,911      3,598      3,256     3,389      4,556        820      1,395
Write-off of franchise costs (2).........         --     16,365         --        --         --         --         --
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Operating income (loss)...............      4,173   (10,314)     11,852    16,656     12,455      3,455      2,894
Interest expense, net....................     14,025     14,132     14,203    12,874     16,533      3,235      5,006
Financing costs..........................        221        555      3,458        --        876         --         --
Other expense (income)(3)................         70       (48)       (35)       381        698         --         28
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Income (loss) before income taxes and
      extraordinary item.................   (10,143)   (24,953)    (5,774)     3,401    (5,652)        220    (2,140)
Income tax expense (benefit).............         24         46    (2,231)     1,411    (1,166)        101      (814)
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Income (loss) before extraordinary gain  (10,167)   (24,999)    (3,543)     1,990    (4,486)        119    (1,326)
Extraordinary gain(4)....................         --         --     70,255        --         --         --         --
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Net income (loss).....................  $(10,167)  $(24,999)    $66,712    $1,990    (4,486)    $   119    (1,326)
                                           ========   ========     =======    ======    ======     =======    ======

Dividends on preferred stock.............                                               (2,452)               (1,325)
                                                                                        -------                -----
   Net income (loss) applicable to
      common stock.......................                                              $(6,938)              $(2,651)
                                                                                       ========              ========

OTHER DATA:

Broadcast cash flow(5)...................     $9,568    $12,167    $17,992   $24,326    $20,759     $5,117     $5,283
EBITDA(6)................................      8,084      9,649     15,108    20,045     17,011      4,275      4,289
Capital expenditures.....................        928      1,723        897     4,888      3,811      1,138        956
Net cash interest........................     11,149     11,066     12,916     7,459      7,759      1,795      1,980
Non-cash interest........................      2,876      3,066      1,287     5,415      8,774      1,440      3,026
                                             -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
   Interest expense, net.................     14,025     14,132     14,203    12,874     16,533      3,235      5,006
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(7)....         --         --         --      1.15         --       1.04         --
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     AT
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                    9/27/92    9/26/93    9/25/94    9/24/95    9/29/96   12/29/96
- -------------------                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   --------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $  2,691   $  4,398   $ 12,137    $17,817   $  5,468   $  4,899
Net working capital (deficiency)....................  (135,587)  (142,807)    11,981     21,994      9,172     10,658
Total assets........................................    97,107     81,630     98,733    103,629    176,860    175,552
Total debt (including current maturities)...........   120,877    123,076     93,573     95,523    135,914    138,651
Series A Preferred Stock............................        --         --         --         --     35,939     37,509
Shareholders' deficiency............................   (47,829)   (75,218)    (2,960)    (1,150)    (3,569)    (6,466)
</TABLE>




                                       50
<PAGE>   59



                   NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

 (1)     Station operating expenses include engineering, programming, selling
         and general and administrative expenses.

 (2)     Concurrently with the refinancing described below in note 4, the
         Company obtained appraisals for the assets of its radio stations. The
         appraised values of certain stations were less than the carrying values
         of such assets, including franchise costs, by $16,365,255, in the
         aggregate. Based on the appraisals and management's own evaluation of
         the recoverability of franchise costs in relation to the then current
         market conditions in the broadcasting industry, the Company reduced the
         carrying amounts of the applicable franchise costs by $16,365,255
         through a charge to operations in the fiscal 1993 consolidated
         statement of operations.

 (3)     During fiscal 1996, the Company wrote down the value of its land and
         building located on Sunset Boulevard in Los Angeles by $697,741. The
         write down was based on current market values of real estate in the Los
         Angeles area.

 (4)     On June 29, 1994, the Company sold 107,059 units, each consisting of
         $1,000 principal amount of the Company's Old Notes and the Old
         Warrants. The Old Notes were issued at a substantial discount from
         their principal amount. The sale of the Old Notes and Old Warrants
         generated gross proceeds of $94,000,000 and proceeds to the Company of
         $87,774,002, net of financing costs of $6,225,998. Of the $94,000,000
         of gross proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes and Old Warrants,
         $88,603,000 was allocated to the Old Notes and $5,397,000 was
         determined to be the value of the Old Warrants. Of the net proceeds
         from the sale of the Old Notes and the Old Warrants, $83,000,000 was
         used to satisfy in full the Company's obligations to its two former
         principal lenders and the balance was used to settle litigation with a
         former stockholder and for general corporate purposes. The Company
         realized a gain of $70,254,772 in connection with its repayment of all
         obligations to its two former principal lenders because it was able to
         satisfy in full these obligations at substantial discounts to their
         face amounts in accordance with restructuring agreements between the
         Company and such lenders.

 (5)     The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before
         depreciation and amortization, write-down of franchise costs and
         corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in
         isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and
         other consolidated income or cash flow statement data or as a measure
         of the Company's profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash
         flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely
         used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting
         company's operating performance.

 (6)     EBITDA represents income before extraordinary item, net interest
         expense, financing costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization,
         write-down of franchise costs and other expenses and income. The
         Company has included information concerning EBITDA in this Prospectus
         because it is used by certain investors as a measure of a company's
         ability to service its debt obligations. EBITDA should not be used as
         an alternative to, or be considered more meaningful than, operating
         income, net income or cash flow as an indicator of the Company's
         operating performance.

 (7)     For purposes of this computation, earnings are defined as earnings or
         loss before extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges are
         the sum of (i) interest costs, (ii) amortization of deferred financing
         costs, (iii) the portion of operating lease rental expense that is
         representative of the interest factor (deemed to be one third) and (iv)
         dividends on preferred stock. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed
         charges by $10,167,000, $24,999,000, $3,543,000 and $4,486,000 for
         fiscal years 1992 through 1994 and 1996



                                       51
<PAGE>   60



         respectively. For the three month period ended December 29, 1996,
         earnings were inadequate to cover fixed costs by $1,326,000.

(8)      For the three months ended December 29, 1996, the Company reported 14
         weeks of revenues and expenses as compared to 13 weeks for the three
         months ended December 31, 1995.




                                       52
<PAGE>   61



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

         The Company's financial results depend on a number of factors,
including the strength of the national economy and the local economies served by
the Company's stations, total advertising dollars dedicated to the markets
served by the Company's stations, advertising dollars targeted to the Hispanic
consumers in the markets served by the Company's stations, the Company's
stations' audience ratings, the Company's ability to provide popular
programming, local market competition from other radio stations and other
advertising media, and government regulation and policies.

         Gross revenues derived from radio advertising are affected primarily by
the advertising rates the Company's radio stations are able to charge and the
number of advertisements that can be broadcast without jeopardizing audience
listening levels and the resultant audience ratings. Advertising rates are, in
large part, based upon each station's ability to attract audiences in
demographic groups targeted by advertisers. Audience levels are generally
measured by quarterly Arbitration Radio Market Reports. Each of the Company's
stations strives to maximize net revenues by actively managing the amount of
airtime available for sale and adjusting prices based upon local market
conditions and audience ratings.

         In the radio broadcasting industry, stations may utilize trade or
barter agreements to provide advertising time in exchange for goods or services
(such as travel and products used in promotional campaigns or "give-aways")
instead of cash compensation. In each of fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company
sold approximately 91%, 94% and 94%, respectively, of its available advertising
time for cash. The Company believes that its percentage of advertising time sold
for cash will increase in the future as its stations' ratings increase.

         Although advertising contracts are generally short-term, the Company
has long-term relationships with many of its advertisers. In fiscal 1996,
approximately 80% of the Company's gross revenues from the broadcast of
advertising was generated from local advertising and approximately 20% was from
national advertising. Each station's local sales staff solicits advertising
directly from local advertisers or through an advertising agency representing
local advertisers. During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company
terminated its relationship with Katz Communications, Inc. ("Katz") who served
as the Company's national sales representative for national broadcast
advertising. During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company entered into
a new five-year agreement with Caballero Spanish Media, LLC, a division of
Interep, to act as its new national sales representative on terms which the
Company believes are more favorable than the Katz contract. See
"Business--Advertising."

         In March 1996, the Company acquired WPAT-FM in New York for $86.4
million including financing costs and the Company's results include the
operations of WPAT-FM from such date. Pursuant to the terms of a local marketing
agreement, the Company began operating WPAT-FM on January 26, 1996 and the
revenues of WPAT-FM and costs of the local marketing agreement are included in
the Company's operating results from that date until the date of the
acquisition.

         The Company reports its revenues and expenses on a broadcast month
basis. For fiscal 1996, the Company reported 53 weeks of revenues and expenses
as compared to 52 weeks for each of fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1994. For the first
quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company reported 14 weeks of revenues and expenses
as compared to 13 weeks for the first quarter of fiscal 1996.

         As is true of other radio groups, the Company's performance is
customarily measured by its ability to generate broadcast cash flow and EBITDA.
Although broadcast cash flow and EBITDA are not measures of performance
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the
Company believes that broadcast cash flow and EBITDA are useful in evaluating
the Company because such measures are accepted by




                                       53
<PAGE>   62



the broadcasting industry as generally recognized measures of performance and
are used by securities industry analysts who publish reports on the performance
of broadcasting companies. In addition, the Company has included information
concerning EBITDA in this Memorandum because it is used by certain investors as
a measure of a company's ability to service its debt obligations and it is also
the basis for determining compliance with certain covenants in the Indentures
and the Certificate of Designation. Broadcast cash flow and EBITDA are not
intended to be substitutes for operating income (as determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles), or alternatives to cash flow
from operating activities (as a measure of liquidity), or alternatives to net
income.

         The Company's revenues fluctuate throughout the year. The Company's
second fiscal quarter (January through March) generally produces the lowest
revenues for the year and the third fiscal quarter (April through June)
generally produces the highest revenues, primarily due to increased levels of
advertising during this period. The Company's operating results in any period
may also be affected by the occurrence of advertising and promotional expenses
that do not produce commensurate revenues in the period in which the expenses
are incurred. As a result of Arbitration's practice of reporting radio ratings
on a quarterly basis, the potential effects of changes in audience ratings on
the Company's advertising revenues may be delayed.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1996 COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995

         Net revenue. Net revenues increased from $12.1 million for the three
months ended December 31, 1995, to $12.4 million for the three months ended
December 29, 1996, an increase of $0.3 million, or 2.2%. The increase in net
revenues resulted primarily from an increase in net revenues of $0.9 million
from the Company's New York stations, partially offset by a decrease in net
revenues of $0.7 million from the Company's Miami stations. The increase in net
revenues from New York resulted from the inclusion of WPAT-FM in the three month
period ending December 29, 1996. The decrease in net revenues from Miami
resulted primarily from a format change at WCMQ-FM during October 1996 and
management transition related to the Acquisitions. The Los Angeles stations
posted similar results to the prior year period.

         Operating expenses. Total operating expenses increased from $8.7
million in the three months ended December 31, 1995, to $9.5 million in the
three months ended December 29, 1996, an increase of $0.8 million or 9.5%. The
higher operating expenses were caused by an increase of $0.1 million in
broadcasting operating expenses, an increase of $0.1 million in corporate
expenses and an increase of $0.6 million in depreciation and amortization
expense.

         The increase in broadcasting operating expenses resulted from the
increased engineering and programming expenses related to the operation of the
new station, WPAT-FM as well as an increase in transmitter rent of WXLX-AM due
to lease payments for two transmitter sites during the station's transition
process of moving the transmitter site to its new location in Lyndhurst, New
Jersey. This was offset by a decrease in selling, general and administrative
expenses caused by a decrease in salaries and commissions and improved
collections in the New York market.

         The Company's corporate expenses increased primarily due to the
creation of a new senior position for programming and operations. The increase
in depreciation and amortization expense was mostly caused by the additional
amortization of the franchise costs associated with the acquisition of WPAT-FM.

         Operating income. Operating income decreased from $3.5 million during
the three months ended December 31, 1995 to $2.9 million during the three months
ended December 29, 1996, a decrease of $0.6 million or 16.2%. The decrease was
due to the increase in operating expenses which was partially offset by the
increase in net revenues.



                                       54
<PAGE>   63



         EBITDA. EBITDA (defined as earnings before net interest, income taxes,
depreciation and amortization and other income and expense items) was $4.3
million during the three months ended December 31, 1995 and $4.3 million during
the three months ended December 29, 1996.

         Other expenses. Other expenses, comprised mostly of interest expenses,
increased from $3.2 million in the three months ended December 31, 1995 to $5.0
million in the three months ended December 29, 1996, an increase of $1.8 million
or 55.6%. The increase was caused by higher interest expenses associated with
the issuance of Senior Secured Notes to partially finance the acquisition of
WPAT-FM.

         Net income (loss). The Company had a net loss of $1.3 million for the
three months ended December 29, 1996 compared to net income of $0.1 million in
the three months ended December 31, 1995. The change resulted primarily from the
increased interest expenses combined with the decrease in operating income,
previously discussed.

  FISCAL YEAR 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1995

         Net revenue. Net revenues increased to $48.6 million for fiscal 1996
from $47.3 million for fiscal 1995, an increase of $1.3 million, or 2.7%. This
increase was due primarily to an increase in net revenues generated by the
Company's stations in New York and Miami, offset by lower revenues from the Los
Angeles stations. The newly acquired radio station WPAT-FM which commenced
operations in January 1996 had net revenues of $4.6 million. In addition, the
Company's other New York stations experienced net revenue increases primarily as
a result of rating increases that allowed the stations to increase their
advertising rates. The Miami stations contributed to the net revenues growth due
to more effective sales efforts. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in the Company's Los Angeles stations which were adversely affected by
a decline in ratings. In fiscal 1996, net revenues from national advertising
decreased 5% while local advertising increased by 3%.

         Operating expenses. Total operating expenses increased to $36.2 million
during fiscal 1996 from $30.7 million during fiscal 1995, an increase of $5.5
million or 17.9%. As a percentage of net revenues, total operating expenses
increased to 74.4% in fiscal 1996 from 64.8% in fiscal 1995. The increase was
caused by increases of $1.1 million in engineering and programming expenses,
$3.7 million in selling, general and administrative expenses and $1.2 million in
depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a $0.5 million decline in
corporate expenses.

         The primary reasons for the increase in engineering and programming
expenses were the costs associated with operating the newly acquired station in
New York, WPAT-FM, the settlement of a lawsuit with an ex-employee in Miami, the
increase in salary and a starting bonus for a new on-air personality in Miami
and increased engineering costs in the New York and Miami markets. Selling,
general and administrative expenses were also impacted by the operation of
WPAT-FM. Additionally, the Company's other stations in the New York market
experienced increases in selling salaries, bonuses and national representative
commissions due to the sales improvements, the settlement of a lawsuit with a
former customer and the reserve of a loan to a former employee. The Los Angeles
stations' advertising and promotional expenses increased primarily due to
billboard and television campaigns. The Miami stations experienced a rise in
salaries and commissions resulting from higher revenues. Sports related
programming increased due to the first year of the Company broadcasting the
Miami Dolphins' football games.

         The lower corporate expenses were caused by lower bonuses, as well as
lower professional fees. An increase in depreciation and amortization resulted
mainly from the amortization of the franchise costs related to the WPAT-FM
purchase.




                                       55
<PAGE>   64



         Operating income. Operating income decreased from $16.7 million in
fiscal 1995 to $12.5 million in fiscal year 1996, a decrease of $4.2 million or
25.1%. This decrease was due to the increase in operating expenses partially
offset by the increase in net revenues.

         EBITDA. EBITDA decreased to $17.0 million from $20.0 million, a
decrease of $3.0 million, or 15.0%. Such decrease, similar to operating income,
was caused by the increase in operating expenses exclusive of depreciation and
amortization, partially offset by the increase in net revenues.

         Other expenses. Other expenses, comprised of interest expense, net of
interest income and refinancing costs, increased to $18.1 million from $13.3
million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 36.1%. The increase resulted mainly
from the additional interest incurred on the Senior Secured Notes issued during
this fiscal year to help purchase WPAT-FM. Additionally, the Company incurred
non-recurring financial costs and wrote down the carrying value of a building in
Los Angeles.

         Net income (loss). The Company had a net loss of $4.5 million in fiscal
year 1996 compared to net income of $2.0 million in fiscal year 1995. This
change was caused by the decrease in operating income combined with the increase
in other expenses, previously discussed.

  FISCAL YEAR 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1994

         Net revenues. Net revenues increased to $47.3 million for fiscal 1995
from $40.1 million for fiscal 1994, an increase of $7.2 million, or 18.0%. The
increase in net revenues primarily was due to the significant growth in net
revenues in New York as a result of advertising price increases related to
WSKQ-FM's improved Arbitration ranking, growth in net revenues in Miami due to
promotional and sports programming events, and to a lesser extent, growth in net
revenues in Los Angeles due to a 41.5% increase in national advertising at
KLAX-FM and KXMG-AM. In fiscal 1995, net revenues from national and local
advertising increased 41% and 18%, respectively.

         Operating expenses. Total operating expenses increased to $30.7 million
in fiscal 1995 from $28.3 million in fiscal 1994, an increase of $2.4 million or
8.5%. However, as a percentage of net revenues, total operating expenses
decreased to 64.8% in fiscal 1995 from 70.5% in fiscal 1994. Operating expenses
increased in fiscal 1995 as follows: corporate expenses increased by $1.4
million, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million,
engineering and programming expenses increased by $0.2 million and depreciation
and amortization increased by $0.1 million. Corporate expenses increased as a
result of higher salaries, bonuses (principally to Messrs. Alarcon Jr. and
Garcia totaling approximately $783,000), professional fees and insurance costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in all markets, primarily
as a result of higher promotion expenses and higher sales commissions due to
increased net revenues. The increase in engineering and programming expenses
resulted primarily from higher music license fees related to increased sales in
New York and the settlement of a lawsuit relating to music license fees.

         Operating income. For fiscal 1995, the Company had operating income of
$16.7 million compared to operating income of $11.9 million for fiscal 1994, an
increase of $4.8 million, or 40.3%. This growth was caused by the increase in
net revenues in fiscal 1995, which was offset by the increase in operating
expenses discussed above.

         EBITDA. EBITDA increased to $20.0 million during fiscal 1995 from $15.1
million during fiscal 1994, an increase of $4.9 million or 32.5%. The growth in
EBITDA was caused by an increase in net revenues which was partially offset by
the increase in operating expenses discussed above. EBITDA margin increased to
42.4% during fiscal 1995 from 37.6% during fiscal 1994.




                                       56
<PAGE>   65



         Other expenses. Other expenses decreased to $13.3 million in fiscal
1995, from $17.6 million in fiscal 1994, a decrease of $4.3 million or 24.4%.
The principal reasons for the decrease were the absence of refinancing costs in
fiscal 1995, higher interest income of $0.5 million, as well as lower interest
expenses. These decreases were offset by a charge of $0.4 million related to the
settlement of litigation with a former stockholder.

         Net income. The Company had net income of $2.0 million for fiscal 1995
compared to a net income of $66.7 million for fiscal 1994. This decrease was due
primarily to the absence in fiscal 1995 of an extraordinary gain of $70.3
million (net of income taxes) associated with the refinancing of the Company's
indebtedness in fiscal 1994. Excluding the extraordinary gain, the Company had a
net loss of $3.5 million in fiscal 1994 compared to net income of $2.0 million
for fiscal 1995. The increase in net income before extraordinary items in fiscal
1995 was due primarily to the increase in the Company's operating income in
fiscal 1995 described above and the decrease in other expenses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         Cash flow generated from operations was $0.5 million for the three
months ended December 29, 1996, as compared to $1.5 million for the three months
ended December 31, 1995. Cash flow generated from operations was $8.8 million
for fiscal 1996, $14.4 million for fiscal 1995 and $4.1 million for fiscal 1994.

         Net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for the three
months ended December 29, 1996 as compared to $0.9 million for the three months
ended December 31, 1995. Net cash generated by financing activities in fiscal
1996 was $69.0 million primarily due to the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes
and the Series A Preferred Stock to finance the acquisition of WPAT-FM in March
1996. Net cash used by financing activities in fiscal 1995 was $3.8 million,
primarily to repay indebtedness. Net cash generated by financing activities in
fiscal 1994 was $4.5 million. In June 1994, the Company received $94.0 million
of gross proceeds from the issuance of the Old Notes, the proceeds of which were
primarily used to retire existing indebtedness.

         For the three months ended December 31, 1995 and fiscal 1996, cash used
in other investing activities was $3.0 million and $86.4 million, respectively.
Such amounts related to the acquisition of WPAT-FM. Cash used in investing
activities for other periods discussed was immaterial.

         Historically, the Company's capital expenditures have been for the
improvements and technical upgrades of its broadcasting equipment as well as for
acquisitions of and upgrades of its facilities. For the three months ended
December 29, 1996, capital expenditures were $1.0 million, primarily used for
the construction of a new tower and antenna system at its newly leased site in
New Jersey for WXLX-AM. For the three months ended December 31, 1995, capital
expenditures were $1.1 million, used for the upgrade of the Company's Los
Angeles building. In fiscal 1996, the Company invested $3.8 million in capital
expenditures, mostly for the construction of the WXLX-AM tower and antenna
system. In fiscal 1995, the Company's capital expenditures were $4.9 million, of
which $3.6 million was used to produce and upgrade a building to which the
Company relocated the studio and administrative facilities for its Los Angeles
stations; $0.3 million used to upgrade the studio and technical equipment in Los
Angeles; and $0.4 million used to purchase the antenna and broadcast license of
WSKP-FM in Key West. In fiscal 1994, capital expenditures were $0.9 million,
primarily related to tower improvements of the New York FM station, construction
of a new transmitting facility in Key West, Florida and equipment purchases for
all of the radio stations.

         Management believes that cash from operating activities should be
sufficient to permit the Company to meet required cash interest obligations
(which will consist of cash interest expense on the Notes and cash interest
expense on the Old Notes, which, commencing June 15, 1997, will accrue cash
interest at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum) for the next five years, capital
expenditures and operating obligations. However, significant assumptions (none
of which can be assured) underlie this belief, including that (i) the Company
will be able to successfully integrate the Acquisitions, (ii) economic
conditions within the radio broadcasting market and economic conditions



                                       57
<PAGE>   66



generally will not deteriorate in any material respect, (iii) the Company will
be able to successfully implement its business strategy, (iv) the Company will
not incur any material unforeseen liabilities, including, without limitation,
environmental liabilities, and (v) no future acquisition will adversely affect
the Company's liquidity. The Company expects that it may be required to
refinance the Old Notes on or prior to their maturity on June 15, 2002, and no
assurance can be given that it will not be required to refinance the Notes
and/or the Senior Preferred Stock. No assurance can be given that any such
refinancing, if required, will be obtained on terms satisfactory to the Company,
if at all. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Leverage, History of Net Losses and
Insufficiency of Earnings to Cover Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends."
The Company expects to supplement its cash from operating activities with the
proceeds from any consummated Pending Disposition. However, no assurance can be
given that any such Pending Disposition will be consummated. See "Risk
Factors--Possible Non-Consummation of the Pending Dispositions."



                                       58
<PAGE>   67



                                    BUSINESS

         The Company is one of the leading Spanish-language radio broadcasting
companies in the United States. Following the consummation of the Pending
Dispositions, the Company will operate seven major market FM radio stations in
Los Angeles, New York, Chicago and Miami, which are the #1, #2, #3 and #12 radio
revenue markets in the United States, respectively. In addition, these
metropolitan areas represent the four largest Hispanic media markets in general,
as measured by total media expenditures targeted at the Hispanic population,
with over 43% of the United States Hispanic population residing within these
markets. The Company also owns and operates an FM station in Key Largo, Florida.

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning the radio
stations to be owned and operated by the Company upon completion of the Pending
Dispositions and the markets they serve:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      STATION RANK AND
                                                                                        NUMBER-OF
                                                                                     STATIONS IN MARKET(4)     DATE OF
                                                                                     ---------------------     -------
                                RANKING
                               BY-SIZE-OF   RANKING OF
                                HISPANIC     MARKET-BY      STATION          PRIMARY
 MARKET SERVED AND               MEDIA         RADIO      PROGRAMMING      DEMOGRAPHIC                                   LICENSE
 STATION CALL LETTERS (1)      MARKET (2)   REVENUES(3)      FORMAT          TARGET    SPANISH    ALL   ACQUISITIONS(5)  EXPIRATION
 ------------------------      ----------   -----------      ------          ------    -------    ---   ---------------  ----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>         <C>       <C>    <C>              <C>
Los Angeles, CA                  1             1
    KLAX-FM...........                                   Ranchera            18-49       2/10    5/46      12/88         12/97
New York, NY                     2             2
    WSKQ-FM...........                                   Latin Power         18-49        1/5    5/43      1/89          6/98
    WPAT-FM...........                                   Adult Contemporary  25-54        2/5   15/43      3/96          6/98
Miami, FL                        3             12
    WRMA-FM...........                                   Adult Contemporary  25-54       1/10    4/34      3/97          2/04
    WXDJ-FM...........                                   Latin Power         18-49       2/10    5/34      3/97          2/04
    WCMQ-FM...........                                   Spanish Oldies      25-54       5/10   15/34      12/86         2/04
    WZMG-FM(6)........          --             --        Adult Contemporary  25-54        --      --       7/95          2/04
Chicago, IL                      4             3
    WYSY-FM(7)........                                   --                               --      --       3/97          12/04

</TABLE>



(1)      Actual city of license may differ from the geographic market served.
         For example, KLAX-FM is licensed to Long Beach, California and serves
         the Los Angeles metropolitan area. WPAT-FM is licensed to Paterson, New
         Jersey and serves the New York metropolitan area.

(2)      Ranking by size of the Hispanic media market as measured by total media
         market expenditures in the principal market served by the station among
         all United States markets. Source: Hispanic Business Magazine.

(3)      Ranking of market by radio revenues in 1995 as reported by Duncan's
         Radio Market Guide (1996 ed.).

(4)      Rank as reported in Arbitration's Fall 1996 Radio Market Report, 12+
         share.

(5)      The dates shown represent the date of acquisition by the Company or its
         subsidiaries.

(6)      WZMQ-FM in Key Largo, Florida is not rated by Arbitron.

(7)      WYSY-FM is currently programmed with a 70's rock format. The Company
         intends to reprogram this station with a Spanish-language format in
         the near future. Upon its reprogramming, WYSY-FM will be the seventh
         Spanish language station in the market. There are 43 Arbitration rated
         stations in the market.



                                       59
<PAGE>   68


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

         General. Radio reaches approximately 96% of all Americans over the age
of 12. Radio stations derive their gross revenues primarily from the sale of
advertising. Total radio advertising spending in the United States rose from
$5.1 billion in 1992 to an estimated $6.7 billion in 1995, an annual compound
rate of growth of 9.4%. Advertisers generally regard radio as an efficient means
of reaching specifically identified demographic groups. Stations are typically
identified by format, such as country, adult/contemporary, news/talk and
Spanish-language, among others. Through a station's format, a broadcaster
focuses on specific demographic groups, making its station attractive to
advertisers who also target these groups. The ability to deliver an audience
comprised of individuals targeted by a particular advertiser may make a station
attractive to that advertiser even though the station may not command a large
share of total radio listeners in that market. Formats evolve or change as new
formats gain popularity and the composition of audiences change. The largest
portion of a radio station's programming is usually produced by the radio
station itself. This programming includes locally produced shows featuring
recorded music, news and talk shows. Additional programming may be obtained from
various radio syndication services on a cash, barter (the exchange of goods and
services for advertising) or cash-plus-barter basis.

         Ratings. A station's programming determines the demographics of each
station's listeners and, in part, the station's market share. These factors, in
turn, largely determine the price of commercial air time paid by advertisers. A
station's listening audience is measured by rating service surveys of the number
of radios tuned to the station at various times of the day. The generally
accepted method of measuring the overall size of a radio station's audience
("ratings") is by reference to "12+ average quarter hour share"--the number of
persons, aged 12 and over, who listen to the station for at least five minutes
in a quarter-hour segment Monday through Sunday, 6 a.m. to midnight, as
published by Arbitration. Arbitration periodically samples radio listeners in
defined market areas, principally through the use of diaries maintained by
randomly selected listeners. A station's audience share is calculated by
dividing (i) the average number of persons listening to a particular station for
at least five minutes during an average quarter hour in a given time period by
(ii) the average number of such persons for all stations in the market area.
Arbitration also measures listener levels in a number of demographic categories
classified by the age and gender of the audience. This information is used by
advertisers to target specific audience segments.

THE HISPANIC MARKET IN THE UNITED STATES

         The Company broadcasts primarily to United States Hispanics which is
one of the most rapidly growing segments of the United States population. With
approximately 27.2 million Hispanics, representing approximately 10.3% of the
total population, the United States has the fifth largest Hispanic population in
the world. The United States Hispanic population is highly concentrated in
discrete geographic areas, with approximately 63% of all Hispanics residing in
the ten largest Hispanic markets in the United States. By the year 2010,
Hispanics are projected to account for approximately 13.5% of the total
population of the United States and will be the country's largest minority
group. According to market studies, the United States Hispanic population has an
estimated annual disposable income in excess of $228 billion and is more brand
conscious than the general population. In addition, approximately 78% of
Hispanics living in the United States prefer to speak Spanish at home, further
contributing to the popularity of Spanish-language radio as a source of
Spanish-language entertainment, information and culture.

         In addition to its anticipated rapid growth, the Hispanic market has
several other characteristics which, the Company believes, make it attractive to
advertisers, including the following:

                  -        United States Census Bureau data indicate that
                           Hispanic households are larger than those of the
                           general population, with 3.4 persons living in an
                           average Hispanic household compared to 2.6 persons
                           living in the average household;




                                       60
<PAGE>   69



                  -        the Hispanic population is generally younger than the
                           general population, with a median age of 26.6 years
                           compared to 34.0 years;

                  -        Hispanic consumers generally spend a higher
                           percentage of their disposable income on consumer
                           goods than the general public; and

                  -        market studies have shown that Hispanics are
                           generally more brand conscious than the general
                           population.

         Primarily due to these factors, the Company believes that the United
States Hispanic population represents an attractive market for local and
national advertisers. Total media advertising expenditures targeting Hispanics
have increased significantly from $166 million in 1983 to an estimated
approximately $1.2 billion in 1996, with $322 million, or 28%, of the total
Hispanic media advertising allocated to radio advertising. In 1996, Hispanics
accounted for approximately 6.0% of total purchasing power while the Company
estimates that Spanish-language advertising expenditures accounted for less than
2.7% of total advertising expenditures in all media. The Company believes that
the current disparity between the level of Hispanic contribution to total U.S.
purchasing power and the level of media expenditures targeting the Hispanic
market will lessen and that Spanish-language radio advertising rates will
approach general market rate levels. In addition the Company believes that
advertisers are increasingly realizing that radio advertising is an effective
means of reaching the Hispanic population.

         The Hispanic population is concentrated in major markets making it more
accessible to national advertisers. Over 43% of the Hispanic population in the
United States resides in the Company's markets--Los Angeles, New York, Miami and
Chicago. The following table sets forth the top ten Hispanic markets in the
United States and the percentage of the national Hispanic population contained
in each market.

                     TOP TEN UNITED STATES HISPANIC MARKETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          HISPANIC POPULATION                PERCENTAGE OF UNITED STATES
RANK                            MARKET                       IN THE MARKET                  HISPANIC POPULATION IN MARKET
- ----                            ------                       -------------                  -----------------------------
<S>                  <C>                                     <C>                            <C>
1.                   Los Angeles                               6,012,300                                22.1%
2.                   New York                                  3,278,100                                12.0
3.                   Miami                                     1,358,100                                 5.0
4.                   San Francisco-San Jose                    1,120,000                                 4.1
5.                   Chicago                                   1,106,800                                 4.1
6.                   Houston                                   1,078,600                                 4.0
7.                   San Antonio                               1,018,000                                 3.7
8.                   McAllen/Brownsville                         803,800                                 3.0
9.                   Dallas-Ft. Worth                            740,000                                 2.7
10.                  El Paso                                     644,800                                 2.4
</TABLE>


BUSINESS STRATEGY

         To capitalize on the opportunities provided by the growing Hispanic
market, the Company has developed a strategy to own, operate and acquire radio
stations in areas with large Hispanic populations, increase its existing market
shares and enter new markets through focused programming, promotion and
marketing. The Company believes that this strategy will provide the basis for
enhanced Spanish-language media penetration, increased advertising rates and
improved operating results. In addition, by appealing to different demographic
groups, the Company believes that its strategy will result in an increased
customer base for its advertisers. Specific elements of this strategy are
described as follows:



                                       61
<PAGE>   70



         Market Specific Programming. The Company formats the programming of
each of its stations to capture a dominant position within each market. Most of
the Company's stations emphasize music programming due to a strong audience
preference for music and because music programming is comparatively less
expensive to produce than other radio formats. The Company utilizes research
consultants and performs periodic music testing to assess listener preferences
for the station's music and services and refines its programming to reflect the
results of its research. The Hispanic population in the United States is
diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups each with its own cultural
and musical heritage. Examples of such groups are the Mexicans in California,
Texas and Illinois, Puerto Ricans and Dominicans in New York and Cubans in
Florida. The Company is intimately familiar with the musical tastes and the
preferences of these various ethnic Hispanic groups and customizes its
programming accordingly within each market.

         Multiple Station Ownership. The Company intends to capitalize on those
situations where it owns multiple radio stations in a single market which access
a broad demographic cross section of the Hispanic population. Multiple station
ownership is expected to allow the Company to offer advertisers the ability to
increase penetration of the local Hispanic population through advertising
packages on multiple radio stations at attractive price levels and expand the
market for advertising targeted at Hispanics, thereby allowing the Company to
capture a larger share of the market's overall radio advertising revenue.
Multiple station ownership also allows the Company to leverage shared resources
and expertise in administration, programming and sales which reduces the overall
operating costs of the stations in the market. Further cost savings can be
achieved through consolidating broadcasting facilities and eliminating
duplicative overhead. The Company believes that these factors represent a
competitive advantage over other radio stations which operate as stand-alone
entities. In March 1996, the Company acquired WPAT-FM, which together with
WSKQ-FM created the first Spanish-language FM duopoly serving the New York
metropolitan market. Similarly, as a result of the acquisition of WRMA-FM and
WXDJ-FM, the Company operates the first FM triopoly in the Miami metropolitan
market.

         Local Management and Focused Cost Control. The Company employs talented
local management teams in each of its markets which are responsible for the
day-to-day operations of the Company's radio stations. The local management
teams generally consist of a general manager, sales manager, programming
director and business manager. The Company generally prefers to staff stations
with managers who have experience and knowledge of the local radio market and
the local Hispanic market. Because of the diversity of the Hispanic populations
from region to region in the United States, this team-oriented approach allows
decisions regarding day-to-day programming, sales and promotional efforts to be
made by local managers and improves the Company's flexibility and responsiveness
to changing conditions in each of the markets it serves. Corporate management
regularly provides stations with advice and support in the development of
advertising and marketing strategies and in sales force training, and is
responsible for national sales development, long-range strategic planning,
corporate policies and procedures, resource allocation, monitoring performance
and maintaining overall control of the stations.

         Management believes that it is important to maintain the lowest
possible cost structure while achieving its operating objectives. The Company
seeks to reduce station operating costs by consolidating multiple station
facilities in a given market. The Company's financial review process examines
expense items for possible reduction and its financial reporting system allows
management to monitor expense variances on a monthly basis at the station level.

         Effective Utilization of Promotions. The Company believes an effective
promotional effort plays a significant role in adding new listeners and
increasing time spent listening. Special promotional appearances, such as
station van appearances at client events, concerts and tie-ins to major events
form an important part of the Company's marketing strategy. Many of these events
enable the Company to offer its advertisers an additional means of reaching
their target audiences. In addition, the Company's stations use promotional
events to promote listener participation by having celebrities and radio
personalties in attendance and by running contests in conjunction with the
event. Many of these activities are co-sponsored by local television stations
and newspapers,


                                       62
<PAGE>   71



providing the Company's advertisers with a larger combined audience. The
Company's promotional and marketing campaigns focus on increasing Hispanic
consumer awareness of advertisers' products, creating and reinforcing consumer
awareness of stores which sell specific brands, creating consumer incentives to
visit the stores and to purchase the brands and building and sustaining the
images of particular brands and stores.

         Increase Community Involvement. The Company has historically been, and
plans to continue to be, actively involved within the local communities that it
serves. The Company's radio stations participate in numerous community programs,
fund-raisers and activities benefiting the local community and Hispanics
overseas. Other examples of the Company's community involvement include free
public service announcements, free equal-opportunity employment announcements,
tours and discussions held by station radio personalities with school and
community groups designed to limit drug and gang involvement, free concerts and
events designed to support the stability of the family and the local Hispanic
community, and extended coverage, when necessary, of significant events which
have an impact on the Hispanic population. In addition, the Company's stations
and members of its management have received numerous community service awards
and acknowledgments from government entities and community and philanthropic
organizations for their service to the community. The Company believes this
involvement helps to build and maintain station awareness and listener loyalty.

         Expansion Strategy. The Company has historically grown through a
combination of internal growth and through acquisitions. The Company's expansion
strategy is to selectively acquire FM radio stations in major Hispanic markets
at prices that are attractive relative to the Company's potential to increase
the acquired stations' operating cash flow. The Company may acquire stations in
its existing markets to take advantage of the benefits of multiple station
ownership or in other markets with a large Hispanic population where the Company
believes opportunities exist for the Company to achieve significant audience and
revenue share. In analyzing a potential radio station acquisition, the Company
considers many factors including: (i) the size of the Hispanic market the
station may serve; (ii) the characteristics and the anticipated growth of the
market; (iii) the nature and number of competitive stations in the market; (iv)
the possibility of obtaining a synergistic combination with additional stations
in a given market; (v) the existing quality and potential quality of the
station's broadcast signal and transmission facility; (vi) the station's
ratings, revenue and operating cash flow if the station is a Spanish-language
station; (vii) the price and terms of the purchase in relation to the estimated
potential broadcast cash flow for the station or stations; and (viii) the radio
and other media competition in the market. The relative importance of these
factors will vary with each situation, although the size and anticipated growth
of the Hispanic market, number and nature of competitive stations in the market
and likelihood of creating a synergistic combination of stations within the
market are typically prime considerations.

RADIO STATION PORTFOLIO

         After giving effect to the Pending Dispositions, the Company will own
and operate seven FM radio stations in the four largest Hispanic media markets.

         LOS ANGELES. KLAX-FM serves the Los Angeles market which is the #1
radio revenue market and the #1 Hispanic market in the United States, with an
ADI population of approximately 16.1 million, of which approximately 37.3%, is
Hispanic. From 1993 to 1996, Hispanic radio advertising revenue in Los Angeles
grew at an annual compound growth rate of 21.6%. The station features a Ranchera
format, best described as regional Mexican music including Grupo (romantic
ballads) and Norteno (music from border states north of Mexico). Of the 46
Arbitration-ranked radio stations serving the Los Angeles metropolitan area,
KLAX-FM is currently the #2 ranked Spanish-language radio station and the #5
ranked station overall. The Company's recent programming enhancements and
management changes have resulted in ratings improvements which management
believes will improve the operating results of this station. KLAX-FM's overall
ratings increased from a 3.4 share for the Summer 1996 Arbitration rating period
to a 4.0 share for the Fall 1996 Arbitration rating period. KLAX-FM is licensed
at 97.9 MHz. With its transmitter site in Baldwin Hills, KLAX-FM has a powerful
radio signal which enables it to reach Los Angeles County in addition to Orange
County, and parts of Ventura, San Bernardino,



                                       63
<PAGE>   72



Riverside and San Diego counties. The Company has an application pending before
the FCC to change its city of license from Long Beach to East Los Angeles and to
move its transmitting facilities to Flint Peak, thereby allowing the station to
extend its coverage to an additional 1.9 million listeners. KLAX-FM has an
auxiliary transmitter in Long Beach, California.

         Set forth below are the individual Arbitration shares of KLAX-FM in the
Los Angeles market from Winter 1996 through Fall 1996.

                    ARBITRATION SHARES IN LOS ANGELES MARKET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1996
                            AUDIENCE               WINTER                SPRING                SUMMER                 FALL
                            --------               ------                ------                ------                 ----
<S>                        <C>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>                    <C>
KLAX-FM                        12+                   3.2                   3.3                   3.4                   4.0
                              25-54                  3.7                   3.3                   4.0                   4.4
</TABLE>


         NEW YORK CITY. WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM serve the New York City metropolitan
area, which is the #2 radio revenue market and the #2 Hispanic media market in
the United States, with an ADI population of approximately 20.0 million, of
which approximately 16.4% is Hispanic. From 1993 to 1996, Hispanic radio
advertising revenue in New York grew at an annual compound growth rate of 22.9%.
Of the 43 Arbitration-ranked radio stations serving the New York metropolitan
area, WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM are currently the #1 and #2 ranked Spanish-language
radio stations and the #5 and #15 ranked stations overall. As a result of the
acquisition of WPAT-FM, the Company's combined New York rating increased from a
5.5 share for the Fall 1995 Arbitration rating period to a 7.2 share for the
Fall 1996 Arbitration rating period. WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM are the only
Spanish-language FM stations serving the New York market.

         WSKQ-FM. WSKQ-FM was the first Spanish-language FM station to serve the
New York City metropolitan area, making its debut in 1989. In 1993, the Company
changed the station format to a Latin Power format to increase ratings and
revenues. Since that time, WSKQ-FM has been the #1 ranked Spanish-language radio
station in the New York metropolitan market. The Latin Power format is a mix of
fast paced music such as salsa and merengue. WSKQ-FM is licensed at 97.9 MHz.
The antenna for WSKQ-FM is on the top of the Empire State Building and covers
New York City, northern New Jersey, much of Suffolk, Nassau and Westchester
counties in New York, and parts of Fairfield County in Connecticut. WSKQ-FM's
signal in the New York metropolitan area is comparable to other leading FM
stations serving this area.

         WPAT-FM. The Company acquired WPAT-FM in March 1996 because the Company
believed that the New York Spanish-language radio market was underserved. Upon
its acquisition, WPAT-FM was reformatted with a Spanish-language romantic adult
contemporary format designed to complement WSKQ-FM's upbeat salsa and merengue
format. The Company believes that the acquisition and reformatting of WPAT-FM
has served to expand the Spanish-language listening audience in the New York
metropolitan area. WPAT-FM is licensed at 93.1 MHz and transmits from an antenna
on top of the World Trade Center. The station's signal covers New York City,
northern New Jersey, much of Suffolk, Nassau and Westchester counties in New
York and parts of Fairfield County in Connecticut. WPAT-FM has clarity of sound
within the New York metropolitan area comparable to other leading FM stations
serving this area.





                                       64
<PAGE>   73



         Set forth below are the individual Arbitration shares of WSKQ-FM and
WPAT-FM in the New York market from Winter 1996 through Fall 1996.

                    ARBITRATION SHARES IN THE NEW YORK MARKET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996
                          AUDIENCE             WINTER               SPRING              SUMMER                FALL
                          --------             ------               ------              ------                ----
<S>                       <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>
WSKQ-FM                      12+                 4.4                  3.6                 4.2                  4.3
                            25-54                5.3                  4.3                 5.0                  5.3
WPAT-FM                      12+                 3.3                  2.8                 3.2                  2.9
                            25-54                4.0                  3.4                 4.0                  3.5
</TABLE>



         MIAMI. WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WCMQ-FM serve the Miami metropolitan
market, which is the #12 radio revenue market and the #3 Hispanic media market
in the United States with an ADI population of approximately 3.7 million, of
which approximately 37.1% is Hispanic. From 1993 to 1996, Hispanic radio
advertising revenue in Miami grew at an annual compound growth rate of 16.2%. Of
the 34 Arbitration-ranked radio stations serving the Miami metropolitan area,
WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WCMQ-FM are currently the #1, #2 and #5 ranked Spanish
language radio stations and the #4, #5 and #15 ranked stations overall. The
Company also owns and operates WZMQ-FM which serves the Florida Keys.

         WRMA-FM. WRMA-FM went on the air in August 1994 when the previous owner
acquired WTPX-FM, an underperforming FM station. The call letters were changed
to WRMA-FM and the station was reformatted to a Spanish-language adult
contemporary format, consisting of a blend of ballads and pop songs from the
1970's to today. WRMA-FM is licensed at 106.7 MHz. Its transmitter location is
on top of the Biscayne Tower in downtown Miami. The Company believes WRMA-FM's
signal provides market coverage of the Miami metropolitan area comparable to
other FM stations licensed to this area.

         WXDJ-FM. WXDJ-FM has served the Miami market since February 1992.
Together with WRMA-FM, WXDJ formed the first Spanish-language FM duopoly serving
the Miami metropolitan market. WXDJ-FM plays a blend of salsa and merengue
targeting the emerging musical tastes of the rapidly changing face of the Miami
Hispanic population. WXDJ-FM is licensed at 95.7 MHz. Its transmitter is located
on top of the Biscayne Tower located in downtown Miami. The Company believes
WXDJ-FM's signal provides market coverage of the Miami metropolitan area
comparable to other FM stations licensed to this area.

         WCMQ-FM. The Company reformatted WCMQ-FM in October 1996 with a
"Spanish Oldies" format consisting of pop hits from the 1960's and 1970's to
fill a programming void and to complement the formats of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM.
WCMQ-FM's ratings in its target demographics of adults 25 to 54 have improved
dramatically since the format change, increasing from a 2.1 market share for the
Summer 1996 Arbitration rating period to a 3.7 share for the Fall 1996
Arbitration rating period. WCMQ-FM is licensed at 92.3 MHz. Its main transmitter
location is on top of the Biscayne Tower in downtown Miami and its auxiliary
transmitter is located in Hialeah, Florida. The Company believes WCMQ-FM's
signal provides market coverage of the Miami metropolitan area comparable to
other FM stations licensed in this area.

         WZMQ-FM. WZMQ-FM has served the Key Largo and Florida Keys community
since January 1990. WZMQ-FM plays Spanish-language adult contemporary music,
consisting of a blend of ballads and pop songs from the 1970's to today. WZMQ-FM
is licensed at 103.9 MHz. Its transmitter is located in Key Largo, Florida. The
Company believes that WZMQ-FM's signal provides market coverage of the Key Largo
area comparable to other FM stations licensed to this area.





                                       65
<PAGE>   74



         Set forth below are the individual Arbitration shares of WCMQ-FM,
WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM in the Miami market from Winter 1996 through Fall 1996.
WZMQ-FM located in Key Largo, Florida is not rated by Arbitration.

                     ARBITRATION SHARES IN THE MIAMI MARKET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996
                          Audience             Winter               Spring              Summer                Fall
                          --------             ------               ------              ------                ----
<S>                       <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>
WRMA-FM                      12+                 4.8                  5.4                 4.3                  4.5
                            25-54                5.5                  6.0                 5.1                  4.8
WXDJ-FM                      12+                 3.0                  3.2                 3.0                  4.4
                            25-54                3.5                  4.1                 3.5                  5.3
WCMQ-FM                      12+                 1.4                  2.1                 2.2                  2.8
                            25-54                1.5                  2.0                 2.1                  3.7
</TABLE>


         CHICAGO. WYSY-FM serves the Chicago metropolitan area, which is the #3
radio revenue market and the #4 Hispanic media market with an ADI population of
approximately 9.4 million of which 11.8% is Hispanic. From 1993 to 1996,
Hispanic radio advertising revenue in Chicago grew at an annual compound growth
rate of 17.0%. Of the 43 Arbitration-ranked radio stations in the Chicago
metropolitan area, there is currently only one high power Spanish-language FM
station. Accordingly, the Company believes that this market is underserved and
offers significant opportunities for growth. The Company intends to change this
station's format from 70's rock to Spanish-language in the near future. WYSY-FM
is licensed at 107.9 MHz. The Company believes WYSY-FM's signal provides market
coverage of the Chicago metropolitan area comparable to other FM stations
licensed to this area.

NON-CORE STATIONS

         During 1996, the Company reassessed its business strategy and
determined that its portfolio of AM radio stations, comprised of WXLX-AM,
KXMG-AM and WCMQ-AM, as well as one of its smaller market FM stations, WSKP-FM,
did not offer substantial opportunities for growth as compared to its portfolio
of major market FM radio stations. As a result, the Company has decided to
redeploy the capital invested in these assets and focus on the development of
its major market FM stations, which management believes offer significantly
better coverage of the Hispanic population to advertisers.

ADVERTISING

         Virtually all radio station revenue is derived from advertising. This
revenue is usually classified in one of two categories--"national" and "local."
"National" connotes advertising that is solicited by a national representative
firm that represents the station and is compensated on a commission-only basis.
"Local" refers to advertising purchased by advertisers in the local community
served by a particular station.

         The Company believes that radio is one of the most efficient and
cost-effective means for advertisers to reach targeted demographic groups.
Advertising rates charged by a radio station are based primarily on the
station's ability to attract listeners in a given market and on the
attractiveness to advertisers of the station's listener demographics. Rates vary
depending upon a program's popularity among the listeners an advertiser is
seeking to attract, the number of advertisers vying for available air time and
the availability of alternative media in the market. Radio advertising rates
generally are highest during the morning and afternoon drive-time hours which
are the peak hours for radio audience listening. The Company believes that
having multiple stations in a market is desirable to national advertisers and,
as a result, commands attractive advertising rates. The Company believes it will
be able to increase its rates as new and existing advertisers recognize the
increasing desirability of targeting the growing Hispanic population in the
United States.



                                       66
<PAGE>   75
         Each station broadcasts a predetermined number of advertisements each
hour with the actual number depending upon the format of a particular station.
The Company determines the number of advertisements broadcast hourly that can
maximize the station's available revenue dollars without jeopardizing its
audience listener levels. While there may be shifts from time to time in the
number of advertisements broadcast during a particular time of the day, the
total number of advertisements broadcast on a particular station generally does
not vary significantly from year to year.

         The Company's revenue mix between local and national advertising varies
significantly by market. Management's objective for its stations is to increase
the level of national advertising since national advertising generally commands
a higher dollar rate per advertising spot than does local advertising.
Approximately 80% of the Company's advertising is local and 20% is national.

         During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company terminated its
relationship with Katz who had served as the Company's national sales
representative for national broadcast advertising. Katz's termination resulted
from a dispute over the Company's exclusivity arrangement with Katz. The Company
and Katz have entered into a settlement agreement pursuant to which the Company
released Katz from any further obligation under the contract. During the second
quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company entered into a new five year agreement with
Caballero Spanish Media, LLC, a division of Interep, to act as its new national
sales representative which the Company believes is more favorable than the Katz
contract.

         Although the majority of the Company's advertising contracts are
short-term (generally running for less than one month), the Company has
long-term relationships with some of its advertisers. In each of its
broadcasting markets, the Company employs salespeople to obtain local
advertising revenues. The Company believes that its local sales force is crucial
in maintaining relationships with key local advertisers and agencies and
identifying new advertisers. The Company generally pays sales commissions to its
local sales staff upon the receipt from advertisers of the payments related to
such sales. The Company offers assistance to local advertisers by providing them
with studio facilities to produce 60-second commercials free of charge.

COMPETITION

         The success of each of the Company's stations depends significantly
upon its audience ratings and its share of the overall advertising revenue
within its market. The radio broadcasting industry is a highly competitive
business. Each of the Company's radio stations competes with other radio
stations in its market area (both Spanish-language and English-language), as
well as with other advertising media such as newspapers, broadcast television,
cable television, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising and direct
mail marketing. Several of the stations with which the Company competes are
subsidiaries of large national or regional companies that have substantially
greater resources than the Company. Factors which are material to competitive
position include management experience, the station's rank in its market, power,
signal and frequency, and audience demographics (including the nature of the
Spanish market targeted by a particular station).

SEASONALITY

         The Company's revenues and cash flow are typically lowest in the first
calendar quarter and highest in the second calendar quarter. Seasonal
fluctuations are common in the radio broadcasting industry and are due primarily
to fluctuations in advertising expenditures.

MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL

         The Company has recently hired three radio industry professionals who
will have regional responsibility for each of the Company's markets. Mr. Russell
Oasis, Executive Vice President-Programming and Chief Operating Officer of the
Miami stations, joined the Company in connection with the acquisitions of
WRMA-FM


                                       67
<PAGE>   76
and WXDJ-FM, where as general manager of these stations, he was responsible for
building and maintaining their #1 and #2 positions in the Miami market. Mr.
Oasis was also instrumental in reformatting WCMQ-FM, the Company's existing
Miami FM station, in October 1996, which increased WCMQ-FM's audience ratings
from a 2.1 share for the Summer 1996 Arbitration rating period to a 3.7 share
for the Fall 1996 Arbitration rating period in its targeted demographic market.
Mr. Oasis is responsible for managing all three of the Company's Miami stations.
Mr. Carey Davis, Vice President and General Manager of the New York stations,
recently joined the Company after spending the past 11 years with
Westinghouse/CBS, including six years as General Sales Manager of WINS-AM in New
York City and most recently as Vice President/Sales Development for the CBS and
Westinghouse stations. Mr. Davis has extensive radio experience in the New York
market and was recently named 1996 National Association of Broadcasters Sales
Manager of the Year. Mr. Stephen Humphries, Vice President/Western Region and
General Manager of the Los Angeles stations, with responsibility for the Chicago
station, joined the Company from Heftel Broadcasting Corp. in October 1996 and
has over 20 years of radio industry experience.

         As of December 29, 1996, the Company had approximately 240 full-time
employees of whom 11 were primarily involved in management, 102 in programming,
47 in sales, 35 in general administration and eight in technical activities.

         The Company operates with a small headquarters' staff in New York. To
facilitate efficient management from its headquarters, the Company accesses and
utilizes computerized accounting systems from its properties to provide current
information to management on station operations and to assist in cost control
and the preparation of monthly financial statements. Corporate executives
regularly visit each station to monitor its operations and ensure that
headquarters' policies are implemented.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING

         Existing Regulation and Legislation. Radio broadcasting is subject to
the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Communications Act"), and by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996
Act"). The Communications Act prohibits the operation of a radio broadcasting
station except under a license issued by the FCC and empowers the FCC, among
other things, to issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses; assign
frequency bands; determine stations' frequencies, locations, and power; regulate
the equipment used by stations; adopt other regulations to carry out the
provisions of the Communications Act; impose penalties for violation of such
regulations; and impose fees for processing applications and other
administrative functions. The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a
license or the transfer of control of a licensee without prior approval of the
FCC.

         The 1996 Act represents the most comprehensive overhaul of the
country's telecommunications laws in more than 60 years. The 1996 Act
significantly changes both the broadcast ownership rules and the process for
renewal of broadcast station licenses. The 1996 Act also relaxes local radio
ownership restrictions, and the FCC continues to explore implementation of new
ownership policies in a series of rule makings. The FCC has already implemented
some changes through Commission orders. The 1996 Act establishes a "two-step"
renewal process that limits the FCC's discretion to consider applications filed
in competition with an incumbent's renewal application. Additionally, the 1996
Act substantially liberalizes the national broadcast ownership rules,
eliminating the national radio limits.

         This new regulatory flexibility has engendered aggressive local,
regional, and/or national acquisition campaigns. Removal of previous station
ownership limitations on leading incumbents (i.e., existing networks and major
station groups) has increased sharply the competition for, and the prices of,
attractive stations.

         Multiple Ownership Restrictions. The FCC has promulgated rules that,
among other things, limit the ability of individuals and entities to own or have
an official position or ownership interest above a certain level


                                       68
<PAGE>   77
(an "attributable" interest, as defined more fully below) in broadcast stations,
as well as other specified mass media entities. Prior to the passage of the 1996
Act, these rules included limits on the number of radio stations that could be
owned on both a national and local basis. On a national basis, the rules
generally precluded any individual or entity from having an attributable
interest in more than 20 AM radio stations and 20 FM radio stations.

         The 1996 Act substantially relaxed the radio ownership limitations. The
FCC began its implementation of the 1996 Act with several orders issued on March
8, 1996. The Act and the FCC's subsequently issued rule changes eliminated the
national ownership restriction, allowing a single entity to own nationally any
number of AM or FM broadcast stations. The Act and the FCC's new rules also
greatly eased local radio ownership restrictions. As with the old rules, the
maximum allowable varies depending on the number of radio stations within a
market. In markets with more than 45 stations, one company may own, operate or
control eight stations, with no more than five in any one service (AM or FM). In
markets of 30-44 stations, one company may own seven stations, with no more than
four in any one service; in markets with 15-29 stations, one entity may own six
stations, with no more than four in any one service. In markets with 14
commercial stations or less, one company may own up to five stations or 50% of
all of the stations, whichever is less, with no more than three in any one
service.

         In 1992, the FCC placed limitations on time brokerage (local marketing)
agreements through which the licensee of one radio station provides programming
for another licensee's station in the same market. Stations operating in the
same service (e.g., where both stations are AM) and in the same market are
prohibited from simulcasting more than 25% of their programming. Moreover, in
determining the number of stations that a single entity may control, an entity
programming a station pursuant to an LMA is required, under certain
circumstances, to count that station toward its maximum even though it does not
own the station.

         A number of cross-ownership rules pertain to licensees of television
and radio stations. FCC rules, the Communications Act or both generally prohibit
an individual or entity from having an attributable interest in both a
television station and a radio station, daily newspaper or cable television
system that is located in the same local market area served by the television
station. The FCC has employed a liberal waiver policy with respect to the
TV/radio cross-ownership restriction (the so-called "one-to-a-market" rule),
generally permitting common ownership of one AM, one FM, and one TV station in
any of the 25 largest markets, provided there are at least 30 separately owned
stations in the market. The 1996 Act directed the FCC to extend its
one-to-a-market waiver policy to the top 50 markets, consistent with the public
interest, convenience and necessity; however, the FCC has not yet implemented
this provision. Moreover, in a pending 1995 rulemaking the FCC has proposed
eliminating the one-to-a-market rule entirely. In addition, there is now pending
a Notice of Inquiry which explores possible changes in the newspaper/radio
cross-ownership waiver policy.

         Expansion of the Company's broadcast operations in particular areas and
nationwide will continue to be subject to the FCC's ownership rules and any
further changes the FCC or Congress may adopt. Significantly, the 1996 Act
requires the Commission to review its remaining ownership rules biennially--as
part of its regulatory reform obligations--to determine whether its various
rules are still necessary. The Company cannot predict the impact of the biennial
review process or any other agency or legislative initiatives upon the FCC's
broadcast rules. Further, the 1996 Act's relaxation of the FCC's ownership rules
may increase the level of competition in one or more of the markets in which the
Company's stations are located, particularly to the extent that any of the
Company's competitors may have greater resources and thereby be in a better
position to capitalize on such changes.

         Under the FCC's ownership rules, a direct or indirect purchaser of
certain types of securities of the Company could violate FCC regulations if that
purchaser owned or acquired an "attributable" or "meaningful" interest in other
media properties in the same areas as stations owned by the Company or in a
manner otherwise prohibited by the FCC. All officers and directors of a
licensee, as well as general partners, limited partners who are not properly
"insulated" from management activities, and stockholders who own five percent or
more of the


                                       69
<PAGE>   78
outstanding voting stock of a licensee (either directly or indirectly),
generally will be deemed to have an attributable interest in the licensee.
Certain institutional investors who exert no control or influence over a
licensee may own up to ten percent of such outstanding voting stock without
being considered "attributable." Under current FCC regulations, debt
instruments, non-voting stock, properly insulated limited partnership interests
(as to which the licensee certifies that the limited partners are not
"materially involved" in the management and operation of the subject media
property), warrants and voting stock held by minority stockholders in cases in
which there is a single majority stockholder generally are not attributable. The
FCC's "cross-interest" policy, which precludes an individual or entity from
having a "meaningful" (even though not attributable) interest in one media
property and an attributable interest in a broadcast, cable or newspaper
property in the same area, may be invoked in certain circumstances to reach
interests not expressly covered by the multiple ownership rules. See the Notice
of Inquiry referred to above.

         In January 1995, the FCC initiated a rulemaking proceeding designed to
permit a "thorough review of [its] broadcast media attribution rules." Among the
issues on which comment was sought were (i) whether to change the voting stock
attribution benchmarks from five percent to ten percent and, for passive
investors, from ten percent to twenty percent; (ii) whether there are any
circumstances in which non-voting stock interests, which are currently
considered non-attributable, should be considered attributable; (iii) whether
the FCC should eliminate its single majority shareholder exception (pursuant to
which voting interests in excess of five percent are not considered cognizable
if a single shareholder owns more than fifty percent of the voting power); (iv)
whether to relax insulation standards for business development companies and
other widely-held limited partnerships; (v) how to treat limited liability
companies and other new business forms for attribution purposes; (vi) whether to
eliminate or modify the cross-interest policy; and (vii) whether to adopt a new
policy which would consider whether multiple cross interests or other
significant business relationships (such as time brokerage agreements, debt
relationships or holdings of nonattributable interests), which individually do
not raise concerns, raise issues with respect to diversity and competition. In
November 1996, the FCC issued a Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking intended
to change rules regarding attribution in light of the 1996 Act. The Company
cannot predict with certainty when this proceeding will be concluded or whether
any of these standards will be changed. Should the attribution rules be changed,
the Company is unable to predict what effect, if any, such changes would have on
the Company or its activities.

         License Grant and Renewal. Prior to the passage of the 1996 Act, radio
broadcasting licenses generally were granted or renewed for a period of seven
years upon a finding by the FCC that the "public interest, convenience, and
necessity" would be served thereby. At the time an application is made for
renewal of a radio license, parties in interest may file petitions to deny the
application, and such parties, including members of the public, may comment upon
the service the station has provided during the preceding license term. In
addition, prior to passage of the 1996 Act, any person was permitted to file a
competing application for authority to operate on the station's channel and
replace the incumbent licensee. Renewal applications were granted without a
hearing if there were not competing applications or if issues raised by
petitioners to deny such applications were not serious enough to cause the FCC
to order a hearing. If competing applications were filed, a full comparative
hearing was required, sometimes encompassing years of expensive litigation and
uncertainty.

         Under the 1996 Act, the statutory restriction on the length of
broadcast licenses has been amended to allow the FCC to grant broadcast licenses
for terms of up to eight years, although the FCC has not yet implemented this
provision. The 1996 Act also requires renewal of a broadcast license if the FCC
finds that (1) the station has served the public interest, convenience, and
necessity; (2) there have been no serious violations of either the
Communications Act or the FCC's rules and regulations by the licensee; and (3)
there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a
pattern of abuse. In making its determination, the FCC may still consider
petitions to deny but cannot consider whether the public interest would be
better served by a person other than the renewal applicant. Instead, under the
1996 Act, competing applications for the same frequency may be accepted only
after the Commission has denied an incumbent's application for renewal of
license.


                                       70
<PAGE>   79
         By order dated April 12, 1996, the FCC modified its rules to implement
the new two-step renewal procedure and to eliminate the right to file an
application that is mutually exclusive with a renewal. Also on April 12, 1996,
the FCC issued a notice of Proposed Rulemaking to consider how to implement the
new (longer) license term provision of the 1996 Act.

         Although in the vast majority of cases broadcast licenses are granted
by the FCC even when petitions to deny are filed against them, there can be no
assurance that any of the Company's stations' licenses will be renewed.

         Alien Ownership Restrictions. The Communications Act restricts the
ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold certain interests in
broadcast licenses. Foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments,
non-U.S. citizens, representatives of non-U.S. citizens, and corporations or
partnerships organized under the laws of a foreign nation are barred from
holding broadcast licenses. Non-U.S. citizens, collectively, may directly or
indirectly own or vote up to twenty percent of the capital stock of a licensee.
In addition, a broadcast license may not be granted to representatives or held
by any corporation that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other
corporation more than one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by
non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, by foreign governments or their
representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations, if the FCC finds that the public
interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. The FCC
has interpreted this provision of the Communications Act to require an
affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be granted to
or held by any such corporation, and the FCC has made such an affirmative
finding only in limited circumstances. The Communications Act previously also
prohibited grant of a broadcast station license (i) to any corporation with an
alien officer or director, or (ii) to any corporation controlled by another
corporation with any alien officers or more than one-fourth alien directors. The
restrictions on non-U.S. citizens serving as officers or directors of licensees
and their parent corporations have been eliminated, however, by the 1996 Act
effective October 7, 1996.

         Other Regulations Affecting Radio Broadcasting Stations. The FCC has
significantly reduced its past regulation of broadcast stations, including
elimination of formal ascertainment requirements and guidelines concerning
amounts of certain types of programming and commercial matter that may be
broadcast. In 1990, the U.S. Supreme Court refused to review a lower court
decision that upheld the FCC's 1987 action invalidating most aspects of the
Fairness Doctrine, which had required broadcasters to present contrasting views
on controversial issues of public importance. The FCC has, however, continued to
regulate other aspects of fairness obligations in connection with certain types
of broadcasts. In addition, there are FCC rules and policies, and rules and
policies of other federal agencies, that regulate matters such as political
advertising practices, equal employment opportunity, application procedures and
other areas affecting the business or operations of broadcast stations.

         Recent Developments, Proposed Legislation and Regulation. The FCC
presently is seeking comment on its policies designed to increase minority
ownership of mass media facilities. Congress, however, has enacted legislation
that eliminated the minority tax certificate program of the FCC, which gave
favorable tax treatment to entities selling broadcast stations to entities
controlled by an ethnic minority. In addition, a recent Supreme Court decision
has cast into doubt the continued validity of other FCC programs designed to
increase minority ownership of mass media facilities.

         Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the
future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of
matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and ownership
of the Company's broadcast properties. In addition to the changes and proposed
changes noted above, such matters include, for example, the license renewal
process, spectrum use fees, political advertising rates, potential restrictions
on the advertising of certain products (liquor, beer and wine, for example) and
the rules and policies to be applied in enforcing the FCC's equal employment
opportunity regulations. Other matters that could affect the Company's broadcast
properties include technological innovations and developments generally
affecting competition in the mass communications industry.


                                       71
<PAGE>   80
         The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of all the
provisions of the Communications Act, or the 1996 Act, nor of the regulations
and policies of the FCC thereunder. The 1996 Act also covers satellite and
terrestrial delivery of digital audio radio service, and direct broadcast
satellite systems. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and
requirements are pending before and are being considered by Congress and federal
regulatory agencies from time to time. Also, various of the foregoing matters
are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and the Company cannot
predict the outcome of any such litigation or the impact on its broadcast
business.

PROPERTIES

         The Company's corporate headquarters are located in New York City. The
types of properties required to support each of the Company's radio stations
include offices, broadcasting studios and antenna towers where its broadcasting
transmitters and antenna equipment are located. The Company owns the building
housing its corporate headquarters in New York City which also houses the
WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM studios. In the Fall of 1995, the Company relocated the
offices and studios of KLAX-FM in Los Angeles to a new facility which the
Company purchased in October 1994. During fiscal 1996, the building located on
Sunset Boulevard was written down. See Note 4 to the Financial Statements. The
studios and offices of the Company's Miami and South Florida stations are
located in leased facilities with a lease term that expires in 2012. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." The Company owns the auxiliary
transmitter site for KLAX-FM in Long Beach, California and leases its other
transmitter sites, with lease terms that expire from 1996 to 1998, assuming all
renewal options are exercised.

         The transmitter sites for the Company's stations are material to the
Company's overall operations. Management believes that its properties are in
good condition and are suitable for its operations; however, the Company
continually seeks opportunities to upgrade its properties. The Company owns
substantially all of the equipment used in its radio broadcasting business.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         The Company's transmitter for WXLX-AM in Lyndhurst, New Jersey is
located on a former landfill. As the lessee of the property under a long-term
lease, the Company could become liable for costs associated with remediation of
the site. There can be no assurance that material costs or liabilities will not
be incurred in the event that cleanup of this site is required.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         Alfredo Rodriguez v. Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc.;
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.; Raul Alarcon, Los Angeles Superior Court Case
No. BC156965. A former general manager of SBS' Los Angeles' radio stations filed
suit in October 1996 alleging wrongful termination and breach of contract, and
damages of approximately $2 million. SBS believes that the claim is without
merit, since the general manager voluntarily resigned. The case is at an early
stage, and has been tendered to SBS' insurance carrier for coverage. SBS is
vigorously defending the claim.

         From time to time the Company is involved in litigation incidental to
the conduct of its business. such as contract matters and employee-related
matters. The Company is not currently a party to any other litigation which, in
the opinion of management, is likely to have a materially adverse effect on the
Company.


                                       72
<PAGE>   81
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

         The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the
directors, executive officers and certain key employees of the Company upon
consummations of the Offerings. Each director of the Company serves until his
successor is elected and qualifies. The Company intends to appoint two
additional independent directors within 90 days of the consummation of the
Offerings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                         AGE       CURRENT POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- ----                         ---       ---------------------------------

<S>                          <C>       <C> 
Raul Alarcon Jr*              40       President and Chief Executive Officer
                                       and a Director of the Company
Jose Grimalt                  68       Secretary and a Director of the Company
Joseph Garcia                 51       Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                       Officer of the Company and Assistant
                                       Secretary
Russell Oasis                 46       Executive Vice President--Programming
                                       and Chief Operating Officer of the
                                       Miami Stations
Carey Davis                   43       Vice President and General Manager of
                                       the New York Stations
Stephen Humphries             44       Vice President/Western Region and
                                       General Manager of the
                                       Los Angeles Stations
Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr.        70       Chairman of the Board of Directors of
                                       the Company
Arnold Sheiffer*              63       Director of the Company
</TABLE>

* Member of the Audit and the Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors.

         Raul Alarcon Jr. has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company since its formation in June 1994. He also serves as the President
and a Director of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
that is wholly-owned by the Company ("SBS-NJ"), and President or Vice President
of those of the Company's other subsidiaries that own and operate the Company's
radio stations. Mr. Alarcon Jr. joined SBS-NJ as a sales manager in 1983 and
became a Director and the President and Chief Executive Officer of SBS-NJ in
1986. Mr. Alarcon Jr. is responsible for the Company's long-range strategic
planning and was instrumental in the acquisition and financing of each of the
Company's radio stations. Mr. Alarcon Jr. is the son of Mr. Alarcon Sr. and the
son-in-law of Mr. Grimalt.

         Jose Grimalt has been the Secretary of the Company since its formation
in June 1994. He also serves as a Director and the Secretary of SBS-NJ and those
of the Company's subsidiaries that own and operate the Company's radio stations.
From 1969 to 1986, Mr. Grimalt owned and operated Spanish language station
WLVH-FM in Hartford, Connecticut with a contemporary Spanish language music
format. In 1984, Mr. Grimalt became a stockholder and the President of the
Company's California subsidiary which operates KXMG-AM in Los Angeles. Mr.
Grimalt is Mr. Alarcon Jr.'s father-in-law.

         Joseph Garcia has been the Chief Financial Officer of the Company since
the Company was formed in June 1994. He was appointed Vice President in March
1996. He joined SBS-NJ in 1984 and since then has served as the Chief Financial
Officer of SBS-NJ and those of the Company's subsidiaries that own and operate
the Company's radio stations. Before joining SBS-NJ, Mr. Garcia spent thirteen
years in financial positions with


                                       73
<PAGE>   82
General Foods, Philip Morris and Revlon, where he was Manager of Financial
Planning for Revlon-Latin America. In addition to conventional financial duties,
Mr. Garcia assists the Company's President in formulating strategic plans for
the acquisition of radio properties and negotiating for bank financing and
capital formation.

         Russell Oasis has been the Executive Vice President-Programming of the
Company and Chief Operating Officer of WCMQ-FM in Miami since September 1996 and
the Chief Operating Officer of WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM since the acquisition of such
stations. From 1979 to 1993, Mr. Oasis was a founder and principal of the Ad
Team Advertising Agency.

         Carey Davis has been the Vice President and General Manager of the New
York stations since February 1997. Mr. Davis previously spent 11 years with
Westinghouse/CBS Corp., including six years as the General Sales Manager for
WINS-AM in New York City and most recently as Vice President/Sales Development
for the CBS and Westinghouse stations.

         Stephen Humphries has been the Vice President/Western Region and
General Manager of the Los Angeles stations since October 1996 and WYSY-FM since
its acquisition. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Humphries was the Vice President of
Heftel-Texas, Inc., an affiliate of Heftel Broadcasting Corp. From 1994 to 1995,
Mr. Humphries was a co-founder of HCI, a consulting firm that provided sales and
programming consultation sources to radio stations. Prior to that, he was the
Executive Vice President of TK Communications from 1989 to 1994.

         Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr. has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors
of the Company since its formation in June 1994. He also serves as the Chairman
of the Board of SBS-NJ, and those of the Company's other subsidiaries that own
and operate the Company's radio stations. Mr. Alarcon Sr. has been involved in
Spanish language radio broadcasting for much of his life. Mr. Alarcon Sr. is the
father of Raul Alarcon Jr. Simultaneously with the consummation of the
Offerings, Mr. Alarcon Sr. will have no continuing managerial role in the
operations of the Company's Miami FM stations but will operate WZMQ-FM.

         Arnold Sheiffer was elected to the Company's Board of Directors in
December 1994. He is a private investor. From January 1990 until September
30,1994, Mr. Scheiffer was an officer, director and stockholder of Katz, the
largest national sales representation firm in the broadcasting industry. From
January 1992 until September 30, 1994, Mr. Sheiffer served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of Katz. From January 1990 to January
1992, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Katz. From
June 1989 until January 1990, Mr. Sheiffer was retained by Katz as a financial
consultant. For approximately 30 years prior thereto, Mr. Sheiffer was the
managing partner of A. Sheiffer & Company, certified public accountants.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Alarcon, Jr. and
Scheiffer. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

         The Compensation Committee did not meet in fiscal 1996. Compensation of
the Company's executive officers for fiscal 1996 was determined by Mr. Alarcon,
Jr.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid
for services rendered to the Company and its subsidiaries in all capacities
during the fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994 by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and the Company's next three highest paid executive officers at
September 29, 1996, whose annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 (the "named
executive officers").


                                       74
<PAGE>   83
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 OTHER ANNUAL
NAME                      PRINCIPAL POSITION          YEAR        SALARY           BONUS         COMPENSATION
- ----                      ------------------          ----        ------           -----         ------------

<S>                       <C>                         <C>        <C>               <C>           <C>         
Raul Alarcon Jr.          President and Chief         1996       $746,584          $237,000        $        (2)
                          Executive Officer           1995        374,725(1)        552,000                 (2)
                                                      1994        412,222(1)            -0-                 (2)
                                                      
Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr.    Chairman of the Board       1996        464,000           112,000                 (2)
                          of Directors                1995        424,246           100,000                 (2)
                                                      1994        271,698(3)        100,000                 (2)
                                                      
Jose Grimalt              Secretary and Director      1996        250,000            12,000                 (2)
                                                      1995        235,000               -0-                 (2)
                                                      1994        129,808               -0-          253,230(4)
                                                                            
Joseph A. Garcia          Executive Vice President    1996        214,659             5,000                 (2)
                          and Chief Financial         1995        182,807           231,000                 (2)
                          Officer                     1994        124,211            20,000                 (2)
</TABLE>

(1)      Excludes amounts paid by the Company in connection with the lease by
         the Company of an apartment in New York, New York owned by Mr. Alarcon,
         Jr. and used by the Company's employees and customers. See "Certain
         Relationships and Related Transactions."

(2)      Excludes perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or
         property which aggregate the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total of
         annual salary and bonus.

(3)      Includes $30,000 paid in connection with Mr. Alarcon Sr.'s daily
         morning broadcasts.

(4)      Includes $166,782 paid as a one percent commission on revenues from
         advertisers on the Company's radio stations in Los Angeles for the year
         ended September 25, 1994, and $75,000 worth of advertising time
         bartered by the Company for an automobile used by Mr. Grimalt. Excludes
         $24,000 of interest paid by the Company to Mr. Grimalt during the year
         ended September 25, 1994, on account of a loan made by Mr. Grimalt to
         the Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS

         In September 1996, the Company entered into a one-year employment
agreement with Russell Oasis, pursuant to which Mr. Oasis will serve as the
Executive Vice President-Programming of the Company and Chief Operating Officer
of the Miami stations. Mr. Oasis will be paid a base salary of $450,000.
Additionally, he will be paid a cash bonus if the Company's broadcast cash flow
percentage increases to certain agreed upon levels.

         In February 1997, the Company entered into a three-year employment
agreement with Carey Davis, pursuant to which Mr. Davis will serve as the Vice
President and General Manager of the New York stations. Mr. Davis will be paid a
base salary of $225,000 per year and will receive customary executive benefits.
Additionally, he will be paid a cash bonus in the event the New York stations
achieve certain broadcast cash flow targets. The agreement also contains a
non-competition provision for a three-month period following termination of Mr.
Davis' employment.

         In March 1997, the Company entered into a five-year employment
agreement with Raul Alarcon, Jr. pursuant to which Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will
continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The
agreement provides for a base salary of $1.3 million, which may be increased by
the Board of


                                       75
<PAGE>   84
Directors in its sole discretion. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Alarcon,
Jr. will be paid a cash bonus equal to the sum of (i) 2.5% of the dollar
increase in same station revenue in the aggregate for any fiscal year and (ii)
5.0% of the dollar increase in same station broadcast cash flow for any fiscal
year (collectively "Incentive Compensation"). If Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s employment
is terminated by the Company as a result of Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s disability (as
defined), or by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. for Good Reason, he will be entitled to receive
all accrued salary, bonuses and Incentive Compensation to the date of
termination plus his salary, bonuses and Incentive Compensation for the
remainder of the term of his employment agreement. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will also
receive certain executive benefits, including use of automobiles, and an
apartment in New York City (not to exceed $150,000 per year). Mr. Alarcon, Jr.
will also be reimbursed for his relocation expenses to Miami, Florida in an
amount not to exceed $100,000. Pursuant to Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s employment
agreement, and in connection with the Offerings, the Company will declare a
dividend of $4 million of which Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will receive 78.2% (or $3.1
million).

OPTION PLAN

         The Company adopted a stock option plan in 1994 (the "Plan") pursuant
to which 26,750 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock are reserved for
issuance upon the exercise of options to be granted thereunder. Officers,
directors and/or key employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the
Plan. As of December 29, 1996, no options had been granted under the Plan.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY

         The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Charter") limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by
Delaware law, which specifies that a director of a company adopting such a
provision will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability: (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director denied an
improper personal benefit.

         The Company's By-laws provide for mandatory indemnification of
directors and authorize indemnification for officers (and others) in such
manner, under such circumstances and to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally authorizes indemnification as
to all expenses incurred or imposed as a result of actions, suits or proceedings
if the indemnified parties act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The
Company believes that these provisions are necessary or useful to attract and
retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

         There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or
officer as to which indemnification is being sought.


                                       76
<PAGE>   85
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial
ownership of the Company's common stock as of the date of this Prospectus by:
(i) each person known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of any
class of common stock; (ii) each director and each named executive officer; and
(iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. All shares
are owned with sole voting and investment power.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               PERCENTAGE       PERCENT-
                                                                                                   OF            AGE OF
                                                                                                ECONOMIC         VOTING
                                                  PERCENT                       PERCENT-        OWNERSHIP       POWER OF
                                                     OF                          AGE OF          OF ALL            ALL
                                    CLASS A       CLASS A        CLASS B         CLASS B         COMMON          COMMON
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS(1)              SHARES(2)       SHARES       SHARES(2)        SHARES           STOCK           STOCK
- ---------------------              ---------       ------       ---------        ------           -----           -----

<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>
Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr.                 --            --           36,400           75%              6%             31%

Raul Alarcon Jr.                    558,135         100%            --             --              92%             59%

Jose Grimalt                           --            --           12,133           25%              2%             10%

Arnold Sheiffer                        --            --             --             --              --              --

Joseph Garcia                          --            --             --             --              --              --

Russell Oasis                          --            --             --             --              --              --

All executive officers and
directors as a group                558,135         100%          48,533          100%            100%            100%
</TABLE>

(1)      The address of all directors and executive officers in this table,
         unless otherwise specified, is c/o Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.,
         26 West 56th Street, New York, New York 10019.

(2)      As used in this table, "beneficial ownership" means the sole or shared
         power to vote or direct the voting of a security, or the sole or shared
         investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to
         dispose, or direct the disposition, of a security). A person is deemed
         as of any date to have "beneficial ownership" of any security that such
         person has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For
         purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each
         person named above, any security that such person has the right to
         acquire within 60 days of the date of calculation is deemed to be
         outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for purposes of
         computing the percentage ownership of any other person.


                                       77
<PAGE>   86
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         In 1992, Raul Alarcon Jr. organized Nuestra Telefonica, Inc., a New
York corporation ("Nuestra") to operate long distance telephone service in
Spanish to serve the Hispanic population in the markets served by the Company's
radio stations. In February 1993, Nuestra entered into an access agreement with
a common carrier and commenced operations. From May 1993 until July 1994,
Nuestra regularly advertised its Spanish language long distance telephone
service on the Company's radio stations in Los Angeles and New York and while
Nuestra purchased this air time at standard station rates, it has deferred
payment to the Company until Nuestra generates sufficient revenues to make these
payments. Since July 1994, while the Company has sold air time and provided
services to Nuestra on substantially the same terms and conditions as with
unrelated third parties, Nuestra has only sporadically advertised its services
on the Company's stations in Los Angeles and New York. As of December 29, 1996,
Nuestra owed the Company $663,059, primarily for advertising services. Mr.
Alarcon, Jr. has personally guaranteed the payment of the aggregate amount of
Nuestra's obligations to the Company incurred on or prior to June 29, 1994,
which aggregated $533,124, since these obligations were not paid by December 31,
1995. Mr. Alarcon, Jr., the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, is
Nuestra's Chairman and majority shareholder. Joseph A. Garcia, the Company's
Chief Financial Officer, is Nuestra's President and a minority shareholder.
Since June 1995, Nuestra has not utilized any air time on the Company's radio
stations.

         In 1992, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. acquired a building in
Coral Gables, Florida, for the purpose of housing the studios of WCMQ-AM and
WCMQ-FM. In June 1992, SBS-Florida, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a
20-year net lease with Messrs. Alarcon Sr. and Alarcon Jr. for the Coral Gables
building which provides for a base monthly rent of $9,000. This building
currently houses the offices and studios of WCMQ-AM and WCMQ-FM and WZMQ-FM. The
lease on the stations' previous studios expired in October 1993, was for less
than half the space of the stations' present studios and had a monthly rental of
approximately $7,500. Based upon its prior lease for studio space, the Company
believes that the lease for the current studio is at market rates.

         Effective July 1993, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. executed
promissory notes to the Company for the principal amounts of $492,173 and
$1,617,086, respectively. The promissory notes represent loans made by the
Company to Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. over several prior years. The
promissory notes were due in 2001 and bore interest at the rate of six (6%)
percent per annum until July 19, 1994 and thereafter at the lesser of nine (9%)
percent per annum or the prime rate charged by The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
Principal on the notes was payable at maturity and interest on the unpaid
principal amount was payable annually. In December 1995, the Company exchanged
the promissory notes described above for amended and restated notes in the
principal amounts of $577,323 and $1,896,913 due from Messrs. Alarcon Sr. and
Alarcon Jr., respectively. The amended and restated notes bear interest at the
rate of 6.36% per annum, and mature on December 30, 2025, and are payable in
thirty (30) equal annual installments of $43,570 and $143,158, respectively, on
December 30th of each year commencing December 30, 1996.

         For the year ended September 29, 1996, the Company paid operating
expenses aggregating approximately $126,000 for a boat owned by CMQ Radio, Inc.
("CMQ"), a North Carolina corporation owned equally by Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and
Alarcon, Jr. The boat is used by the Company for business entertainment. For the
year ended September 29, 1996, the amount paid by the Company for its use of the
boat owned by CMQ was comparable to amounts it would have paid had the Company
leased the boat from an unaffiliated party.

         The Company leases a two-bedroom furnished condominium apartment in
midtown Manhattan from Mr. Alarcon, Jr. for a monthly rent of $9,000. The lease
commenced in August 1987 and will end in August 1997, unless sooner terminated
by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. Generally, the apartment is used by the Company's
executives, customers and business associates. The Company believes that the
lease for this apartment is at market rates.


                                       78
<PAGE>   87
         Mr. Alarcon, Sr.'s brother-in-law is employed by the Company as the
Operations Manager of the Company's Miami stations for which he was paid $82,062
(including bonus) for the year ended September 29, 1996.

         Mr. Grimalt's son is employed by the Company as a commissioned salesman
for which he was paid $100,912 for the year ended September 29, 1996.

         In August 1995, the Company loaned $200,000 to a former employee, which
amount remains outstanding. The amount is fully reserved.

         In September 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with the Miami
Sellers for the acquisition of radio stations WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM. Russell
Oasis, Executive Vice President-Programming and Chief Operating Officer of the
Miami stations, was one of the sellers of such stations.


                                       79
<PAGE>   88
                          DESCRIPTION OF THE OLD NOTES

         The following summary of the Old Notes does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Old Indenture.

         In June 1994, the Company issued approximately $107.1 million of 12
1/2% Senior Notes due 2002 (the "Old Notes") under an Indenture (the "Old
Indenture") dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named
therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee").
Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings set forth in the Old Indenture.

         The Old Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 7 1/2% per annum on their
principal amount until June 15, 1997 and at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum on their
principal amount from and after such date until maturity. The Old Notes are
senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Old Notes rank senior to all
future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Old Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, as to the payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by all of the active
direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company.

         The Old Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company, except
that the Company, at its option, may redeem up to $20 million aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes on or prior to June 15, 1997 at 110% of the
Accredit Value of the Old Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more public offerings of shares
of Common Stock; provided, that upon the completion of any such redemption there
remains outstanding at least $80 million aggregate principal amount of the Old
Notes and that such redemption occurs within 60 days following the closing of
any such public equity offering. The Trustee shall select by lot or in such
other manner as it deems fair and equitable the Old Notes to be redeemed if
fewer than all the Old Notes are to be redeemed. There are no mandatory
redemption requirements with respect to the Old Notes.

         In the event of a Change of Control, the Company is required to make an
offer to purchase all of the outstanding Old Notes at a purchase price equal to
101% of the Accredit Value of the Old Notes, in the case of a purchase prior to
June 15, 1997, and thereafter at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
date of purchase.

         The Old Indenture restricts, among other things, the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the
creation of liens, the issuance of stock of subsidiaries, transactions with
affiliates, the making of certain investments, asset sales, merger or
consolidation of the Company and the Guarantors or the transfer of their assets,
subject to certain exceptions.

         In connection with the Offerings, the Company obtained consents from
the holders of the Old Notes to permit (i) the issuance of the Notes, (ii) the
issuance of the $3 million seller note in connection with the acquisition of
WYSY-FM, (iii) the repurchase of the Primary Warrants and (iv) the payment of
the Distribution. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Solicitation, the Company
will be required to use the greater of $25.0 million, in the aggregate, of, or
50% of, the net proceeds from asset sales including the radio broadcast licenses
of WXLX-AM, KXMG-AM and WCMQ-AM to make an offer to purchase Old Notes at a
purchase price of 110% of the accreted value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase.


                                       80
<PAGE>   89
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

         The Series A Notes were, and the Series B Notes will be, issued under
an Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1997 (the "Indenture") among the Company,
the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee"). The form and term of the Series B Notes will be the same as the form
and terms of the Series A Notes except that (i) the Series B Notes will be
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Series B Notes will not
be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Series A Notes under the Notes
Registration Rights Agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), as in effect on the date of the
Indenture. The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of
the Notes. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the
Notes and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its
entirety by reference to, the Notes and the Indenture (including the definitions
contained therein). Definitions relating to certain capitalized terms are set
forth under "--Certain Definitions" and throughout this description. Capitalized
terms that are used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned
to them in the Indenture and such definitions are incorporated herein by
reference.

GENERAL

         The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $75,000,000. The
Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking pari passu with
the Old Notes and senior in right of payment to the Senior Preferred Stock and
any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.

         The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (each, a "Guarantee"), as
to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally,
by the Guarantors (together with each other Restricted Subsidiary which
guarantees payment of the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under
"Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries").

MATURITY, INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL

         The Notes will mature on March 15, 2004. The Notes will bear cash
interest at a rate of 11% per annum from the date of original issuance. Interest
will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15,
commencing September 15, 1997, to holders of record of the Notes at the close of
business on the immediately preceding March 1, and September 1, respectively.
Interest on the Series B Notes will accrue from (A) the later of (i) the last
interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Series A Notes
surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Series A Notes are surrendered
for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an
interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to
which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment, or (B) if no
interest has been paid on the Series A Notes, from the Issue Date.

         The interest rate on the Notes is subject to increase, and such
Additional Interest (as defined below) will be payable on the payment dates set
forth above, in certain circumstances, if the Notes (or other securities
substantially similar to the Notes) are not registered with the Commission
within the prescribed time periods. Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer,
such registration requirements will have been met and no Additional Interest
will be payable with respect to the Notes, except as set forth below. If (i) the
Company is not permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange
Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, (ii) any holder
of Notes notifies the Company within the specified time period that (a) due to a
change in law or policy it is not entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer,
(b) due to a change in law or policy it may not resell the Notes acquired by it
in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
appropriate or available for such resales by such holder or (c) it is a
broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate
of the Company or


                                       81
<PAGE>   90
(iii) the Company has not consummated the Exchange Offer within 180 days of the
Issue Date and holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes outstanding so
request, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts to have a
shelf registration statement (the "Notes Shelf Registration Statement") covering
resales of the Series A Notes declared effective and kept effective,
supplemented and amended until the third anniversary of the Issue Date or such
shorter period that will terminate when all the transfer restricted Notes
covered by the Notes Shelf Registration Statement are sold pursuant thereto or
cease to be transfer restricted Notes. In the event that (i) the applicable
Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date
specified herein for such filing, (ii) the applicable Registration Statement has
not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified
herein for such effectiveness after such obligation arises, (iii) if the
Exchange Offer is required to be consummated hereunder, the Company has not
exchanged Series B Notes for all Series A Notes validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer by the Consummation
Date or (iv) the applicable Registration Statement is filed and declared
effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or usable in connection
with the Exchange Offer or resales of transfer restricted Notes during a period
in which it is required to be effective hereunder without being succeeded
immediately by any additional Registration Statement covering the Notes, (each
such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, a "Notes Registration
Default"), then the interest rate on transfer restricted Notes will increase
("Additional Interest"), with respect to the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Notes Registration Default by 0.50% per annum
and will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period until all Notes Registration Defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum amount of 2.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Notes
Registration Defaults, the accrual of Additional Interest will cease and the
interest rate will revert to the original rate.

REDEMPTION

         Optional Redemption. The Notes are redeemable, at the Company's option,
in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after March 15, 2001,
at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal
amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March
15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               YEAR                                           PERCENTAGE
               ----                                           ----------

<S>                                                           <C>    
               2001                                              105.50%
               2002                                              102.75%
               2003 and thereafter                               100.00%
</TABLE>

         Optional Redemption Upon Public Equity Offerings. At any time, or from
time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2000, the Company may, at its option, use
the Net Proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined below) to
redeem up to 25% of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price of 110% of
the principal thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the
date of redemption; provided that at least $56,250,000 principal amount of Notes
would remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption.
In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Public
Equity Offering, the Company shall make such redemption not more than 90 days
after the consummation of any such Public Equity Offering.

         As used herein, "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public
offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement
filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.

         In the event of redemption of fewer than all of the Notes, the Trustee
shall select by lot or in such other manner as it shall deem fair and equitable
the Notes to be redeemed. The Notes will be redeemable upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days' prior written notice, mailed by first class mail to a
holder's last address as it shall

                                       82
<PAGE>   91
appear on the register maintained by the Registrar of the Notes. On and after
any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption unless the Company shall fail to redeem any such
Note.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

         The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants.

Limitation on Additional Indebtedness

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, directly or indirectly, incur (as defined) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that the Company may incur
Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary created after the Issue Date may
incur Acquisition Indebtedness if (a) after giving effect to the incurrence of
such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the
ratio of the Company's total consolidated Indebtedness to the Company's EBITDA
(determined on a pro forma basis for the last four fiscal quarters of the
Company for which financial statements are available at the date of
determination) is less than 6.75 to 1 if the Indebtedness is incurred on or
prior to March 15, 2000 and 6.25 to 1 if the Indebtedness is incurred
thereafter; provided, however, that if the Indebtedness which is the subject of
a determination under this provision is Acquired Indebtedness or Acquisition
Indebtedness, then such ratio shall be determined by giving effect to (on a pro
forma basis as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
four-quarter period) to both the incurrence or assumption of such Acquired
Indebtedness or Acquisition Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, and the inclusion in the Company's EBITDA of the
EBITDA of the acquired Person, business, property or assets, and (b) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a
consequence of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may incur Permitted Indebtedness; provided that the Company shall
not incur any Permitted Indebtedness that ranks junior in right of payment to
the Notes that has a maturity or mandatory sinking fund payment prior to the
maturity of the Notes.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

         The Company will not make, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, any Restricted Payment, unless:

               (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment:

               (b) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,
         the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
         Permitted Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under "Limitation
         on Additional Indebtedness"; and

               (c) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,
         the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or made after the
         Issue Date does not exceed the sum of (1) 100% of the Company's EBITDA
         from the Issue Date to the date of determination minus 1.4 times the
         Company's Consolidated Interest Expense from the Issue Date to the date
         of determination (or in the event such amount shall be a deficit, minus
         100% of such deficit), (2) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the
         fair market value of marketable securities or other property received
         by the Company from the issue or sale, after the Issue Date, of Capital
         Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock, Capital Stock of the
         Company issued to any Subsidiary of the Company and the proceeds from
         the issuance of Capital Stock pursuant to the Warrants or the Old
         Warrants) of the Company or any Indebtedness or other securities of the
         Company convertible


                                       83
<PAGE>   92
         into or exercisable or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than
         Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company which has been so converted
         or exercised or exchanged, as the case may be. For purposes of
         determining under this clause (c) the amount expended for Restricted
         Payments, cash distributed shall be valued at the face amount thereof
         and property other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value.

         The provisions of this covenant shall not prohibit (i) the payment of
any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
such date of declaration such payment would comply with the provisions of the
Indenture, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the retirement of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company
or subordinated Indebtedness by conversion into, or by or in exchange for,
shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company,
or out of, the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to
a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of Capital Stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Capital Stock), (iii) so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the redemption or retirement of
Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Notes in exchange for, by
conversion into, or out of the Net Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale
or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness owed to a Subsidiary)
of the Company that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes to at least the same extent as the subordinated Indebtedness being
redeemed or retired, (iv) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the retirement of any shares of Disqualified Capital
Stock by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of Disqualified Capital
Stock, or out of the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other
than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of Disqualified Capital
Stock; provided that (a) such Disqualified Capital Stock is not subject to
mandatory redemption earlier than the maturity of the Notes, (b) such
Disqualified Capital Stock is in an aggregate liquidation preference that is
equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate liquidation preference of the
Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, (y) the amount of accrued and unpaid
dividends, if any, and premiums owed, if any, on the Disqualified Capital Stock
being retired and (z) the amount of customary fees, expenses and costs related
to the incurrence of such Disqualified Capital Stock and (c) such Disqualified
Capital Stock is incurred by the same person that initially incurred the
Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, except that the Company may incur
Disqualified Capital Stock to refund or refinance Disqualified Capital Stock of
any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (v) the payment of cash
dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock when such dividends are required to be
paid in cash in accordance with the Certificate of Designation, (vi) as long as
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
payment of dividends and distributions to the stockholders and warrantholders of
the Company on or after the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 in
the aggregate, (vii) the exchange of Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange
Debentures and (viii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $3,000,000. In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments
made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (c) of the
immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (i)
(excluding dividends and distributions pursuant to clause (vi)), (ii), (v) and
(viii) shall be included in such calculation.

         Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments" were
computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available
financial statements, and that no Default or Event of Default will result from
making the Restricted Payment.

Limitation on Investments

         The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any Investment other than (i) a Permitted Investment or
(ii) an Investment that is made as a Restricted Payment in compliance with the
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant, after the Issue Date.



                                       84
<PAGE>   93
Limitation on Liens

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any Liens of any kind upon any property or asset of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any shares of stock or debt of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries which owns property or assets, now owned or hereafter
acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of
related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase,
exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate (including
entities in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries own a
minority interest) or holder of 10% or more of the Company's Common Stock (an
"Affiliate Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms
of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless (i)
such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and its Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries; or (ii) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and
the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms
which could be obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm's-length basis between
unaffiliated parties. In any Affiliate Transaction involving an amount or having
a value in excess of $1,000,000 which is not permitted under clause (i) above,
such Affiliate Transaction(s) must be approved by a majority of the board of
directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested directors).
In transactions with a value in excess of $3,000,000 which are not permitted
under clause (i) above, in addition to the requirements set forth in the
immediately preceding sentence, the Company must obtain a written opinion as to
the fairness of such a transaction from a nationally recognized expert with
experience in appraising the terms of conditions of the type of business or
transaction or series of transactions for which approval is required.

         The foregoing provisions will not apply to (i) any Restricted Payment
that is not prohibited by the provisions described under "Limitations on
Restricted Payments" contained herein or (ii) any transaction approved by the
board of directors of the Company, with an officer or director of the Company or
of any Subsidiary of the Company in his or her capacity as officer or director
entered into in the ordinary course of business, including compensation and
employee benefit arrangements with any officer or director of the Company or of
any Subsidiary of the Company that are customary for public companies in the
radio broadcasting industry.

Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries

         The Company shall not create or acquire, nor permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to create or acquire, any Subsidiary other than (i) a
Restricted Subsidiary existing as of the date of the Indenture, (ii) a
Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired in connection with the acquisition by the
Company of a radio station or radio broadcast license (and which Restricted
Subsidiary was not expressly created in contemplation of such acquisition);
(iii) a Restricted Subsidiary created after the Issue Date; or (iv) an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that each Restricted Subsidiary
acquired or created pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) shall have executed a
Guarantee, satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee (and with such
documentation relating thereto as the Trustee shall require, including, without
limitation a supplement or amendment to the Indenture and opinions of counsel as
to the enforceability of such Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor. As of the Issue Date, the Company will have
no active Subsidiaries, other than the Guarantors. See "Description of the
Notes--General."



                                       85
<PAGE>   94
Limitation on Certain Asset Sales

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of
such sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value thereof
(as determined in good faith by the Company's board of directors, and evidenced
by a board resolution); (ii) not less than 85% of the consideration received by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is in the form
of cash or cash equivalents (those equivalents allowed under "Temporary Cash
Investments"); and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary are applied (a) to the extent the Company elects, (x)
to an investment in assets (including Capital Stock or other securities
purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of
another person) used or useful in media businesses, provided that such
investment occurs or the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
contractual commitments to make such investment, subject only to customary
conditions (other than the obtaining of financing), on or prior to the 181st day
following receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the "Reinvestment Date") and
Asset Sale Proceeds contractually committed are so applied within 360 days
following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds or (y) to repay, repurchase or
redeem any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor incurred in compliance
with this Indenture which is not subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or
the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be; and (b) to the extent not
applied pursuant to clause (iii)(a), if on the Reinvestment Date with respect to
any Asset Sale, the Available Asset Sale Proceeds exceed $10,000,000, the
Company shall apply an amount equal to such Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an
offer to repurchase the Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of repurchase (an "Excess Proceeds Offer"). If an Excess Proceeds Offer is not
fully subscribed, the Company may retain the portion of the Available Asset Sale
Proceeds not required to repurchase Notes.

         If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the
Company shall mail, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to
the holders stating, among other things: (1) that such holders have the right to
require the Company to apply the Available Asset Sale Proceeds to repurchase
such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase; (2)
the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed; (3) the instructions, determined by
the Company, that each holder must follow in order to have such Notes
repurchased; and (4) the calculations used in determining the amount of
Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to the repurchase of such Notes.

Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

         The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
issue any Preferred Stock (except Preferred Stock to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) to hold any such Preferred Stock unless the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur or assume Indebtedness under
the covenant described under "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" in the
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of the
Preferred Stock to be issued.

Limitation on Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

         The Company will not (i) sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise convey
or dispose of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other
than Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which owns or holds
only property or assets acquired by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
after the Issue Date, or (ii) permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue
any Capital Stock, other than to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) an
Asset Sale made in compliance with "Limitation on Certain Asset Sales", (b) the
issuance of Preferred Stock in compliance with the covenant described under
"Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries" or (c) a pledge or


                                       86
<PAGE>   95
hypothecation or other Lien on Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant
to a Permitted Lien securing Bank Indebtedness.

Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction unless (i) the
consideration received in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal
to the fair market value of the property sold, as determined by a board
resolution of the Company and (ii) the Company could incur the Attributable Debt
in respect of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction in compliance with the
covenant described under "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness."

Payments for Consent

         Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of any Notes for or as an inducement
to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the
Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed
to be paid to all holders of the Notes which so consent, waive or agree to amend
in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement.

CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
shall notify the Trustee in writing of such occurrence and shall make an offer
to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") the outstanding Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the Change of Control Payment Date (such applicable purchase
price being hereinafter referred to as the "Change of Control Purchase Price")
in accordance with the procedures set forth in this covenant,

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
also shall (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to be sent at least
once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the
United States and (ii) send by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee
and to each holder of the Notes, at the address appearing in the register
maintained by the Registrar of the Notes, a notice stating:

               (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
         this covenant and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment,
         and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

               (2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
         (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 20 business days from
         the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"));

               (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

               (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
         Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment
         pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest
         after the Change of Control Payment Date;

               (5) that holders accepting the offer to have their Notes
         purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to
         surrender the Notes to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
         notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the
         Change of Control Payment Date;

               (6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance if
         the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
         third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date,


                                       87
<PAGE>   96
         a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
         name of the holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for
         purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election
         to have such Notes purchased;

               (7) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part
         will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
         portion of the Notes surrendered, provided that each Note purchased and
         each such new Note issued shall be in an original principal amount in
         denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof;

               (8) any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a
         Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

               (9) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

         On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for
payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase
price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to
be delivered to the Trustee Notes or portions thereof so accepted for
cancellation. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each holder of Notes so
accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and
the Company shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate
and mail to such holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be
issued in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof.

         The Indenture provides that, if the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof has issued any outstanding (i) Indebtedness that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee or (ii) Preferred
Stock, and the Company or such Subsidiary is required to repay, repurchase,
redeem or to make a distribution with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock in the event of a change of control of the Company, the
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate any such repayment, repurchase, redemption or distribution with
respect to such subordinated Indebtedness or Preferred Stock until such time as
the Company shall have paid the Change of Control Purchase Price in full to the
holders of Notes that have accepted the Company's Change of Control Offer and
shall otherwise have consummated the Change of Control Offer made to holders of
the Notes.

         In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the holders of Notes
exercise their right to require the Company to purchase Notes, if such purchase
constitutes a "tender offer" for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
at that time, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 as
then in effect with respect to such repurchase.

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

         The Company will not and will not permit any Guarantor (other than a
Guarantor to be released from its obligations under its Guarantee as described
under "--Guarantees"), to consolidate with, merge with or into, or transfer all
or substantially all of its assets (as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions), to any Person
unless: (i) the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be the
continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company or the Guarantor)
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor, as the
case may be, is merged or to which the properties and assets of the Company or
the Guarantor, as the case may be, are transferred shall be a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may
be, under the Notes or its Guarantee and the Indenture, and the obligations
under the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect; (ii) immediately
before and


                                       88
<PAGE>   97
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (iii) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Company or such
person could incur at least $1.00 additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under "Limitation on Additional
Indebtedness," provided that a Guarantor may merge into the Company or another
person that is a Guarantor without complying with this clause (iii).

         In connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer contemplated
by this provision, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an
Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture in respect
thereto comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied
with.

GUARANTEES

         The Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.
The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such
Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees of other Indebtedness)
and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor
under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the
Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or
state law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee
shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata
amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each Guarantor.

         A Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its
Guarantee if all or substantially all of its assets are sold or all of its
Capital Stock owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is sold, in
each case in a transaction in compliance with the covenant described under
"Limitation on Certain Asset Sales," or the Guarantor merges with or into or
consolidates with, or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to, the
Company or another Guarantor in a transaction in compliance with "Merger and
Consolidation," and such Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied
with.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         The following events are defined in the Indenture as "Events of
Default":

               (i) default in payment of any principal of, or premium, if any,
         on the Notes;

               (ii) default for 30 days in payment of any interest on the Notes;

               (iii) default by the Company or any Guarantor in the observance
         or performance of any other covenant in the Notes, Guarantees or the
         Indenture for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the
         holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
         then outstanding;

               (iv) failure to pay when due principal, interest or premium in an
         aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or more with respect to any Indebtedness
         of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or the
         acceleration of any such Indebtedness aggregating $3,000,000 or more
         which default shall not be cured, waived or postponed pursuant to an
         agreement with the holders of such Indebtedness within 30 days after
         written notice as provided in the Indenture, or such acceleration shall
         not be rescinded or annulled within 10 days after written notice as
         provided in the Indenture;


                                       89
<PAGE>   98
               (v) any final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in
         excess of $3,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and shall remain undischarged for any
         period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall
         not be in effect; or

               (vi) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or
         reorganization of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof.

         The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold notice to the
holders of the Notes of any default (except in payment of principal or premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes) if the Trustee considers it to be in the best
interest of the holders of the Notes to do so.

         The Indenture will provide that if an Event of Default (other than an
Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Trustee or the
holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable, the entire principal
amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of
acceleration; provided, however, that after such acceleration but before a
judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may, under
certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of
Default, other than nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium, or interest,
have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. In case an Event of
Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization shall occur, such principal, premium and interest amount with
respect to all of the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes.

         The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding shall have the right to waive any existing default or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes and to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee,
subject to certain limitations specified in the Indenture.

         No holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding
with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such holder
shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event
of Default and unless also the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request and offered
reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as a trustee,
and unless the Trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent
with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60
days. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted on such Note
on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

         The Indenture provides the Company may elect either (a) to defease and
be discharged from any and all obligations with respect to the Notes (except for
the obligations to register the transfer or exchange of such Notes, to replace
temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, to maintain an office
or agency in respect of the Notes and to hold monies for payment in trust)
("defeasance") or (b) to be released from their obligations with respect to the
Notes under certain covenants contained in the Indenture and described above
under "Covenants" ("covenant defeasance"), upon the deposit with the Trustee (or
other qualifying trustee), in trust for such purpose, of money and/or U.S.
government obligations which through the payment of principal and interest in
accordance with their terms will provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, on the scheduled
due dates therefor or on a selected date of redemption in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture. Such a trust may only be established if, among other
things, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel (as
specified in the Indenture) (i) to the effect that neither the trust nor the
Trustee will be required to register as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,


                                       90
<PAGE>   99
and (ii) describing either a private ruling concerning the Notes or a published
ruling of the Internal Revenue Service, to the effect that holders of the Notes
or persons in their positions will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and
discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in
the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such
deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

         From time to time, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may,
without the consent of holders of the Notes, amend the Indenture or the Notes or
supplement the Indenture for certain specified purposes, including providing for
uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, and curing any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or making any other change that does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder. The Indenture contains
provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with the
consent of holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes, to modify or supplement the Indenture or the Notes, except that no such
modification shall, without the consent of each holder affected thereby, (i)
reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement, or waiver to the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes, (ii) reduce the
rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iii) reduce the
principal of or premium on or change the stated maturity of any Note, (iv) make
any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note or change the place
of payment from New York, New York, (v) change the amount or time of any payment
required by the Notes or reduce the premium payable upon any redemption of
Notes, or change the time when such redemption may be made, (vi) waive a default
on the payment of the principal of, interest on, or redemption payment with
respect to any Note, or (vii) take any other action otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture to be taken without the consent of each holder affected thereby.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

         So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to furnish the information
required thereby to the Commission and to the holders of the Notes. The
Indenture provides that even if the Company is entitled under the Exchange Act
not to furnish such information to the Commission or to the holders of the
Notes, it will nonetheless continue to furnish such information to the
Commission and holders of the Notes.

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

         The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 100 days after the
end of the Company's fiscal year and on or before 50 days after the end of each
of the first, second and third fiscal quarters in each year an Officers'
Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of
Default that has occurred. If they do, the certificate will describe the Default
or Event of Default and its status.

THE TRUSTEE

         The Trustee under the Indenture is the Registrar and Paying Agent with
regard to the Notes. The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance
of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are
specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the
Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent
person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's
own affairs.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

         Holders of the Notes may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with
the Indenture. The Registrar under the Indenture may require a holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer


                                       91
<PAGE>   100
documents, and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note
selected for redemption. Also, the Registrar is not required to transfer or
exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before selection of the Notes to be
redeemed.

         The registered holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

         Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in
the covenants contained in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for
the full definition of all such terms as well as any other capitalized terms
used herein for which no definition is provided.

         "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (including an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
Person.

         "Acquisition Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred by the Company
or by a Restricted Subsidiary the proceeds of which are used for the acquisition
of a media business and related facilities and assets or for the construction of
a facility pursuant to a construction permit issued by the FCC.

         "Adjusted Net Assets" of a Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser
of the amount by which (x) the fair value of the property of such Guarantor
exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation,
contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent
liabilities), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee, of such Guarantor
at such date and (y) the present fair ratable value of the assets of such
Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the
probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all
other fixed and contingent liabilities and after giving effect to any collection
from any Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such
Subsidiary under the Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of the
Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured.

         "Affiliate" of any specified person means any other person which
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings,
the terms "controlling," "controlled by," and "under common control with"), as
used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise; provided that (a) beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the voting
securities of a person shall be deemed to be control and (b) for purposes of the
"Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates" covenant for so long as Raul
Alarcon Sr., Raul Alarcon Jr. or Jose Grimalt are directors, officers or
shareholders of the Company, they, their respective spouses, lineal descendants
and any person controlled by any of them shall be Affiliates of the Company and
its Subsidiaries.

         "Asset Sale" means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction
or series of transactions of (a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest
in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (b) all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or (c) all or
substantially all of the assets of any radio station, or part thereof, owned by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or a division, line of
business or comparable business segment of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof; provided that Asset Sales shall not include sales, leases,
conveyances, transfers or other dispositions to the Company or to a Restricted
Subsidiary or to any other Person if after giving effect to such sale, lease,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition such other Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary.


                                       92
<PAGE>   101
         "Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (i) cash
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such
Asset Sale (including cash received as consideration for the assumption of
liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale),
after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from
such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all brokerage commissions, underwriting and
other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, (c) provision for minority
interest holders in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such
Asset Sale and (d) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such
Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary after
such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post
employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters
or against any indemnification obligations associated with the assets sold or
disposed of in such Asset Sale, and (ii) promissory notes and other noncash
consideration received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from
such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the liquidation or conversion of such
notes or noncash consideration into cash.

         "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
means, as at the time of determination, the greater of (i) the fair value of the
property subject to such arrangement (as determined by the board of directors of
the Company) and (ii) the present value (discounted at the interest rate
implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).

         "Available Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sales that have not been
applied in accordance with clauses (iii)(a) or (iii)(b), and that have not been
the basis for an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause (iii)(b) of the
first paragraph of "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset Sales".

         "Bank Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred in
accordance with the Indenture owing to one or more commercial banking
institutions that are members of the Federal Reserve System and (ii) any
guarantee by a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Company of the type set
forth in clause (i) of this definition.

         "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares
or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, partnership
interests or any other participation, right or other interest in the nature of
an equity interest in such Person or any option, warrant or other security
convertible into any of the foregoing.

         "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means Indebtedness represented by
obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such Indebtedness
shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance
with GAAP.

         "Certificate of Designation" means the Certificate of Designation
creating the Senior Preferred Stock, as in effect on the Issue Date.

         A "Change of Control" of the Company will be deemed to have occurred at
such time as (i) any person (including a person's Affiliates and associates),
other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined under
Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange
Act) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock,
(ii) prior to a Public Equity Offering, Permitted Holders shall cease to own
beneficially at least 40% of the total voting power of the Company's Common
Stock, (iii) any person (including a person's Affiliates and associates), other
than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 30% of the
total voting power of the Company's Common Stock, and the Permitted Holders
beneficially own, in the aggregate, a lesser percentage of the total voting
power of the Common Stock of the Company than such other person and do not have
the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or
designate for election a majority of the board of directors of the Company, (iv)
there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which
the Company is not the continuing or

                                       93
<PAGE>   102
surviving corporation or pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Company would
be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger or
consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the Common Stock of the
Company outstanding immediately prior to the consolidation or merger hold,
directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the Common Stock of the surviving
corporation immediately after such consolidation or merger, or (v) during any
period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constituted the board of directors of the Company (together with any new
directors whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for
election by the shareholders of the Company has been approved by 66 2/3% of the
directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of
such period or whose election or recommendation for election was previously so
approved) cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the
Company.

         "Common Stock" of any person means all Capital Stock of such person
that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such
person or (ii) if such person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise
participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others
that will control the management and policies of such person.

         "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any person, for
any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP,
would be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any like caption
on an income statement for such person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis (including, but not limited to, cash dividends paid on Preferred Stock,
imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
bankers' acceptance financing, the net costs associated with hedging
obligations, amortization of other financing fees and expenses, the interest
portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium,
if any, and all other non-cash interest expense (other than interest amortized
to cost of sales)) plus, without duplication, all net capitalized interest for
such period and all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of
Indebtedness (including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination
thereof) of any person, plus the amount of all dividends or distributions paid
on Disqualified Capital Stock (other than dividends paid or payable in shares of
Capital Stock of the Company).

         "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person, for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however, that (a) the Net Income of any person (the "other person") in
which the person in question or any of its Subsidiaries has less than a 100%
interest (which interest does not cause the net income of such other person to
be consolidated into the net income of the person in question in accordance with
GAAP) shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid to the person in question or the Subsidiary, (b) the Net
Income of any Subsidiary of the person in question that is subject to any
restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of other
distributions (other than pursuant to the Notes or the Indenture) shall be
excluded to the extent of such restriction or limitation, (c) (i) the Net Income
of any person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such acquisition and (ii) any net gain (but not loss)
resulting from an Asset Sale by the person in question or any of its
Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded,
and (d) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded.

         "Credit Facility" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed the greater of (a) $10,000,000 or (b) 75% of the net book value of
the Company's accounts receivable.

         "Disqualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary thereof which, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the
option of the holder), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or
prior to the maturity date of the Notes, for cash or securities constituting
Indebtedness. Without limitation of

                                       94
<PAGE>   103
the foregoing, Disqualified Capital Stock shall be deemed to include (i) any
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Preferred
Stock of the Company, with respect to either of which, under the terms of such
Preferred Stock, by agreement or otherwise, such Restricted Subsidiary or the
Company is obligated to pay current dividends or distributions in cash during
the period prior to March 15, 2004; provided, however, that Preferred Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is issued with the benefit
of provisions requiring a change of control offer to be made for such Preferred
Stock in the event of a change of control of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the
provisions of the Indenture described under "Change of Control," shall not be
deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock solely by virtue of such provisions; and
provided, further that the Senior Preferred Stock shall be deemed not to be
Disqualified Capital Stock.

         "EBITDA" means, for any person, for any period, an amount equal to (a)
the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the provision
for taxes for such period based on income or profits to the extent such income
or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income and any provision
for taxes utilized in computing net loss under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such Period (but only including Redeemable
Dividends in the calculation of such Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent
that such Redeemable Dividends have not been excluded in the calculation of
Consolidated Net Income), plus (iv) depreciation for such period on a
consolidated basis, plus (v) amortization of intangibles for such period on a
consolidated basis, plus (vi) any other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net
Income for such period, minus (b) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net
Income for such period, all for such person and its Subsidiaries determined in
accordance with GAAP, except that with respect to the Company each of the
foregoing items shall be determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, provided, however, that, for
purposes of calculating EBITDA during any fiscal quarter, cash income from a
particular Investment of such person shall be included only (x) if cash income
has been received by such person with respect to such Investment during each of
the previous four fiscal quarters, or (y) if the cash income derived from such
Investment is attributable to Temporary Cash Investments.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Exchange Debentures" means 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures due 2005 of the
Company issuable in exchange for Senior Preferred Stock.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on
the Issue Date.

         "incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of
any person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or
other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of
any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such person
(and "incurrence," "incurred," "incurrable," and "incurring" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in GAAP that results in an
obligation of such person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall
not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness.

         "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any person,
any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or
otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the
lender is to the whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion
thereof), or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (excluding, without limitation, any balances that constitute accounts
payable or trade payables, and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary
course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance
with GAAP, and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included (i) any
Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) obligations secured by a lien to which the
property or assets owned or held by such person is subject, whether or

                                       95
<PAGE>   104
not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed, (iii)
guarantees of items of other persons which would be included within this
definition for such other persons (whether or not such items would appear upon
the balance sheet of the guarantor), (iv) all obligations for the reimbursement
of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
transaction, (v) in the case of the Company, Disqualified Capital Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and (vi) obligations of any such
person under any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to any of the foregoing (if
and to the extent such Interest Rate Agreement obligations would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP).
The amount of Indebtedness of any person at any date shall be the outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and,
with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (i) that
the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount, including the Old Notes, is the principal amount of such
Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue
discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP
and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state,
local or other taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of the foregoing
definition, any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods or materials or
for services obtained in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to
be "Indebtedness" of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of
this definition. Furthermore, guarantees of (or obligations with respect to
letters of credit supporting) Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such amount shall not also be included.

         "Infinity Note" means the $3,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness issued by the Company to Infinity Holding Corp. of Orlando on the
Issue Date.

         "Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any person, any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other
similar agreement designed to protect the party indicated therein against
fluctuations in interest rates.

         "Investments" means, directly or indirectly, any advance, account
receivable (other than an account receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business), loan or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of property to
others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others or
otherwise), the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or
joint venture interests or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or
otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or
other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any person or the making of any
investment in any person. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit
on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

         "Issue Date" means the date the Notes are first issued by the Company
and authenticated by the Trustee under the Indenture.

         "Lien" means with respect to any property or assets of any person, any
mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement, encumbrance, preference,
priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including
without limitation, any Capitalized Lease Obligation, conditional sales, or
other title retention, agreement having substantially the same economic effect
as any of the foregoing).

         "Net Income" means, with respect to any person for any period, the net
income (loss) of such person determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate net proceeds
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, after payment of
expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith, whether
such proceeds are in cash or in property (valued at the fair market value
thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the

                                       96
<PAGE>   105
Company, at the time of receipt) and (b) in the case of any exchange, exercise,
conversion or surrender of outstanding securities of any kind for or into shares
of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is
not Disqualified Capital Stock, the net book value of such outstanding
securities on the date of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus
any additional amount required to be paid by the holder to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary upon such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender,
less any and all payments made to the holders, e.g., on account of fractional
shares and less all expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith).
For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of Senior Preferred Stock as payment of
dividends on Senior Preferred Stock shall be deemed to result in no Net Proceeds
received by the Company from any such issuance.

         "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any person, a
certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or
any Vice President and the Treasurer or any assistant Treasurer of such person
that shall comply with applicable provisions of the Indenture.

         "Old Notes" means the $107,059,000 aggregate principal amount of 12
1/2% Senior Notes due 2002 of the Company.

         "Old Warrants" means Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement
dated as of June 29, 1994 between the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent.

         "Permitted Holders" means (i) Raul Alarcon Jr., (ii) the heirs,
executors. administrators testamentary, trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of
the person described in (i) and (iii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which
include only persons described in (i) and (ii) and their respective spouses and
lineal descendants.

         "Permitted Indebtedness" means:

                  (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         arising under or in connection with the Credit Facility;

                  (ii) Indebtedness under the Notes and the Guarantees;

                  (iii) Indebtedness not covered by any other clause of this
         definition which is outstanding on the date of the Indenture (including
         the Old Notes and guarantees thereof and the Infinity Note);

                  (iv) Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary
         and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another
         Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (v) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease
         Obligations incurred to acquire property in the ordinary course of
         business which Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations do not in
         the aggregate exceed 5% of the Company's consolidated total assets;

                  (vi) Refinancing Indebtedness;

                  (vii) Indebtedness represented by any guarantee by a Guarantor
         of Indebtedness of the Company permitted to be incurred under the
         Indenture; and

                  (viii) other Indebtedness of the Company not to exceed
         $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

         "Permitted Investments" means, for any person, Investments made on or
after the date of the Indenture consisting of

                                       97
<PAGE>   106
                  (i) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary
         thereof, in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (ii) Temporary Cash Investments;

                  (iii) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted
         Subsidiary thereof, in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (a)
         such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) such
         person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
         transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
         liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

                  (iv) an Investment that is made by the Company or a Restricted
         Subsidiary thereof in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures,
         partnership or joint venture interests or other securities that are
         issued by a third party to the Company or Restricted Subsidiary solely
         as partial consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is
         otherwise permitted under the covenant described under "Limitation on
         Sale of Assets";

                  (v) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries in any other person pursuant to the terms of a "local
         marketing agreement" or similar arrangement relating to a radio station
         owned or licensed by such person; and

                  (vi) other Investments not to exceed $3,000,000 at any one
         time outstanding.

                  "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens on property or assets of, or
         any shares of stock of or secured debt of, any corporation existing at
         the time such corporation becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
         Company or at the time such corporation is merged into the Company or
         any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens are not
         incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such corporation
         becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or merging into the
         Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) Liens securing
         Ratio Indebtedness, (iii) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness;
         provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any Property,
         shares or debt other than the Property, shares or debt securing the
         Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended, (iv) Liens in favor
         of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) Liens
         securing industrial revenue bonds, (vi) Liens to secure Purchase Money
         Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture, provided
         that (a) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing
         Indebtedness representing, or incurred to finance, refinance or refund,
         the cost (including sales and excise taxes, installation and delivery
         charges and other direct costs of, and other direct expenses paid or
         charged in connection with, such purchase or construction) of such
         Property, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such
         Lien, does not exceed 100% of such costs, and (c) such Lien does not
         extend to or cover any Property other than such item of Property and
         any improvements on such item, (vii) Liens on Capital Stock of
         Restricted Subsidiaries and accounts receivable, the proceeds thereof
         and related records to secure the Credit Facility, (viii) Liens
         securing Bank Indebtedness, (ix) statutory liens or landlords',
         carriers', warehouseman's, mechanics', suppliers', materialmen's,
         repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of
         business, which do not secure any Indebtedness and with respect to
         amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by
         appropriate proceedings, if a reserve or other appropriate provision,
         if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been
         made therefor, (x) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the
         ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $500,000 in
         the aggregate at any one time outstanding, (xi) Liens securing
         Acquisition Indebtedness, provided that such Liens do not extend to or
         cover any Property other than the Property acquired with the proceeds
         of such Acquisition Indebtedness and any improvements thereto, and
         (xii) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the
         foregoing.

         "Preferred Stock" means any Capital Stock of a person, however
designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to
dividends, distributions or liquidation proceeds of such person over the holders
of other Capital Stock issued by such person.

                                       98
<PAGE>   107
         "Property" of any person means all types of real, personal, tangible,
intangible or mixed property owned by such Person whether or not included in the
most recent consolidated balance sheet of such person and its Subsidiaries under
GAAP.

         "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness incurred in the
ordinary course of business by a Person to finance the cost (including the cost
of construction) of an item of property, the principal amount of which
Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) 100% of such cost and (ii)
reasonable fees and expenses of such person incurred in connection therewith.

         "Ratio Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred
pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" which is not Refinancing
Indebtedness and (ii) any guarantee by a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the
Company of the type set forth in clause (i) of this definition.

         "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend or distribution with
regard to Disqualified Capital Stock, the quotient of the dividend or
distribution divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory
federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then
applicable to the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.

         "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances
or extends any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date or
other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness") pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, but only to the extent
that (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes to at least
the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, if
at all, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature either (a) no
earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, or (b)
after the maturity date of the Notes, (iii) the portion, if any, of the
Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity
date of the Notes has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such
Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the
weighted average life to maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being
refunded, refinanced or extended that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the
maturity date of the Notes, (iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an
aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the sum of (a) the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being
refunded, refinanced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment
provisions on such Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended and (c)
the amount of customary fees, expenses and costs related to the incurrence of
such Refinancing Indebtedness, and (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred
by the same person that initially incurred the Indebtedness being refunded,
refinanced or extended, except that the Company may incur Refinancing
Indebtedness to refund, refinance or extend Indebtedness of any Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary of the Company.

         "Restricted Payment" means any of the following: (i) the declaration or
payment of any dividend or any other distribution or payment on Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any payment made to
the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than (x)
dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), and (y) in the case of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, dividends or distributions payable to
the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), (ii) the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital
Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Capital
Stock owned by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company), (iii) the making of any principal payment on, or the purchase,
defeasance, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value,
prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund
payment, of any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes or

                                       99
<PAGE>   108
a Guarantee (other than subordinated Indebtedness acquired in anticipation of
satisfying a scheduled sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition), (iv) the
making of any Investment or guarantee of any Investment in any person other than
a Permitted Investment, (v) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and (vi) forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate
of the Company to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue
Date.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of the Company
existing as of the Issue Date. The board of directors of the Company may
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any person that is to become a
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such
action (and treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the
time of such action), the Company could have incurred at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the
"Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" covenant.

         "Sale and Lease-Back Transaction" means any arrangement with any person
providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is
to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such
person in contemplation of such leasing.

         "Senior Preferred Stock" means the 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock of the Company.

         "Subsidiary" of any specified person means any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association or other business entity, whether now
existing or hereafter organized or acquired, (i) in the case of a corporation,
of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors, officers or trustees thereof is held by such first-named person or
any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) in the case of a partnership, joint venture,
association or other business entity, with respect to which such first-named
person or any of its Subsidiaries has the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of such entity by contract or otherwise or if in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such entity is
consolidated with the first-named person for financial statement purposes.

         "Temporary Cash Investments" means (i) Investments in marketable,
direct obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America, or of
any governmental agency or political subdivision thereof, maturing within 365
days of the date of purchase; (ii) Investments in certificates of deposit issued
by a bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia, in each case having capital, surplus and
undivided profits totaling more than $500,000,000 and rated at least A by
Standard & Poor's Corporation and A-2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
maturing within 365 days of purchase; or (iii) Investments not exceeding 365
days in duration in money market funds that invest substantially all of such
funds' assets in the Investments described in the preceding clauses (i) and
(ii).

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary of the Company which is classified after the
Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by a resolution adopted by the board of
directors of the Company; provided that a Subsidiary organized or acquired after
the Issue Date may be so classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if such
classification is in compliance with the covenant set forth under "Limitation on
Restricted Payments." The Trustee shall be given prompt notice by the Company of
each resolution adopted by the board of directors of the Company under this
provision, together with a copy of each such resolution adopted.

         "Warrants" mean the Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement
dated as of March 15, 1997 between the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent.

                                      100
<PAGE>   109
         "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary
which is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

         "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company, all of
the outstanding voting securities (other than directors' qualifying shares) of
which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

                                      101
<PAGE>   110
          DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

         The form and terms of the Series B Senior Preferred Stock are the same
as the form and terms of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock except that (i) the
Series B Senior Preferred Stock will have been registered under the Securities
Act and thus will not bear restrictive legends restricting the transfer thereof
and (ii) holders of Series B Senior Preferred Stock will not be entitled to
certain rights of holder of Series A Senior Preferred Stock under the Preferred
Stock Registration Rights Agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of
the Exchange Offer. The form and terms of the Series B Exchange Debentures will
be the same as the Series A Exchange Debentures, except that the Registered
Exchange Debentures will have been registered under the Securities Act. The
following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the Senior
Preferred Stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of
the Senior Preferred Stock and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Certificates of
Designation relating thereto (including the definitions contained therein).
Definitions relating to certain capitalized terms are set forth under "--Certain
Definitions" and throughout this description. Capitalized terms that are used
but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the
Certificates of Designation and such definitions are incorporated herein by
reference.

GENERAL

         Pursuant to the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Senior
Preferred Stock, 175,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock with a liquidation
preference of $1,000 per share were authorized for issuance in the Units
Offering, plus up to 238,930 additional shares as may be issued in payment of
dividends in the event the Company elects to pay dividends on the Senior
Preferred Stock by issuing additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock. See
"--Dividends" below. The Certificate of Designation for the Series B Senior
Preferred Stock authorizes 175,000 shares of Series B Senior Preferred Stock,
plus up to 238,930 additional shares as may be issued in payment of dividends in
the event the Company so elects. Subject to certain conditions, the Senior
Preferred Stock is exchangeable for Exchange Debentures at the option of the
Company on any dividend payment date. The Senior Preferred Stock, when issued,
will be fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not have any
subscription or preemptive rights.

RANKING

         The Senior Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to dividend
distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution
of the Company, senior to all classes of common stock of the Company, and to
each other class of capital stock or series of preferred stock established after
the date of this Memorandum (collectively, "Junior Securities"). The Company may
not issue any class or series of capital stock ranking senior to or on a parity
with the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to dividend distributions or
distributions upon liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company without
the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Senior
Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be,
together as one class; provided, however, that the Company can issue additional
shares of Senior Preferred Stock to satisfy dividend payments on outstanding
shares of Senior Preferred Stock.

DIVIDENDS

         Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive,
when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company, out of funds
legally available therefor, dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock at a rate
per annum equal to 14 1/4% of the liquidation preference per share of Senior
Preferred Stock, payable semiannually; provided that so long as a Voting Rights
Triggering Event shall have occurred and be continuing, additional dividends
will accumulate on the Senior Preferred Stock at a rate per annum equal to 2% of
the

                                      102
<PAGE>   111
liquidation preference per share of the Senior Preferred Stock, payable
semiannually. All dividends will be cumulative whether or not earned or declared
on a daily basis from the Issue Date and will be payable semi-annually in
arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15,
1997, to holders of record on the March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding
the relevant dividend payment date. Dividends may be paid, at the Company's
option, on any dividend payment date occurring on or prior to March 15, 2002
either in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock
(including fractional shares) having an aggregate liquidation preference equal
to the amount of such dividends. In the event that on or prior to March 15, 2002
dividends are declared and paid through the issuance of additional shares of
Senior Preferred Stock, as provided in the previous sentence, such dividends
shall be deemed paid in full and will not accumulate. After March 15, 2002,
dividends must be paid in cash. The Indenture and the Old Indenture restrict the
Company's ability to pay cash dividends on its Capital Stock and will prohibit
such payments in certain instances and other future agreements may provide the
same. See "Description of Notes" and "Description of Old Notes."

         Unpaid dividends accumulating after March 15, 2002 on the Senior
Preferred Stock for any past dividend period and dividends in connection with
any optional redemption may be declared and paid at any time, without reference
to any regular dividend payment date, to holders of record on such date, not
more than forty-five days prior to the payment thereof, as may be fixed by the
board of directors of the Company.

         The dividend rate on the Senior Preferred Stock is subject to increase,
and such Additional Dividends (as defined below) will be payable on the dividend
payment dates set forth above, in certain circumstances, if the Senior Preferred
Stock (or other securities substantially similar to the Senior Preferred Stock)
are not registered with the Commission within the prescribed time periods. Upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer, such registration requirements will have
been met and no Additional Dividends will be payable with respect to the Senior
Preferred Stock, except as set forth below. If (i) the Company is not permitted
to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by
applicable law or Commission policy, (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock notifies
the Company within the specified time period that (a) due to a change in law or
policy it is not entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer, (b) due to a
change in law or policy it may not resell the Series B Preferred Stock acquired
by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and
the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
appropriate or available for such resales by such holder or (c) it is a
broker-dealer and owns Senior Preferred Stock acquired directly from the Company
or an affiliate of the Company or (iii) the Company has not consummated the
Exchange Offer within 180 days of the Issue Date and holders of a majority of
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock outstanding so request, the Company
shall use its best efforts to have a shelf registration statement (the
"Preferred Stock Shelf Registration Statement") declared effective, supplemented
and amended until the third anniversary of the Issue Date or such shorter period
that will terminate when all the transfer restricted Preferred Stock covered by
the Preferred Stock Registration Statement are sold pursuant thereto or cease to
be transfer restricted Preferred Stock. In the event that (i) the applicable
Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date
specified herein for such filing, (ii) the applicable Registration Statement has
not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified
herein for such effectiveness after such obligation arises, (iii) if the
Exchange Offer is required to be Consummated hereunder, the Company has not
exchanged Series B Preferred Stock for all Preferred Stock validly tendered and
not validly withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer by the
Consummation Date or (iv) the applicable Registration Statement is filed and
declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or usable in
connection with the Exchange Offer or resales of transfer restricted Preferred
Stock during a period in which it is required to be effective hereunder without
being succeeded immediately by any additional Registration Statement covering
the Preferred Stock, as the case may be (each such event referred to in clauses
(a) through (d) above, a "Preferred Stock Registration Default"), then the
dividend rate on transfer restricted Preferred Stock will increase ("Additional
Dividends"), with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of such Preferred Stock Registration Default by 0.50% per annum and
will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent
90-day period until all Preferred Stock Registration Defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum amount of 2.00% per annum. Following the cure of all

                                      103
<PAGE>   112
Preferred Stock Registration Defaults, the accrual of Additional Dividends will
cease and the dividend rate will revert to the original rate.

REDEMPTION

         Optional Redemption. The Senior Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at
the Company's option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time on or
prior to March 15, 2000 at a redemption price equal to 105% of the liquidation
preference thereof, plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all
accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a
prorated dividend for the period from the immediately preceding dividend payment
date to the redemption date). After March 15, 2000 and prior to March 15, 2002,
the Senior Preferred Stock is not redeemable. On or after March 15, 2002, the
Senior Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole at
any time or in part from time to time, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of liquidation preference) if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year set forth
below plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and
unpaid dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for
the period from the immediately preceding dividend payment date to the
redemption date):

                  YEAR                       PERCENTAGE
                  ----                       ----------

                  2002                          107.00%
                  2003                          105.00%
                  2004 and thereafter           100.00%

         Mandatory Redemption. The Senior Preferred Stock will also be subject
to mandatory redemption (subject to contractual and other restrictions with
respect thereto and to the legal availability of funds therefor) in whole on
March 15, 2005 at a price equal to the liquidation preference thereof, plus,
without duplication, all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of
redemption.

         In the event of redemption of fewer than all of the outstanding shares
of Senior Preferred Stock, the Senior Preferred Stock will be redeemed on a pro
rata basis. The Senior Preferred Stock will be redeemable upon not less than 30
nor more than 60 days' prior written notice, mailed by first class mail to a
holder's last address as it shall appear on the register maintained by the
Transfer Agent of the Senior Preferred Stock. On and after any redemption date,
dividends will cease to accrue on the Senior Preferred Stock or portions thereof
called for redemption unless the Company shall fail to redeem any such Senior
Preferred Stock.

SALE OF AM STATIONS

         If the Company has not (a) consummated Asset Sales including the FCC
broadcast licenses of WXLX-AM, New York, KXMG-AM, Los Angeles, and WCMQ-AM,
Miami, and applied the lesser of (i) $15.0 million of the Asset Sale Proceeds
with respect to such Asset Sales or (ii) the excess of the Asset Sale Proceeds
with respect to such Asset Sales above $25.0 million, to repurchase Notes or Old
Notes, (b) received Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an amount equal to or
greater than $45.0 million or (c) utilized $40.0 million of Asset Sale Proceeds
from any Asset Sale(s) to repurchase Notes or Old Notes, in each case, on or
prior to the AM Stations Asset Sale Date (as defined below), the Company will
issue to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures then
outstanding (on a pro rata basis, based upon the liquidation preference and
principal amount, respectively, thereof), to the extent permitted by applicable
law, (x) on the AM Stations Asset Sale Date, shares of Class A Common Stock
representing, in the aggregate, 1.5% of the Common Stock of the Company on a
fully diluted basis as of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date and (y) on each
anniversary of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date until such time as the Company
shall have (A) received Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an amount equal to or
greater than $45.0 million or (B) utilized

                                      104
<PAGE>   113
$40.0 million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale(s) to repurchase Notes
or Old Notes, shares of Class A Common Stock representing 1.5% of the Common
Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of such anniversary. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Related to Government Regulation; Limitation on Issuances of
Common Stock."

         As used herein, "AM Stations Asset Sale Date" means April 1, 1998;
provided that if, on April 1, 1998, the Company shall have entered into a
legally binding sale agreement or agreements for the sale of the FCC broadcast
licenses of WXLX-AM, KXMG-AM and WCMQ-AM, and the only condition to the closing
of such Asset Sales is the granting by the FCC of final approval of the transfer
of such licenses, the AM Stations Asset Sale Date shall be the earlier of (a)
the 60th day after the FCC approves the transfer of such licenses or (b) the day
the FCC denies approval of any such transfer or any such sale agreement shall
have been terminated or ceased to be a legally binding agreement of the parties
thereto.

FUTURE EQUITY INFUSION

         If, on any dividend payment date commencing with the March 15, 2000
dividend payment date, the sum of (i) the Net Proceeds received by the Company
from issuances of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)
after the Issue Date, (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of Senior
Preferred Stock redeemed or repurchased by the Company (other than pursuant to
the Preferred Stock Exchange Offer) and (iii) the aggregate liquidation
preference of Senior Preferred Stock exchanged for Exchange Debentures does not
equal or exceed $50.0 million, the Company shall issue to the holders of Senior
Preferred Stock, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on each such
dividend payment date shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount equal 1% of
Common Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of such dividend payment
date. See "Risk Factors-- Risks Related to Government Regulation; Limitation on
Issuances of Common Stock."

EXCHANGE

         The Company may at its option from time to time on any dividend payment
date exchange, in whole or in part, on a pro rata basis, the then outstanding
shares of Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures; provided that
immediately after giving effect to any partial exchange, there shall be
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation
preference of not less than $75,000,000 and not less than $50,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Exchange Debentures; and provided, further, that (i) on the
date of such exchange there are no accumulated and unpaid dividends on the
Senior Preferred Stock (including the dividend payable on such date) or other
contractual impediments to such exchange; (ii) there shall be legally available
funds sufficient therefor; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
exchange, no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the Exchange
Indenture) would exist under the Exchange Indenture, no default or event of
default would exist under the Indenture or the Old Indenture and no default or
event of default under any other material instrument governing Indebtedness
outstanding at the time would be caused thereby; and (iv) the Exchange Indenture
has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is
required at the time of exchange. Subject to the satisfaction of clauses (i)
through (iv) above, the Company has agreed to exchange all outstanding shares of
Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures within 60 days after such
exchange is permitted without the Company obtaining any waiver, consent,
approval or authorization under the Indenture, the Old Indenture or any other
instrument governing Indebtedness outstanding at the time.

         The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 promulgated
pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with any exchange, to the extent
applicable.

         The holders of outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock will be
entitled to receive, subject to the second succeeding sentence, $1.00 principal
amount of Exchange Debentures for each $1.00 liquidation preference of Senior
Preferred Stock held by them. The Exchange Debentures will be issued in
registered form, without coupons. Exchange Debentures issued in exchange for
Senior Preferred Stock will be issued in principal amounts

                                      105
<PAGE>   114
of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof to the extent possible, and will also
be issued in principal amounts less than $1,000 so that each holder of Senior
Preferred Stock will receive certificates representing the entire amount of
Exchange Debentures to which such holder's shares of Senior Preferred Stock
entitle such holder; provided that the Company may pay cash in lieu of issuing
an Exchange Debenture in a principal amount less than $1,000. The Company will
send a written notice of exchange by mail to each holder of record of shares of
Senior Preferred Stock not less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date
fixed for such exchange. On and after the exchange date, dividends will cease to
accumulate on the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock that are to be
exchanged, and all rights of the holders of Senior Preferred Stock that is to be
exchanged (except the right to receive the Exchange Debentures, an amount in
cash equal to the accumulated and unpaid dividends to the exchange date and, if
the Company so elects, cash in lieu of any Exchange Debenture which is in an
amount that is not an integral multiple of $1,000) will terminate. The person
entitled to receive the Exchange Debentures issuable upon such exchange will be
treated for all purposes as the registered holder of such Exchange Debentures.
See "--The Exchange Debentures."

LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

         Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up of the Company, holders of the Senior Preferred Stock will initially
be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Company available for
distribution, $1,000 per share, plus an amount in cash equal to accumulated and
unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up (including an amount equal to a prorated dividend for the period from
the immediately preceding dividend payment date to the date fixed for
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), before any distribution is made on any
Junior Securities. If upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution
or winding-up of the Company, the amounts payable with respect to the Senior
Preferred Stock are not paid in full, the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock
will share equally and ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company
first in proportion to the full liquidation preference to which each is entitled
until such preferences are paid in full, and then in proportion to their
respective amounts of accumulated but unpaid dividends.

VOTING RIGHTS

         Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock will have no voting rights with
respect to general corporate matters except as provided by Delaware law or as
set forth in the Certificate of Designation. The Certificate of Designation
provides that if (i) after March 15, 2002, dividends on the Senior Preferred
Stock required to be paid in cash are in arrears and unpaid for two or more
semi-annual dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) or (ii) the Company
fails to redeem the Senior Preferred Stock on or before March 15, 2005 or fails
to discharge any redemption obligation with respect to the Senior Preferred
Stock or (iii) the Company fails to make a Change of Control Offer if such an
offer is required by the provisions set forth under "--Change of Control" below
or fails to purchase shares of Senior Preferred Stock from holders who elect to
have such shares purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer or (iv) a
breach or violation of any of the provisions described under the captions
"--Sale of AM Stations," "--Future Equity Infusion" or "--Certain Covenants"
occurs and the breach or violation continues for a period of 60 days or more
after the Company receives notice thereof specifying the default from the
holders of at least 25% of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding
or (v) the Company fails to pay at the final stated maturity (giving effect to
any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the final stated maturity of any
such Indebtedness is accelerated, if the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at the final stated
maturity (giving effect to any extensions thereof) or which has been
accelerated, aggregates $3,000,000 or more at any time, in each case, after a
20-day period during which such default shall not have been cured or such
acceleration rescinded, then the number of directors constituting the board of
directors of the Company will be adjusted to permit the holders of a majority of
the then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, voting separately and as
a class, to elect the lesser of two directors and that number of directors
constituting 25% of the members of the board of

                                      106
<PAGE>   115
directors of the Company. Such voting rights will continue until such time as,
in the case of a dividend default, all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the
Senior Preferred Stock are paid in full in cash and, in all other cases, any
failure, breach or default giving rise to such voting rights is remedied, cured
or waived by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Senior
Preferred Stock then outstanding, at which time the term of any directors
elected pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall terminate. Each such
event described in clauses (i) through (v) above is referred to herein as a
"Voting Rights Triggering Event."

         Upon the occurrence of a Voting Rights Triggering Event, the Company
shall issue to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, on a pro rata basis shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount
equal to 2% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis on the date of
issuance. If, on any dividend payment date after the occurrence of such Voting
Rights Triggering Event, any Voting Rights Triggering Event shall be continuing,
the Company shall issue to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, on a pro rata basis shares of Class A Common Stock
in an amount in the aggregate equal to the product of (a) that number of shares
of Class A Common Stock equal to 2% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis
as of each such dividend payment date and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days (not to exceed 180 days) during the Dividend Period ending
on such dividend payment date that a Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have
occurred and been continuing, and the denominator of which is 180. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Related to Government Regulation; Limitation on Issuances of
Common Stock."

         In addition, the Certificate of Designation provides that the Company
will not authorize any additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock or any class
or series of capital stock ranking prior to or on a parity with the Senior
Preferred Stock with respect to dividend distributions or distributions upon
liquidation, winding-up or dissolution without the affirmative vote or consent
of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock of the
Company then outstanding which are entitled to vote thereon, voting or
consenting, as the case may be, as one class. The Certificate of Designation
also provides that the Company may not amend the Certificate of Designation so
as to affect adversely the specified rights, preferences, privileges or voting
rights of the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock, without the
affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock which are entitled to vote thereon,
voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class.

         Under Delaware law, holders of Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to
vote as a class upon a proposed amendment to the certificate of incorporation of
the Company, whether or not entitled to vote thereon by the certificate of
incorporation, if the amendment would increase or decrease the par value of the
shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special
rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.

CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
shall make an offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") the outstanding
Senior Preferred Stock at a purchase price equal to 101% of the liquidation
preference thereof plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all
accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (including an amount in cash equal to a
prorated dividend for the period from the immediately preceding dividend payment
date to the Change of Control Payment Date (such applicable purchase price being
hereinafter referred to as the "Change of Control Purchase Price")) in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this covenant.

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
also shall (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control to be sent at least once
to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United
States and (ii) send by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of
Senior Preferred Stock, at the address appearing in the register maintained by
the Transfer Agent, a notice stating:

                                      107
<PAGE>   116
                  (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
         this covenant and that all Senior Preferred Stock tendered will be
         accepted for payment, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions
         set forth herein;

                  (2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
         (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 20 Business Days from
         the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"));

                  (3) that any Senior Preferred Stock not tendered will continue
         to accumulate dividends;

                  (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
         Change of Control Purchase Price, any Senior Preferred Stock accepted
         for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to
         accumulate dividends after the Change of Control Payment Date;

                  (5) that holders accepting the offer to have their Senior
         Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be
         required to surrender their certificates representing Senior Preferred
         Stock to the Company at the address specified in the notice prior to
         the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Change of
         Control Payment Date;

                  (6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance
         if the Company receives, not later than the close of business on the
         third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a
         telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
         name of the holder, the number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock
         delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing
         his election to have such Senior Preferred Stock purchased;

                  (7) that holders whose Senior Preferred Stock is being
         purchased only in part will be issued new certificates representing the
         number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock equal to the unpurchased
         portion of the certificates surrendered; and

                  (8) any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a
         Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance.

         On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall accept for
payment the Senior Preferred Stock tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer and promptly mail to each holder of Senior Preferred Stock so accepted
payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Senior Preferred
Stock, and the Company shall execute and issue a new Senior Preferred Stock
certificate equal to any unpurchased shares represented by a certificate
surrendered.

         In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the holders of Senior
Preferred Stock exercise their right to require the Company to purchase Senior
Preferred Stock, if such purchase constitutes a "tender offer" for purposes of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act at that time, the Company will comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such repurchase.

         Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in any event
within 20 days following the date on which a Change of Control occurs, the
Company covenants that, if the purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock would
violate or constitute a default or be prohibited under the Indenture, the Old
Indenture or any other instrument governing Indebtedness outstanding at the
time, then the Company will, to the extent needed to permit such purchase of
Senior Preferred Stock, either (i) repay in full all Indebtedness under the
Indenture, the Old Indenture or any such other instrument, as the case may be,
or (ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Indenture, the Old Indenture or
any such other instrument, as the case may be, to permit the redemption of the
Senior

                                      108
<PAGE>   117
Preferred Stock as provided above. The Company will first comply with the
covenant in the preceding sentence before it will be required to redeem Senior
Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions described above.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

         The Certificate of Designation contains the following covenants.

Limitation on Additional Indebtedness.

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, directly or indirectly, incur (as defined) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that the Company may incur
Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary created after the Issue Date may
incur Acquisition Indebtedness if (a) after giving effect to the incurrence of
such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the
ratio of the Company's total consolidated Indebtedness to the Company's EBITDA
(determined on a pro forma basis for the last four fiscal quarters of the
Company for which financial statements are available at the date of
determination) is less than 6.75 to 1; provided, however, that if the
Indebtedness which is the subject of a determination under this provision is
Acquired Indebtedness or Acquisition Indebtedness, then such ratio shall be
determined by giving effect to (on a pro forma basis as if the transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period) both the incurrence or
assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness or Acquisition Indebtedness by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and the inclusion in the
Company's EBITDA of the EBITDA of the acquired person, business, property or
assets, and (b) no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of such
Indebtedness.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may incur Permitted Indebtedness; provided that the Company shall
not incur any Permitted Indebtedness that ranks junior in right of payment to
the Exchange Debentures that has a maturity or mandatory sinking fund payment
prior to the maturity of the Exchange Debentures.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

         The Company will not make, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, unless:

                  (a) no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and
         be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment;

                  (b) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment, (i) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
         (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under
         "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" and (ii) the ratio of the
         Company's EBITDA (determined on a pro forma basis for the last four
         fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are
         available at the date of determination) to the Company's Consolidated
         Interest Expense (determined on a pro forma basis for the last four
         fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are
         available) is equal to or greater than 1.4 to 1; and

                  (c) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or made
         after the Issue Date does not exceed the sum of (1) 100% of the
         Company's EBITDA from the Issue Date to the date of determination minus
         1.4 times the Company's Consolidated Interest Expense from the Issue
         Date to the date of determination (or in the event such amount shall be
         a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), (2) 100% of the aggregate Net
         Proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other
         property received by the Company from the issue or sale, after the
         Issue Date, of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock,
         Capital Stock of the Company issued to any

                                      109
<PAGE>   118
         Subsidiary of the Company and the proceeds from the issuance of Capital
         Stock pursuant to the Warrants or the Old Warrants) of the Company or
         any Indebtedness or other securities of the Company convertible into or
         exercisable or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
         Capital Stock) of the Company which has been so converted or exercised
         or exchanged, as the case may be. For purposes of determining under
         this clause (c) the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash
         distributed shall be valued at the face amount thereof and property
         other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value.

         The provisions of this covenant shall not prohibit (i) the payment of
any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
such date of declaration such payment would comply with the provisions of the
Certificate of Designation, (ii) so long as no Voting Rights Triggering Event
shall have occurred and be continuing, the retirement of any shares of Capital
Stock of the Company or Indebtedness subordinated to the Exchange Debenture by
conversion into, or by or in exchange for, shares of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company, or out of, the Net Proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of
other shares of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital
Stock), (iii) so long as no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred
and be continuing, the redemption or retirement of Indebtedness of the Company
subordinated to the Exchange Debentures in exchange for, by conversion into, or
out of the Net Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale or incurrence of
Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness owed to a Subsidiary) of the Company
that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange
Debentures to at least the same extent as the subordinated Indebtedness being
redeemed or retired, (iv) so long as no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall
have occurred and be continuing, the retirement of any shares of Disqualified
Capital Stock by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of Disqualified
Capital Stock, or out of the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of Disqualified
Capital Stock; provided that (a) such Disqualified Capital Stock is not subject
to mandatory redemption earlier than the maturity of the Exchange Debentures,
(b) such Disqualified Capital Stock is in an aggregate liquidation preference
that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate liquidation
preference of the Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, (y) the amount of
accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, and premiums owed, if any, on the
Disqualified Capital Stock being retired and (z) the amount of customary fees,
expenses and costs related to the incurrence of such Disqualified Capital Stock
and (c) such Disqualified Capital Stock is incurred by the same person that
initially incurred the Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, except that the
Company may incur Disqualified Capital Stock to refund or refinance Disqualified
Capital Stock of any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (v) the
payment of dividends (whether or not in cash) on the Senior Preferred Stock in
the manner provided in the Certificate of Designation (vi) so long as no Voting
Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment of
dividends and distributions to the stockholders and warrantholders of the
Company on or after the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 in the
aggregate, (vii) the exchange of Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures
and (viii) so long as no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and
be continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$3,000,000. In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made
subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (c) of the immediately
preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (i) (excluding
dividends and distributions pursuant to clause (vi)), (ii) and (viii) shall be
included in such calculation.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of
related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase,
exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate (including
entities in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries own a
minority interest) or holder of 10% or more of the Company's Common Stock (an
"Affiliate Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms
of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless (i)
such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and its Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries; or (ii) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and
the terms of such Affiliate

                                      110
<PAGE>   119
Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable
transaction made on an arm's-length basis between unaffiliated parties. In any
Affiliate Transaction involving an amount or having a value in excess of
$1,000,000 which is not permitted under clause (i) above, such Affiliate
Transaction(s) must be approved by a majority of the board of directors of the
Company (including a majority of the disinterested directors). In transactions
with a value in excess of $3,000,000 which are not permitted under clause (i)
above, in addition to the requirements set forth in the immediately preceding
sentence, the Company must obtain a written opinion as to the fairness of such a
transaction from a nationally recognized expert with experience in appraising
the terms or conditions of the type of business or transaction or series of
transactions for which approval is required.

         The foregoing provisions will not apply to (i) any Restricted Payment
that is not prohibited by the provisions described under "Limitations on
Restricted Payments" contained herein or (ii) any transaction approved by the
board of directors of the Company, with an officer or director of the Company or
of any Subsidiary of the Company in his or her capacity as officer or director
entered into in the ordinary course of business, including compensation and
employee benefit arrangements with any officer or director of the Company or of
any Subsidiary of the Company that are customary for public companies in the
radio broadcasting industry.

Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

         The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
issue any Preferred Stock (except Preferred Stock to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) or permit any person (other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) to hold any such Preferred Stock unless the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur or assume Indebtedness under
the covenant described under "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" in the
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of the
Preferred Stock to be issued.

         Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. Without the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Senior
Preferred Stock, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as a separate class,
the Company will not, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to,
another person or adopt a plan of liquidation unless (i) either (1) the Company
is the surviving or continuing person or (2) the person (if other than the
Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the
person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease the properties and assets
of the Company substantially as an entirety or, in the case of a plan of
liquidation, the person to which assets of the Company have been transferred
shall be a corporation existing under the laws of the United States or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the Senior Preferred Stock shall be
converted into or exchanged for and shall become shares of such successor,
transferee or resulting person, having in respect of such successor, transferee
or resulting person the same powers, preferences and relative participating,
optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereon, that the Senior Preferred Stock had immediately prior to
such transaction; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and
the use of the proceeds therefrom (on a pro forma basis, including giving effect
to any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with
such transaction), the Company (in the case of clause (1) of the foregoing
clause (i)) or such person (in the case of clause (2) of the foregoing clause
(i)) shall be able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the "Limitation of Additional
Indebtedness" covenant; and (iv) immediately after giving effect to such
transactions, no Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred or be
continuing.

         Transfer Agent and Registrar. IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company is the
transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") and registrar for the Senior Preferred
Stock.

                                      111
<PAGE>   120
REPORTS TO HOLDERS

         So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to furnish the information
required thereby to the Commission and to the holders of the Senior Preferred
Stock. The Certificate of Designation provides that even if the Company is
entitled under the Exchange Act not to furnish such information to the
Commission or to the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, it will nonetheless
continue to furnish such information to the Commission and holders of the Senior
Preferred Stock.

THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         The Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be issued under an Indenture
(the "Exchange Indenture"), dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company, the
Debenture Guarantors and U.S. Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (the
"Debenture Trustee"). The terms of the Exchange Debentures include those stated
in the Exchange Indenture and those made a part of the Exchange Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on the date of the Exchange
Indenture. The Exchange Debentures are subject to all such terms, and holders
are referred to the Exchange Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement of provisions of the Exchange Debentures. The following is a summary
of the material terms and provisions of the Exchange Debentures. This summary
does not purport to be a complete description of the Exchange Debentures and is
subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by
reference to, the Exchange Debentures and the Exchange Indenture (including the
definitions contained therein). A copy of the form of Exchange Indenture may be
obtained from the Company by any holder or prospective investor upon request.
Definitions relating to certain capitalized terms are set forth under "--Certain
Definitions" and throughout this description. Capitalized terms that are used
but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the
Exchange Indenture and such definitions are incorporated by reference herein.

GENERAL

         The Exchange Debentures will be general unsecured obligations of the
Company and will be limited in aggregate principal amount to the liquidation
preference of the Senior Preferred Stock, plus, without duplication, accumulated
and unpaid dividends, on the date or dates on which it is exchanged for Exchange
Debentures (plus any additional Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of cash
interest as described herein). The Exchange Debentures will be issued in fully
registered form only, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof
(other than as described in "--The Senior Preferred Stock--Exchange" or with
respect to additional Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of cash interest as
described herein). The Exchange Debentures will be subordinated to all existing
and future Senior Debt of the Company (including the Notes and the Old Notes).

         The Exchange Debentures will be unconditionally guaranteed (each, a
"Debenture Guarantee"), on a senior subordinated basis, as to payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by the
Debenture Guarantors (together with each other Restricted Subsidiary which
guarantees the Exchange Debentures pursuant to the covenant described under
"Certain Covenants--Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries").

         The Exchange Debentures will mature on March 15, 2005. The Exchange
Debentures will bear interest at the rate of 14 1/4% per annum from the date of
exchange for the applicable Senior Preferred Stock (each, an "Exchange Date").
Interest will be payable semi-annually in cash (or, on or prior to March 15,
2002, in additional Exchange Debentures, at the option of the Company) in
arrears on each March 15 and September 15, commencing with the first such date
after the applicable Exchange Date, to holders of record of the Exchange
Debentures at the close of business on the immediately preceding March 1 and
September 1, respectively.

                                      112
<PAGE>   121
REDEMPTION

         Optional Redemption. The Exchange Debentures will be redeemable, at the
Company's option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time on or prior
to March 15, 2000 at a redemption price equal to 105% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption. After March
15, 2000 and prior to March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures are not
redeemable. On or after March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures will be
redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole at any time or in part from time
to time, the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the
principal amount) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March
15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued interest
thereon to the date of redemption:

                  YEAR                            PERCENTAGE
                  ----                            ----------

                  2002                               107.00%
                  2003                               105.00%
                  2004 and thereafter                100.00%

SALE OF AM STATIONS

         If the Company has not (a) consummated Asset Sales including the FCC
broadcast licenses of WXLX-AM, New York, KXMG-AM, Los Angeles, and WCMQ-AM,
Miami, and applied the lesser of (i) $15.0 million of the Asset Sale Proceeds
with respect to such Asset Sales or (ii) the excess of the Asset Sale Proceeds
with respect to such Asset Sales above $25.0 million, to repurchase Notes or Old
Notes, (b) received Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an amount equal to or
greater than $45.0 million or (c) utilized $40 million of Asset Sale Proceeds
from any Asset Sale(s) to repurchase Notes or Old Notes, in each case, on or
prior to the AM Stations Asset Sale Date, the Company will issue to the holders
of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures then outstanding (on a pro
rata basis, based upon the liquidation preference and principal amount,
respectively, thereof), to the extent permitted by applicable law, (x) on the AM
Stations Asset Sale Date, shares of Class A Common Stock representing, in the
aggregate, 1.5% of the Common Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as
of the AM Stations Asset Sale Date and (y) on each anniversary of the AM
Stations Asset Sale Date until such time as the Company shall have (A) received
Net Proceeds from issuances of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Capital Stock) after the Issue Date in an amount equal to or greater than $45.0
million or (B) utilized $40.0 million of Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset
Sale(s) to repurchase Notes or Old Notes, shares of Class A Common Stock
representing 1.5% of the Common Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as
of such anniversary. See "Risk Factors--Risks Related to Government Regulation;
Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock."

SUBORDINATION

         The Obligations represented by the Exchange Debentures are, to the
extent and in the manner provided in the Exchange Indenture, subordinated in
right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full of
all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company.

         In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, arrangement, reorganization or other similar case or
proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors,
as such, or to its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any liquidation,
dissolution or other winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary
and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or any general assignment
for the benefit of creditors or other marshaling of assets or liabilities of the
Company (except in connection with the merger or consolidation of the Company or
its liquidation or dissolution following the transfer of substantially all of
its assets, upon the terms and conditions permitted under the circumstances
described under "--Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets") (all of the
foregoing referred to

                                      113
<PAGE>   122
herein individually as a "Bankruptcy Proceeding" and collectively as "Bankruptcy
Proceedings"), the holders of Senior Debt of the Company will be entitled to
receive payment and satisfaction in full of all amounts due on or in respect of
all Senior Debt of the Company before the holders of the Exchange Debentures are
entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of any kind on account
of the Exchange Debentures. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Debenture Trustee or any holder of Exchange Debentures receives any payment
or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind, whether in cash, property
or securities, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, in
respect of the Exchange Debentures before all Senior Debt of the Company is paid
and satisfied in full, then such payment or distribution will be held by the
recipient in trust for the benefit of holders of Senior Debt and will be
immediately paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Debt or their
representative or representatives to the extent necessary to make payment in
full of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent
payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to or for the holders of Senior
Debt.

         No payment or distribution of any assets or securities of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any kind or character (including,
without limitation, cash, property and any payment or distribution which may be
payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the
Company being subordinated to the payment of the Exchange Debentures by the
Company) may be made by or on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise,
for or on account of the Exchange Debentures, or for or on account of the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Exchange Debentures, and
neither the Debenture Trustee nor any holder or owner of any Exchange Debentures
shall take or receive from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, directly or indirectly in any manner, payment in respect of all or any
portion of Exchange Debentures following the delivery by the representative of
the holders of Designated Senior Debt (the "Representative") to the Debenture
Trustee of written notice of the occurrence of a Payment Default, and in any
such event, such prohibition shall continue until such Payment Default is cured,
waived in writing or ceases to exist. At such time as the prohibition set forth
in the preceding sentence shall no longer be in effect, subject to the
provisions of the following paragraph, the Company shall resume making any and
all required payments in respect of the Exchange Debentures, including any
missed payments.

         Upon the occurrence of a Non-Payment Event of Default on Designated
Senior Debt, no payment or distribution of any assets of the Company of any kind
may be made by the Company, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or
otherwise, on account of the Exchange Debentures, or on account of the purchase
or redemption or other acquisition of Exchange Debentures, for a period (a
"Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date of receipt by the Debenture
Trustee of written notice from the Representative of such Non-Payment Event of
Default unless and until (subject to any blockage of payments that may then be
in effect under the preceding paragraph) the earliest of (w) more than 179 days
shall have elapsed since receipt of such written notice by the Debenture
Trustee, (x) such Non-Payment Event of Default shall have been cured or waived
in writing or shall have ceased to exist, (y) such Designated Senior Debt shall
have been paid in full or (z) such Payment Blockage Period shall have been
terminated by written notice to the Company or the Debenture Trustee from such
Representative, after which, in the case of clause (w), (x), (y) or (z), the
Company shall resume making any and all required payments in respect of the
Exchange Debentures, including any missed payments. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Exchange Indenture, in no event shall a Payment Blockage Period
commenced in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Indenture described
in this paragraph extend beyond 179 days from the date of the receipt by the
Debenture Trustee of the notice referred to above (such period, an "Initial
Blockage Period"). Any number of additional Payment Blockage Periods may be
commenced during the Initial Blockage Period; provided, however, that no such
additional Payment Blockage Period shall extend beyond the Initial Blockage
Period. After the expiration of the Initial Blockage Period, no Payment Blockage
Period may be commenced until at least 180 consecutive days have elapsed from
the last day of the Initial Blockage Period. Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Exchange Indenture, no Non-Payment Event of Default with respect to
Designated Senior Debt which existed or was continuing on the date of the
commencement of any Payment Blockage Period initiated by the Representative
shall be, or be made, the basis for the

                                      114
<PAGE>   123
commencement of a second Payment Blockage Period initiated by the
Representative, whether or not within the Initial Blockage Period, unless such
Non-Payment Event of Default shall have been waived for a period of not less
than 90 consecutive days.

         Each Debenture Guarantee will, to the extent set forth in the Exchange
Indenture, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
all Senior Debt of the respective Debenture Guarantor (including a Guarantee of
the Notes or a guarantee of the Old Notes by such Debenture Guarantor), and will
be subject to the rights of holders of Designated Senior Debt of such Debenture
Guarantor to initiate blockage periods, upon terms substantially comparable to
the subordination of the Exchange Debentures to all Senior Debt of the Company.

         If the Company or any Debenture Guarantor fails to make any payment on
the Exchange Debentures or any Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, when due
or within any applicable grace period, whether or not on account of payment
blockage provisions, such failure would constitute an Event of Default under the
Exchange Indenture and would enable the holders of the Exchange Debentures to
accelerate the maturity thereof. See "-- Events of Default."

         A holder of Exchange Debentures by his acceptance of Exchange
Debentures agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly
directs the Debenture Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the
Exchange Indenture and appoints the Debenture Trustee his attorney-in-fact for
such purpose.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

         The Exchange Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Debt

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Debenture Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, incur, contingently or otherwise, any Indebtedness that
is both (i) subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company or
such Debenture Guarantor, as the case may be, and (ii) senior in right of
payment to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, of such Debenture
Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes of this covenant, Indebtedness is
deemed to be senior in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures and a
Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, if it is not explicitly subordinate in
right of payment to Senior Debt at least to the same extent as the Exchange
Debentures or the applicable Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, are
subordinate to Senior Debt.

Limitation on Additional Indebtedness

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, directly or indirectly, incur (as defined) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that the Company may incur
Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary created after the Issue Date may
incur Acquisition Indebtedness if (a) after giving effect to the incurrence of
such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the
ratio of the Company's total consolidated Indebtedness to the Company's EBITDA
(determined on a pro forma basis for the last four fiscal quarters of the
Company for which financial statements are available at the date of
determination) is less than 7.0 to 1; provided, however, that if the
Indebtedness which is the subject of a determination under this provision is
Acquired Indebtedness or Acquisition Indebtedness, then such ratio shall be
determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis as if the transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period) to both the incurrence or
assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness or Acquisition Indebtedness by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and the inclusion in the
Company's EBITDA of the EBITDA of the acquired person, business, property or
assets, and (b) no Default or Event of

                                      115
<PAGE>   124
Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of
the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may incur Permitted Indebtedness; provided that the Company shall
not incur any Permitted Indebtedness that ranks junior in right of payment to
the Exchange Debentures that has a maturity or mandatory sinking fund payment
prior to the maturity of the Exchange Debentures.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

         The Company will not make, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, any Restricted Payment, unless:

                  (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment;

                  (b) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment, (i) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
         (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under
         "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" and (ii) the ratio of the
         Company's EBITDA (as determined on a pro forma basis for the last four
         fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are
         available at the date of determination) to the Company's Consolidated
         Interest Expense (determined on a pro forma basis for the last four
         fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are
         available) is equal to or greater than 1.4 to 1; and

                  (c) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
         Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or made
         after the Issue Date does not exceed the sum of (1) 100% of the
         Company's EBITDA from the Issue Date to the date of determination minus
         1.4 times the Company's Consolidated Interest Expense from the Issue
         Date to the date of determination (or in the event such amount shall be
         a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), (2) 100% of the aggregate Net
         Proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other
         property received by the Company from the issue or sale, after the
         Issue Date, of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock,
         Capital Stock of the Company issued to any Subsidiary of the Company
         and the proceeds from the issuance of Capital Stock pursuant to the
         Warrants or the Old Warrants) of the Company or any Indebtedness or
         other securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or
         exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)
         of the Company which has been so converted or exercised or exchanged,
         as the case may be. For purposes of determining under this clause (c)
         the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash distributed shall be
         valued at the face amount thereof and property other than cash shall be
         valued at its fair market value.

         The provisions of this covenant shall not prohibit (i) the payment of
any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
such date of declaration such payment would comply with the provisions of the
Indenture, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the retirement of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company
or Indebtedness subordinated to the Exchange Debentures by conversion into, or
by or in exchange for, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital
Stock) of the Company, or out of, the Net Proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of
Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), (iii) so
long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the redemption or retirement of Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the
Exchange Debentures in exchange for, by conversion into, or out of the Net
Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale or incurrence of Indebtedness
(other than any Indebtedness owed to a Subsidiary) of the Company that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures to at
least the same extent as the subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed or
retired, (iv) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the retirement of any shares

                                      116
<PAGE>   125
of Disqualified Capital Stock by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of
Disqualified Capital Stock, or out of the Net Proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of
Disqualified Capital Stock; provided that (a) such Disqualified Capital Stock is
not subject to mandatory redemption earlier than the maturity of the Exchange
Debentures, (b) such Disqualified Capital Stock is in an aggregate liquidation
preference that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate
liquidation preference of the Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, (y) the
amount of accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, and premiums owed, if any, on
the Disqualified Capital Stock being retired and (z) the amount of customary
fees, expenses and costs related to the incurrence of such Disqualified Capital
Stock and (c) such Disqualified Capital Stock is incurred by the same person
that initially incurred the Disqualified Capital Stock being retired, except
that the Company may incur Disqualified Capital Stock to refund or refinance
Disqualified Capital Stock of any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, (v) the payment of dividends (whether or not in cash) on the Senior
Preferred Stock in the manner provided in the Certificate of Designation and,
(vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the payment of dividends and distributions to the stockholders and
warrantholders of the Company on or after the Issue Date in an amount not to
exceed $4,000,000 (vii) the exchange of Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange
Debentures and (viii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $3,000,000. In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments
made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with Clause (c) of the
immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (i)
(excluding dividends and distributions pursuant to clause (vi)), (ii) and (viii)
shall be included in such calculation.

         Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Debenture Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that
such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments" were
computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available
financial statements, and that no Default or Event of Default will result from
making the Restricted Payment.

Limitations on Investments

         The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any Investment other than (i) a Permitted Investment or
(ii) an Investment that is made as a Restricted Payment in compliance with the
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant, after the Issue Date.

Limitations on Liens

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any Liens of any kind upon any property or asset of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any shares of stock or debt of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries which owns property or assets, now owned or hereafter
acquired, other than Liens securing Senior Debt of the Company and the Debenture
Guarantors and Permitted Liens.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of
related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase,
exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate (including
entities in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries own a
minority interest) or holder of 10% or more of the Company's Common Stock (an
"Affiliate Transaction") or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms
of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless (i)
such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and its Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries; or (ii) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and
the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms
which could be obtained by the Company or such Restricted

                                      117
<PAGE>   126
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an
arm's-length basis between unaffiliated parties. In any Affiliate Transaction
involving an amount or having a value in excess of $1,000,000 which is not
permitted under clause (i) above, such Affiliate Transaction(s) must be approved
by a majority of the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of
the disinterested directors). In transactions with a value in excess of
$3,000,000 which are not permitted under clause (i) above, in addition to the
requirements set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, the Company must
obtain a written opinion as to the fairness of such a transaction from a
nationally recognized expert with experience in appraising the terms or
conditions of the type of business or transaction or series of transactions for
which approval is required.

         The foregoing provisions will not apply to (i) any Restricted Payment
that is not prohibited by the provisions described under "Limitations on
Restricted Payments" contained herein or (ii) any transaction approved by the
board of directors of the Company, with an officer or director of the Company or
of any Subsidiary of the Company in his or her capacity as officer or director
entered into in the ordinary course of business, including compensation and
employee benefit arrangements with any officer or director of the Company or of
any Subsidiary of the Company that are customary for public companies in the
radio broadcasting industry.

Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries

         The Company shall not create or acquire, nor permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to create or acquire, any Subsidiary other than (i) a
Restricted Subsidiary existing as of the date of the Exchange Indenture, (ii) a
Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired in connection with the acquisition by the
Company of a radio station or radio broadcast license (and which Restricted
Subsidiary was not expressly created in contemplation of such acquisition);
(iii) a Restricted Subsidiary created after the Issue Date; or (iv) an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that each Restricted Subsidiary
acquired or created pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) shall have executed a
Debenture Guarantee, satisfactory in form and substance to the Debenture Trustee
(and with such documentation relating thereto as the Debenture Trustee shall
require, including, without limitation a supplement or amendment to the Exchange
Indenture and opinions of counsel as to the enforceability of such Debenture
Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a
Debenture Guarantor. As of the Issue Date, the Company will have no
Subsidiaries, other than the Debenture Guarantors.

Limitation on Certain Asset Sales

         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of
such sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value thereof
(as determined in good faith by the Company's board of directors, and evidenced
by a board resolution); (ii) not less than 85% of the consideration received by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is in the form
of cash or cash equivalents (those equivalents allowed under "Temporary Cash
Investments"); and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary are applied (a) to the extent the Company elects, (x)
to an investment in assets (including Capital Stock or other securities
purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of
another person) used or useful in media businesses, provided that such
investment occurs or the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
contractual commitments to make such investment, subject only to customary
conditions (other than the obtaining of financing), on or prior to the 181st day
following receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the "Reinvestment Date") and
Asset Sale Proceeds contractually committed are so applied within 360 days
following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds or (y) to repay Senior Debt of
the Company or a Debenture Guarantor; and (b) to the extent not applied pursuant
to clause (iii)(a), if on the Reinvestment Date with respect to any Asset Sale,
the Available Asset Sale Proceeds exceed $5 million, the Company shall apply an
amount equal to such Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the
Exchange Debentures, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase (an "Excess Proceeds Offer"). If an Excess Proceeds Offer is not

                                      118
<PAGE>   127
fully subscribed, the Company may retain the portion of the Available Asset Sale
Proceeds not required to repurchase Exchange Debentures.

         If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the
Company shall mail, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to
the holders stating, among other things: (1) that such holders have the right to
require the Company to apply the Available Asset Sale Proceeds to repurchase
such Exchange Debentures at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase; (2) the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and
not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed; (3) the
instructions, determined by the Company, that each holder must follow in order
to have such Exchange Debentures repurchased; and (4) the calculations used in
determining the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to the
repurchase of such Exchange Debentures.

Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

         The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
issue any Preferred Stock (except Preferred Stock to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) or permit any person (other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) to hold any such Preferred Stock unless the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur or assume Indebtedness under
the covenant described under "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" in the
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation value of the
Preferred Stock to be issued.

Limitation on Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

         The Company will not (i) sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise convey
or dispose of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other
than Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which owns or holds
only property or assets acquired by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
after the Issue Date, or (ii) permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue
any Capital Stock, other than to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) an
Asset Sale made in compliance with "Limitation on Certain Asset Sales", (b) the
issuance of Preferred Stock in compliance with the covenant described under
"Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries" or (c) a pledge or hypothecation
or other Lien on Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
Permitted Lien securing Bank Indebtedness.

Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

         The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction unless (i) the
consideration received in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal
to the fair market value of the property sold, as determined by a board
resolution of the Company and (ii) the Company could incur the Attributable Debt
in respect of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction in compliance with the
covenant described under "Limitation on Additional Indebtedness."

Payments for Consent

         Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of any Exchange Debentures for or as
an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange Debentures unless such
consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all holders of the
Exchange Debentures which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame
set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.

                                      119
<PAGE>   128
CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
shall notify the Debenture Trustee in writing of such occurrence and shall make
an offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") the outstanding Exchange
Debentures at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control Payment
Date (such applicable purchase price being hereinafter referred to as the
"Change of Control Purchase Price") in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this covenant,

         Within 20 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
also shall (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to be sent at least
once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the
United States and (ii) send by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the
Debenture Trustee and to each holder of the Exchange Debentures, at the address
appearing in the register maintained by the Registrar of the Exchange
Debentures, a notice stating:

                  (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
         this covenant and that all Exchange Debentures tendered will be
         accepted for payment, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions
         set forth herein;

                  (2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
         (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 20 Business Days from
         the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"));

                  (3) that any Exchange Debenture not tendered will continue to
         accrue interest;

                  (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
         Change of Control Purchase Price, any Exchange Debentures accepted for
         payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
         interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

                  (5) that holders accepting the offer to have their Exchange
         Debentures purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be
         required to surrender the Exchange Debentures to the Paying Agent at
         the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on
         the Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

                  (6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance
         if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on
         the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a
         telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
         name of the holder, the principal amount of the Exchange Debentures
         delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing
         his election to have such Exchange Debentures purchased;

                  (7) that holders whose Exchange Debentures are being purchased
         only in part will be issued new Exchange Debentures equal in principal
         amount to the unpurchased portion of the Exchange Debentures
         surrendered, provided that each Exchange Debenture purchased and each
         such new Exchange Debenture issued shall be in an original principal
         amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof;

                  (8) any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a
         Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

                  (9) the name and address of the Paying Agent.

                                      120
<PAGE>   129
         On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for
payment Exchange Debentures or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
purchase price of all Exchange Debentures or portions thereof so tendered and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Debenture Trustee Exchange
Debentures or portions thereof so accepted for cancellation. The Paying Agent
shall promptly mail to each holder of Exchange Debentures so accepted payment in
an amount equal to the purchase price for such Exchange Debentures, and the
Company shall execute and issue, and the Debenture Trustee shall promptly
authenticate and mail to such holder, a new Exchange Debenture equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Exchange Debentures
surrendered; provided that each such new Exchange Debenture shall be issued in
an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof.

         The Exchange Indenture will provide that, if the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof has issued any outstanding (i) Indebtedness that
is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures or any Debenture
Guarantee or (ii) Preferred Stock (other than the Senior Preferred Stock), and
the Company or such Subsidiary is required to repay, repurchase, redeem or to
make a distribution with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness or Preferred
Stock (other than the Senior Preferred Stock) in the event of a change of
control of the Company, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any such repayment, repurchase,
redemption or distribution with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock (other than the Senior Preferred Stock) until such time as the
Company shall have paid the Change of Control Purchase Price in full to the
holders of Exchange Debentures that have accepted the Company's Change of
Control Offer and shall otherwise have consummated the Change of Control Offer
made to holders of the Exchange Debentures.

         Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in any event
within 20 days following the date on which a Change of Control occurs, the
Company covenants that, if the purchase of the Exchange Debentures would violate
or constitute a default or be prohibited under the Indenture, the Old Indenture
or any other instrument governing Indebtedness outstanding at the time, then the
Company will, to the extent needed to permit such purchase of Exchange
Debentures, either (i) repay in full all Indebtedness under the Indenture, the
Old Indenture and any such other instrument, as the case may be, or (ii) obtain
the requisite consents under the Indenture, the Old Indenture and any such other
instrument, as the case may be, to permit the redemption of the Exchange
Debentures as provided above. The Company will first comply with the covenant in
the preceding sentence before it will be required to purchase Exchange
Debentures pursuant to the provisions described above.

         In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the holders of
Exchange Debentures exercise their right to require the Company to purchase
Exchange Debentures, if such purchase constitutes a "tender offer" for purposes
of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act at that time, the Company will comply with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such
repurchase.

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

         The Company will not and will not permit any Debenture Guarantor (other
than a Debenture Guarantor to be released from its obligations under its
Debenture Guarantee as described under "Debenture Guarantees"), to consolidate
with, merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets (as
an entirety or substantially as an entirety in one transaction or a series of
related transactions), to any person unless: (i) the Company or the Debenture
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be the continuing person, or the person (if
other than the Company or the Debenture Guarantor) formed by such consolidation
or into which the Company or the Debenture Guarantor, as the case may be, is
merged or to which the properties and assets of the Company or the Debenture
Guarantor, as the case may be, are transferred shall be a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Debenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the
Debenture Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company or the Debenture
Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Exchange Debentures

                                      121
<PAGE>   130
or its Debenture Guarantee and the Exchange Indenture, and the obligations under
the Exchange Indenture shall remain in full force and effect; (ii) immediately
before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (iii) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Company or such
person could incur at least $1.00 additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under "Limitation on Additional
Indebtedness," provided that a Debenture Guarantor may merge into the Company or
another person that is a Debenture Guarantor without complying with this clause
(iii).

         In connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer contemplated
by this provision, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Debenture Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Debenture Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental
indenture in respect thereto comply with this provision and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have
been complied with.

DEBENTURE GUARANTEES

         The Exchange Debentures are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis
by the Debenture Guarantors. All payments pursuant to a Debenture Guarantee by a
Debenture Guarantor are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in
full of all Senior Debt of such Debenture Guarantor, to the same extent and in
the same manner that all payments pursuant to the Exchange Debentures are
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt
of the Company. The obligations of each Debenture Guarantor are limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Debenture Guarantor (including, without limitation, any
guarantees of other Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Debenture Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Debenture Guarantor under its Debenture
Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Exchange
Indenture, result in the obligations of such Debenture Guarantor under the
Debenture Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer under federal or state law. Each Debenture Guarantor that makes a
payment or distribution under a Debenture Guarantee shall be entitled to a
contribution from each other Debenture Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on
the Adjusted Net Assets of each Debenture Guarantor.

         A Debenture Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations
under its Debenture Guarantee if all or substantially all of its assets are sold
or all of its Capital Stock owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
is sold, in each case in a transaction in compliance with the covenant described
under "Limitation on Certain Asset Sales," or the Debenture Guarantor merges
with or into or consolidates with, or transfers all or substantially all of its
assets to, the Company or another Debenture Guarantor in a transaction in
compliance with "Merger and Consolidation," and such Debenture Guarantor has
delivered to the Debenture Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of
counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to such transaction have been complied with.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         The following events are defined in the Exchange Indenture as "Events
of Default":

                  (i) default in payment of any principal of, or premium, if
         any, on the Exchange Debentures;

                  (ii) default for 30 days in payment of any interest on the
         Exchange Debentures;

                  (iii) default by the Company or any Debenture Guarantor in the
         observance or performance of any other covenant in the Exchange
         Debentures, Debenture Guarantees or the Exchange Indenture for 60 days
         after written notice from the Debenture Trustee or the holders of not
         less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Debentures
         then outstanding;

                                      122
<PAGE>   131
                  (iv) failure to pay when due principal, interest or premium in
         an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or more with respect to any
         Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or
         the acceleration of any such Indebtedness aggregating $3,000,000 or
         more which default shall not be cured, waived or postponed pursuant to
         an agreement with the holders of such Indebtedness within 30 days after
         written notice as provided in the Exchange Indenture, or such
         acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within 10 days after
         written notice as provided in the Exchange Indenture;

                  (v) any final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
         in excess of $3,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and shall remain undischarged for any
         period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall
         not be in effect; or

                  (vi) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or
         reorganization of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof.

         The Exchange Indenture provides that the Debenture Trustee may withhold
notice to the holders of the Exchange Debentures of any default (except in
payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on the Exchange Debentures)
if the Debenture Trustee considers it to be in the best interest of the holders
of the Exchange Debentures to do so.

         The Exchange Indenture will provide that if an Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency
or reorganization) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Debenture
Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Debentures then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and
payable, the entire principal amount of all the Exchange Debentures then
outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration; provided,
however, that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on
acceleration is obtained by the Debenture Trustee, the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Exchange Debentures may, under certain
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default,
other than nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium, or interest, have been
cured or waived as provided in the Exchange Indenture. In case an Event of
Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization shall occur, such principal, premium and interest amount with
respect to all of the Exchange Debentures shall be due and payable immediately
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Debenture Trustee or the
holders of the Exchange Debentures.

         The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange
Debentures then outstanding shall have the right to waive any existing default
or compliance with any provision of the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange
Debentures and to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, subject to certain
limitations specified in the Exchange Indenture.

         No holder of any Exchange Debenture will have any right to institute
any proceeding with respect to the Exchange Indenture or for any remedy
thereunder, unless such holder shall have previously given to the Debenture
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the
holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Exchange Debentures shall have made written request and offered reasonable
indemnity to the Debenture Trustee to institute such proceeding as a trustee,
and unless the Debenture Trustee shall not have received from the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures a
direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such
proceeding within 60 days. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit
instituted on such Exchange Debenture on or after the respective due dates
expressed in such Exchange Debenture.

                                      123
<PAGE>   132
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

         The Exchange Indenture provides the Company may elect either (a) to
defease and be discharged from any and all obligations with respect to the
Exchange Debentures (except for the obligations to register the transfer or
exchange of such Exchange Debentures, to replace temporary or mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Exchange Debentures, to maintain an office or agency
in respect of the Exchange Debentures and to hold monies for payment in trust)
("defeasance") or (b) to be released from their obligations with respect to the
Exchange Debentures under certain covenants contained in the Indenture and
described above under "Covenants" ("covenant defeasance"), upon the deposit with
the Debenture Trustee (or other qualifying trustee), in trust for such purpose,
of money and/or U.S. government obligations which through the payment of
principal and interest in accordance with their terms will provide money, in an
amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Exchange Debentures, on the scheduled due dates therefor or on a selected date
of redemption in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Indenture. Such a
trust may only be established if, among other things, the Company has delivered
to the Debenture Trustee an opinion of counsel (as specified in the Exchange
Indenture) (i) to the effect that neither the trust nor the Debenture Trustee
will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) describing either a private ruling
concerning the Exchange Debentures or a published ruling of the Internal Revenue
Service, to the effect that holders of the Exchange Debentures or persons in
their positions will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at
the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and
discharge had not occurred.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

         From time to time, the Company, the Debenture Guarantors and the
Debenture Trustee may, without the consent of holders of the Exchange
Debentures, amend the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange Debentures or
supplement the Exchange Indenture for certain specified purposes, including
providing for uncertificated Exchange Debentures in addition to certificated
Exchange Debentures, and curing any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or
making any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights
of any holder. The Exchange Indenture contains provisions permitting the
Company, the Debenture Guarantors and the Debenture Trustee, with the consent of
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange
Debentures, to modify or supplement the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange
Debentures, except that no such modification shall, without the consent of each
holder affected thereby, (i) reduce the amount of Exchange Debentures whose
holders must consent to an amendment, supplement, or waiver to the Exchange
Indenture, Debenture Guarantees or the Exchange Debentures, (ii) reduce the rate
of or change the time for payment of interest on any Exchange Debenture, (iii)
reduce the principal of or premium on or change the stated maturity of any
Exchange Debenture, (iv) make any Exchange Debenture payable in money other than
that stated in the Exchange Debenture or change the place of payment from New
York, New York, (v) change the amount or time of any payment required by the
Exchange Debentures or reduce the premium payable upon any redemption of
Exchange Debentures, or change the time when such redemption may be made, (vi)
waive a default on the payment of the principal of, interest on, or redemption
payment with respect to any Exchange Debenture, or (vii) take any other action
otherwise prohibited by the Exchange Indenture to be taken without the consent
of each holder affected thereby.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

         So long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to furnish the information
required thereby to the Commission and to the holders of the Exchange
Debentures. The Exchange Indenture provides that even if the Company is entitled
under the Exchange Act not to furnish such information to the Commission or to
the holders of the Exchange Debentures, they will nonetheless continue to
furnish such information to the Commission and holders of the Exchange
Debentures.

                                      124
<PAGE>   133
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

         The Company will deliver to the Debenture Trustee on or before 100 days
after the end of the Company's fiscal year and on or before 50 days after the
end of each of the first, second and third fiscal quarters in each year an
Officers' Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or
Event of Default that has occurred. If they do, the certificate will describe
the Default or Event of Default and its status.

THE DEBENTURE TRUSTEE

         The Debenture Trustee under the Exchange Indenture will be the
Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Exchange Debentures. The Exchange
Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default,
the Debenture Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set
forth in the Exchange Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default,
the Debenture Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under
the Exchange Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise
as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

         Holders of the Exchange Debentures may transfer or Exchange Debentures
in accordance with the Exchange Indenture. The Registrar under the Exchange
Indenture may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents, and to pay any taxes and fees required by
law or permitted by the Exchange Indenture. The Registrar is not required to
transfer or exchange any Exchange Debenture selected for redemption. Also, the
Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Exchange Debenture for a
period of 15 days before selection of the Exchange Debentures to be redeemed.

         The registered holder of an Exchange Debenture may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

         Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in
the Certificate of Designation and the Exchange Indenture. Reference is made to
the Certificate of Designation and the Exchange Indenture for the full
definition of all such terms as well as any other capitalized terms used herein
for which no definition is provided.

         "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a person (including an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
person.

         "Acquisition Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred by the Company
or by a Restricted Subsidiary the proceeds of which are used for the acquisition
of a media business and related facilities and assets or for the construction of
a facility pursuant to a construction permit issued by the FCC.

         "Adjusted Net Assets" of a Debenture Guarantor at any date shall mean
the lesser of the amount by which (x) the fair value of the property of such
Debenture Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without
limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and
contingent liabilities), but excluding liabilities under the Debenture
Guarantee, of such Debenture Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair
ratable value of the assets of such Debenture Guarantor at such date exceeds the
amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Debenture
Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent
liabilities and after giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of
such Debenture Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary under
the Debenture Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of the Debenture
Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured.

                                      125
<PAGE>   134
         "Affiliate" of any specified person means any other person which
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings,
the terms "controlling," "controlled by," and "under common control with"), as
used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise; provided that (a) beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the voting
securities of a person shall be deemed to be control and (b) for purposes of the
"Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates" covenant, for so long as Raul
Alarcon Sr., Raul Alarcon Jr. or Jose Grimalt are directors, officers or
shareholders of the Company, they, their respective spouses, lineal descendants
and any person controlled by any of them shall be Affiliates of the Company and
its Subsidiaries.

         "Asset Sale" means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction
or series of transactions of (a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest
in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (b) all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or (c) all or
substantially all of the assets of any radio station, or part thereof, owned by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or a division, line of
business or comparable business segment of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof; provided that Asset Sales shall not include sales, leases,
conveyances, transfers or other dispositions to the Company or to a Restricted
Subsidiary or to any other person if after giving effect to such sale, lease,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition such other person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary.

         "Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (i) cash
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such
Asset Sale (including cash received as consideration for the assumption of
liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale),
after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from
such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all brokerage commissions, underwriting and
other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, (c) provision for minority
interest holders in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such
Asset Sale and (d) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such
Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary after
such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post
employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters
or against any indemnification obligations associated with the assets sold or
disposed of in such Asset Sale, and (ii) promissory notes and other noncash
consideration received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from
such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the liquidation or conversion of such
notes or noncash consideration into cash.

         "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
means, as at the time of determination, the greater of (i) the fair value of the
property subject to such arrangement (as determined by the board of directors of
the Company) and (ii) the present value (discounted at the interest rate
implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).

         "Available Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sales that have not been
applied in accordance with clauses (iii)(a) or (iii)(b), and that have not been
the basis for an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause (iii)(b) of the
first paragraph of "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset Sales".

         "Bank Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred in
accordance with the Indenture owing to one or more commercial banking
institutions that are members of the Federal Reserve System and (ii) any
guarantee by a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Company of the type set
forth in clause (i) of this definition.

                                      126
<PAGE>   135
         "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares
or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, partnership
interests or any other participation, right or other interest in the nature of
an equity interest in such person or any option, warrant or other security
convertible into any of the foregoing.0

         "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means Indebtedness represented by
obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such Indebtedness
shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance
with GAAP.

         "Certificate of Designation" means the Certificate of Designation
creating the Senior Preferred Stock, as in effect on the Issue Date.

         A "Change of Control" of the Company will be deemed to have occurred at
such time as (i) any person (including a person's Affiliates and associates),
other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined under
Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange
Act) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company's Common Stock,
(ii) prior to a Public Equity Offering, Permitted Holders shall cease to own
beneficially at least 40% of the total voting power of the Company's Common
Stock, (iii) any person (including a person's Affiliates and associates), other
than a Permitted Holder, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 30% of the
total voting power of the Company's Common Stock, and the Permitted Holders
beneficially own, in the aggregate, a lesser percentage of the total voting
power of the Common Stock of the Company than such other person and do not have
the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or
designate for election a majority of the board of directors of the Company, (iv)
there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which
the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which
the Common Stock of the Company would be converted into cash, securities or
other property, other than a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the
holders of the Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the
consolidation or merger hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the
Common Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such consolidation
or merger, or (v) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at
the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company
(together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors or
whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company has been
approved by 66 2/3% of the directors then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or recommendation
for election was previously so approved) cease to constitute a majority of the
board of directors of the Company.

         "Common Stock" of any person means all Capital Stock of such person
that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such
person or (ii) if such person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise
participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others
that will control the management and policies of such person.

         "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any person, for
any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP,
would be set forth opposite the caption "interest expense" or any like caption
on an income statement for such person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis (including, but not limited to, cash dividends paid on Preferred Stock,
imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
bankers' acceptance financing, the net costs associated with hedging
obligations, amortization of other financing fees and expenses, the interest
portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium,
if any, and all other non-cash interest expense (other than interest amortized
to cost of sales)) plus, without duplication, all net capitalized interest for
such period and all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of
Indebtedness (including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination
thereof) of any person, plus the amount of all dividends or distributions paid
on Disqualified Capital Stock (other than dividends paid or payable in shares of
Capital Stock of the Company).

                                      127
<PAGE>   136
         "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person, for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however, that (a) the Net Income of any person (the "other person") in
which the person in question or any of its Subsidiaries has less than a 100%
interest (which interest does not cause the net income of such other person to
be consolidated into the net income of the person in question in accordance with
GAAP) shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid to the person in question or the Subsidiary, (b) the Net
Income of any Subsidiary of the person in question that is subject to any
restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of other
distributions (other than pursuant to the Exchange Debentures or the Exchange
Indenture) shall be excluded to the extent of such restriction or limitation,
(c) (i) the Net Income of any person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition and (ii) any
net gain (but not loss) resulting from an Asset Sale by the person in question
or any of its Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall
be excluded, and (d) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded.

         "Credit Facility" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed the greater of (a) $10,000,000 or (b) 75% of the net book value of
the Company's accounts receivable.

         "Designated Senior Debt" means any Indebtedness constituting Senior
Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of
at least $10,000,000 (or accredit value in the case of Indebtedness issued at a
discount) and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such
Senior Debt as "Designated Senior Debt" by the Company.

         "Disqualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary thereof which, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the
option of the holder), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or
prior to the maturity date of the Exchange Debentures, for cash or securities
constituting Indebtedness. Without limitation of the foregoing, Disqualified
Capital Stock shall be deemed to include (i) any Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Preferred Stock of the Company, with
respect to either of which, under the terms of such Preferred Stock, by
agreement or otherwise, such Restricted Subsidiary or the Company is obligated
to pay current dividends or distributions in cash during the period prior to
March 15, 2005; provided, however, that Preferred Stock of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is issued with the benefit of provisions
requiring a change of control offer to be made for such Preferred Stock in the
event of a change of control of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, which
provisions have substantially the same effect as the provisions of the Exchange
Indenture described under "Change of Control," shall not be deemed to be
Disqualified Capital Stock solely by virtue of such provisions; and provided,
further, that the Senior Preferred Stock shall be deemed not to be Disqualified
Capital Stock.

         "EBITDA" means, for any person, for any period, an amount equal to (a)
the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the provision
for taxes for such period based on income or profits to the extent such income
or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income and any provision
for taxes utilized in computing net loss under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such Period (but only including Redeemable
Dividends in the calculation of such Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent
that such Redeemable Dividends have not been excluded in the calculation of
Consolidated Net Income), plus (iv) depreciation for such period on a
consolidated basis, plus (v) amortization of intangibles for such period on a
consolidated basis, plus (vi) any other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net
Income for such period, minus (b) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net
Income for such period, all for such person and its Subsidiaries determined in
accordance with GAAP, except that with respect to the Company each of the
foregoing items shall be determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, provided, however, that, for
purposes of calculating EBITDA during any fiscal quarter, cash income from a
particular

                                      128
<PAGE>   137
Investment of such person shall be included only (x) if cash income has been
received by such person with respect to such Investment during each of the
previous four fiscal quarters, or (y) if the cash income derived from such
Investment is attributable to Temporary Cash Investments.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in
         effect on the Issue Date.

                  "Guarantee" means a guarantee of the Notes.

         "incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of
any person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or
other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of
any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such person
(and "incurrence," "incurred," "incurable," and "incurring" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in GAAP that results in an
obligation of such person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall
not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness.

         "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any person,
any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or
otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the
lender is to the whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion
thereof), or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (excluding, without limitation, any balances that constitute accounts
payable or trade payables, and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary
course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance
with GAAP, and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included (i) any
Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) obligations secured by a lien to which the
property or assets owned or held by such person is subject, whether or not the
obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed, (iii)
guarantees of items of other persons which would be included within this
definition for such other persons (whether or not such items would appear upon
the balance sheet of the guarantor), (iv) all obligations for the reimbursement
of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
transaction, (v) in the case of the Company, Disqualified Capital Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and (vi) obligations of any such
person under any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to any of the foregoing (if
and to the extent such Interest Rate Agreement obligations would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP).
The amount of Indebtedness of any person at any date shall be the outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and,
with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (i) that
the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount, including the Old Notes, is the principal amount of such
Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue
discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP
and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state,
local or other taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of the foregoing
definition, any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods or materials or
for services obtained in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to
be "Indebtedness" of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of
this definition. Furthermore, guarantees of (or obligations with respect to
letters of credit supporting) Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such amount shall not also be included.

         "Infinity Note" means the $3,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness issued by the Company to Infinity Holding Corp. of Orlando on the
Issue Date.

                                      129
<PAGE>   138
         "Interest Rate Agreement" means, for any person, any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other
similar agreement designed to protect the party indicated therein against
fluctuations in interest rates.

         "Investments" means, directly or indirectly, any advance, account
receivable (other than an account receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business), loan or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of property to
others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others or
otherwise), the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or
joint venture interests or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or
otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or
other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any person or the making of any
investment in any person. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit
on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

         "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Senior
Preferred Stock.

         "Lien" means with respect to any property or asset of any person, any
mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement, encumbrance, preference,
priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including
without limitation, any Capitalized Lease Obligation, conditional sales, or
other title retention, agreement having substantially the same economic effect
as any of the foregoing).

         "Net Income" means, with respect to any person for any period, the net
income (loss) of such person determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Net Proceeds" means (a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate net proceeds
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, after payment of
expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith, whether
such proceeds are in cash or in property (valued at the fair market value
thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company,
at the time of receipt) and (b) in the case of any exchange, exercise,
conversion or surrender of outstanding securities of any kind for or into shares
of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is
not Disqualified Capital Stock, the net book value of such outstanding
securities on the date of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus
any additional amount required to be paid by the holder to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary upon such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender,
less any and all payments made to the holders, e.g., on account of fractional
shares and less all expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith).
For the avoidance of doubt, the issuance of Senior Preferred Stock as payment of
dividends on Senior Preferred Stock shall be deemed to result in no Net Proceeds
received by the Company from any such issuance.

         "Non-Payment Event of Default" means any event (other than a Payment
Default) the occurrence of which entitles one or more persons to accelerate the
maturity of any Designated Senior Debt.

         "Notes" means the $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11% Senior
Notes issued by the Company on the Issue Date.

         "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities
payable under the documentation governing, or otherwise relating to, any
Indebtedness.

         "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any person, a
certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or
any Vice President and the Treasurer or any assistant Treasurer of such person

                                      130
<PAGE>   139
that shall comply with applicable provisions of the Certificate of Designation
or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be.

         "Old Notes" means the $107,059,000 aggregate principal amount of 12
1/2% Senior Notes due 2002 of the Company.

         "Old Warrants" means Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement
dated as of June 29, 1994 between the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent.

         "Payment Default" means any default, whether or not any requirement for
the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or any other condition to such
default becoming an event of default has occurred, in the payment of principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on or any other amount payable in connection
with Designated Senior Debt.

         "Permitted Holders" means (i) Raul Alarcon Jr., (ii) the heirs,
executors, administrators testamentary, trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of
the person described in (i) and (iii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which
include only persons described in (i) and (ii) and their respective spouses and
lineal descendants.

         "Permitted Indebtedness" means:

                  (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         arising under or in connection with the Credit Facility;

                  (ii) Indebtedness under the Notes and the Guarantees;

                  (iii) Indebtedness not covered by any other clause of this
         definition which is outstanding on the Issue Date (including the Old
         Notes and guarantees thereof and the Infinity Note);

                  (iv) Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary
         and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another
         Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (v) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease
         Obligations incurred to acquire property in the ordinary course of
         business which Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations do not in
         the aggregate exceed 5% of the Company's consolidated total assets;

                  (vi)  Refinancing Indebtedness;

                  (vii) Indebtedness represented by any guarantee by a Guarantor
         or Debenture Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company permitted to be
         incurred under the Indenture;

                  (viii) other Indebtedness of the Company not to exceed
         $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding; and

                  (ix) Indebtedness under the Exchange Debentures and the
         Debenture Guarantees.

                  "Permitted Investments" means, for any person, Investments
         made on or after the Issue Date consisting of

                  (i) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted Subsidiary
         thereof, in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

                                      131
<PAGE>   140
                  (ii) Temporary Cash Investments;

                  (iii) Investments by the Company, or by a Restricted
         Subsidiary thereof, in a person, if as a result of such Investment (a)
         such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) such
         person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
         transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
         liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

                  (iv) an Investment that is made by the Company or a Restricted
         Subsidiary thereof in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures,
         partnership or joint venture interests or other securities that are
         issued by a third party to the Company or Restricted Subsidiary solely
         as partial consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is
         otherwise permitted under the covenant described under "Limitation on
         Sale of Assets";

                  (v) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted
         Subsidiaries in any other person pursuant to the terms of a "local
         marketing agreement" or similar arrangement relating to a radio station
         owned or licensed by such person; and

                  (vi) other Investments not to exceed $3,000,000 at any one
         time outstanding.

         "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens on property or assets of, or any
shares of stock of or secured debt of, any corporation existing at the time such
corporation becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such
corporation is merged into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such corporation becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or merging into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii)
Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not
extend to or cover any Property, shares or debt other than the Property, shares
or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended, (iii)
Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) Liens
securing industrial revenue bonds, (v) Liens to secure Purchase Money
Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Exchange Indenture, provided
that (a) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing
Indebtedness representing, or incurred to finance, refinance or refund, the cost
(including sales and excise taxes, installation and delivery charges and other
direct costs of, and other direct expenses paid or charged in connection with,
such purchase or construction) of such Property, (b) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness secured by such Lien, does not exceed 100% of such costs, and (c)
such Lien does not extend to or cover any Property other than such item of
Property and any improvements on such item, (vi) Liens on Capital Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries and accounts receivable, the proceeds thereof and
related records to secure the Credit Facility, (vii) statutory liens or
landlords', carriers', warehouseman's, mechanics', suppliers', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business,
which do not secure any Indebtedness and with respect to amounts not yet
delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if a
reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, (viii) Liens securing Bank
Indebtedness, (ix) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business which obligations do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at
any one time outstanding, (x) Liens securing Acquisition Indebtedness, provided
that such Liens do not extend to or cover any Property other than the Property
acquired with the proceeds of such Acquisition Indebtedness and any improvements
thereto, (xi) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the
foregoing, and (xii) Liens on Property or assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries acquired after the Issue Date.

         "Preferred Stock" means any Capital Stock of a person, however
designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to
dividends, distributions or liquidation proceeds of such person over the holders
of other Capital Stock issued by such person.

                                      132
<PAGE>   141
         "Property" of any person means all types of real, personal, tangible,
intangible or mixed property owned by such person whether or not included in the
most recent consolidated balance sheet of such person and its Subsidiaries under
GAAP.

         "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness incurred in the
ordinary course of business by a person to finance the cost (including the cost
of construction) of an item of property, the principal amount of which
Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) 100% of such cost and (ii)
reasonable fees and expenses of such person incurred in connection therewith.

         "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend or distribution with
regard to Disqualified Capital Stock, the quotient of the dividend or
distribution divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory
federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then
applicable to the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.

         "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances
or extends any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date or
other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness") pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Designation or the
Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, but only to the extent that (i) the
Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Exchange Debentures to at least
the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, if
at all, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature either (a) no
earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, or (b)
after the maturity date of the Exchange Debentures, (iii) the portion, if any,
of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the
maturity date of the Exchange Debentures has a weighted average life to maturity
at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or
greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the portion of the
Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended that is scheduled to mature
on or prior to the maturity date of the Exchange Debentures, (iv) such
Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or
less than the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under
the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, (b) the amount of
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of
preexisting prepayment provisions on such Indebtedness being refunded,
refinanced or extended and (c) the amount of customary fees, expenses and costs
related to the incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness, and (v) such
Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred by the same person that initially incurred
the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, except that the Company
may incur Refinancing Indebtedness to refund, refinance or extend Indebtedness
of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company.

         "Restricted Payment" means any of the following: (i) the declaration or
payment of any dividend or any other distribution or payment on Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any payment made to
the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than (x)
dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), and (y) in the case of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, dividends or distributions payable to
the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), (ii) the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital
Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (i)
Senior Preferred Stock and (ii) Capital Stock owned by the Company), (iii) the
making of any principal payment on, or the purchase, defeasance, repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to any scheduled
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, of any
Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange
Debentures or a Debenture Guarantee (other than any such subordinated
Indebtedness acquired in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled sinking fund
obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one
year of the date of acquisition), (iv) the making of any Investment or guarantee
of any Investment in any person other than a Permitted Investment, (v) any
designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and

                                      133
<PAGE>   142
(vi) forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate of the Company to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of the Company
existing as of the Issue Date. The board of directors of the Company may
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any person that is to become a
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such
action (and treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the
time of such action), the Company could have incurred at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the
"Limitation on Additional Indebtedness" covenant.

         "Sale and Lease-Back Transaction" means any arrangement with any person
providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is
to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such
person in contemplation of such leasing.

         "Senior Debt" of any person means, the principal of and premium, if
any, and interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing or that
would have accrued but for the filing of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other
insolvency proceeding whether or not such interest constitutes an allowed claim
in such proceeding) on, and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement
obligations, indemnities and other amounts due pursuant to their terms of all
agreements, documents and instruments providing for, creating, securing or
evidencing or otherwise entered into in connection with (a) all obligations of
such person with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, (b) all obligations of
such person to reimburse any bank or other person in respect of amounts paid
under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments, (c) all other
Indebtedness of such person which does not provide that it is to rank pari passu
with or subordinate to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee of
such person, as the case may be, and (d) all deferrals, renewals, extensions and
refundings of, and amendments, modifications and supplements to, any of the
Senior Debt described above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to any
of its Subsidiaries, (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Debentures,
(iii) any Indebtedness which by the express terms of the agreement or instrument
creating, evidencing or governing the same is junior or subordinate in right of
payment to any item of Senior Debt, (iv) any trade payable arising from the
purchase of goods or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course
of business or (v) Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Exchange Indenture.

         "Senior Preferred Stock" means the 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock of the Company.

         "Subsidiary" of any specified person means any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association or other business entity, whether now
existing or hereafter organized or acquired, (i) in the case of a corporation,
of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors, officers or trustees thereof is held by such first-named person or
any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) in the case of a partnership, joint venture,
association or other business entity, with respect to which such first-named
person or any of its Subsidiaries has the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of such entity by contract or otherwise or if in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such entity is
consolidated with the first-named person for financial statement purposes.

         "Temporary Cash Investments" means (i) Investments in marketable,
direct obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America, or of
any governmental agency or political subdivision thereof, maturing within 365
days of the date of purchase; (ii) Investments in certificates of deposit issued
by a bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia, in each case having capital, surplus and
undivided profits totaling more than $500,000,000 and rated at least A by
Standard & Poor's Corporation and A-2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
maturing within 365 days of purchase; or

                                      134
<PAGE>   143
(iii) Investments not exceeding 365 days in duration in money market funds that
invest substantially all of such funds' assets in the Investments described in
the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary of the Company which is classified after the
Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by a resolution adopted by the board of
directors of the Company; provided that a Subsidiary organized or acquired after
the Issue Date may be so classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if such
classification is in compliance with the covenant set forth under "Limitation on
Restricted Payments." The Debenture Trustee shall be given prompt notice by the
Company of each resolution adopted by the board of directors of the Company
under this provision, together with a copy of each such resolution adopted.

         "Warrants" means the Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement
dated as of March 15, 1997 between the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Warrant Agent.

         "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary
which is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

         "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company, all of
the outstanding voting securities (other than directors' qualifying shares) of
which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

COMMON STOCK REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company agreed to use its best efforts to file with the Commission a
registration statement on the appropriate form with respect to the shares of
Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions set forth under "Description of
the Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures--Senior Preferred Stock--Sale
of AM Stations" "--Future Equity Infusion" and "--Voting" and "Description of
Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures--Exchange Debentures--Sale of AM
Stations" (such shares, the "Contingent Class A Shares") within 45 days after
the Issue Date and cause such registration statement to become effective within
120 days after the Issue Date and, if any Contingent Class A Shares are issued
prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement, the resale of such
Contingent Class A Shares by the holders thereof. The Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part is intended to satisfy such registration
requirements. The Company has agreed to keep the registration statement relating
to the Contingent Class A Shares continuously effective so long as any shares of
Senior Preferred Stock remain outstanding.

         If Contingent Class A Shares are issued prior to the effectiveness of
the registration statement, the holders thereof will be required to deliver the
prospectus contained therein in connection with resales of such Contingent Class
A Shares. A holder of Contingent Class A Shares which delivers such prospectus
to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the
civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the
provisions of the Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement (including
certain indemnification rights and obligations).

                                      135
<PAGE>   144
                          BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

         The Series A Securities were issued as single, permanent global
certificates in definitive, fully registered form (the "Series A Global
Securities"). Except for Series B Securities issued to Non-Global Purchasers (as
defined below), the Series B Securities will initially be issued in the form of
one or more global certificates (collectively, the "Series B Global
Certificates"). The Series A Global Securities were deposited on the date of the
closing of the Offerings, and the Series B Global Certificates will be deposited
on the date of closing of the Exchange Offer with, or on behalf of, the
Depository and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.

         Securities (i) originally purchased by or transferred to foreign
purchasers or Accredited Investors who are not QIBs or (ii) held by QIBs who
elect to take physical delivery of their certificates instead of holding their
interest through Global Securities (and which are thus ineligible to trade
through DTC) (collectively referred to herein as the "Non-Global Purchasers")
will be issued in registered certificated form ("Certificated Securities"). Upon
the transfer to a QIB of any Certificated Security initially issued to a
Non-Global Purchaser, such Certificated Security will, unless the transferee
requests otherwise or such Global Security has previously been exchanged in
whole for Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in such Global
Security. "Global Securities" means the Series A Global Securities or the Series
B Global Securities, as the case may be.

THE GLOBAL SECURITIES

         The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i)
upon the issuance of the Global Securities, DTC or its custodian will credit, on
its internal system, the principal amount of Notes, shares of Senior Preferred
Stock or number of Warrants, as the case may be, of the individual beneficial
interest represented by such Global Security to the respective accounts for
persons who have accounts with DTC and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in
the Global Securities will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will
be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect
to interests of persons who have accounts with DTC ("Participants")) and the
records of Participants (with respect to interests of persons other than
Participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the
Initial Purchaser and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Securities
will be limited to Participants or persons who hold interests through
Participants. QIBs hold their interests in the Global Securities directly
through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly through
organizations which are Participants in such system.

         So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of any
of the Global Securities, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be
considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes, and Preferred Stock
represented by the applicable Global Security for all purposes under the
Indenture or Certificate of Designation, as the case may be. No beneficial owner
of an interest in the Global Securities will be able to transfer that interest
except in accordance with DTC's procedures, in addition to those provided for
under the Indenture or Certificate of Designation, as the case may be.

         Payments on the Global Securities will be made to DTC or its nominee,
as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the Company, the
Trustee or the Transfer Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any
aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

         The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any
payment in respect of a Global Security, will credit Participants' accounts with
payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in
the applicable Global Security as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee.
The Company also expects that payments by Participants to owners of beneficial
interests in Global Securities held through such Participants will be governed
by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with
securities

                                      136
<PAGE>   145
held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such
customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such Participants.

         Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary
way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in clearinghouse funds. If
a holder requires physical delivery of a Certificated Security for any reason,
including to sell such Security to persons in states which required physical
delivery of Certificated Securities, or to pledge such securities, such holder
must transfer its interest in the applicable Global Security in accordance with
the normal procedures of DTC.

         DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to
be taken by a holder of Securities (including the presentation of Notes and
Senior Preferred Stock for exchange as described below) only at the direction of
one or more Participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global
Securities are credited and only respect of such portion of the Securities as to
which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the Indenture, DTC will exchange
the Global Securities representing Notes for Certificated Securities, which it
will distribute to its Participants.

         DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal
Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform
Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of
Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its
Participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between Participants through electronic book entry changes in
accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations.
Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Securities among Participants of
DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures
may be discontinued at any time. None of the Company, the Initial Purchaser or
any other person will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its
Participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the
rules and procedures governing their operations.

CERTIFICATED SECURITIES

         If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary
for the Global Securities and a successor depositary is not appointed by the
Company within 90 days, Certificated Securities will be issued in exchange for
the Global Securities.

                                      137
<PAGE>   146
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The following summary of the capital stock of the Company does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed provisions of the Company's Charter the Company's by-laws.

         The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 5,000,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 200,000 shares of Class B Common Stock,
$.01 par value, 500,000 shares of preferred stock and 413,930 shares of Senior
Preferred Stock.

COMMON STOCK

         All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable. The rights of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock are identical except for voting rights and conversion
provisions.

         Voting Rights. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share on all matters that are submitted to holders of Common Stock for a
vote. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to eight votes per share on
all matters submitted to holders of Common Stock for a vote.

         Under Delaware law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares of any class of Common Stock which is entitled to vote
is required to approve any amendment to the Restated and Amended Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company which would increase or decrease the aggregate
number of authorized shares of any class, increase or decrease the par value of
the shares of any class, or modify or change the powers, preferences or special
rights of the shares of any class so as to affect such class adversely.

         Other Provisions. Subject to the rights of any Preferred Stock, the
holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may
be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors in its discretion from
funds legally available therefor, and upon liquidation or dissolution are
entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to the stockholders.
The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights, and
there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares.

PREFERRED STOCK

         The only outstanding preferred stock will be the Senior Preferred
Stock. See "Description of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures."

SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE LAW

         Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a
publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination"
with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of
the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
(i) prior to the date of the business combination, the transaction is approved
by the board of directors of the corporation; (ii) upon consummation of the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding
voting stock; or (iii) on or after such date the business combination is
approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of at least 66
2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested
stockholder. A "business combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other
transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock.

                                      138
<PAGE>   147
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

         The Company has included in its Charter and Bylaws provisions to: (i)
eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages resulting
from breaches of their fiduciary duty (provided that such provisions do not
eliminate liability for breaches of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, violations under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit); and (ii) indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, including
circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. The Company
believes that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified
persons as directors and officers.

         In addition, the Company has obtained liability insurance for cash
director and officer for certain losses arising from claims or charges made
against them while acting in their capacities as directors or officers of the
Company.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been
informed that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

WARRANTS

         The Warrants were issued under a Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant
Agreement") dated March 24, 1997 between the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent"). The following summary of
certain provisions of the Warrant Agreement does not purport to be complete and
is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the
provisions of the Warrants and the Warrant Agreement, including the definitions
therein of certain terms.

         Each Warrant will entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to and
upon compliance with the provisions thereof and of the Warrant Agreement, at
such holder's option, prior to 5:00 P.M., New York city time, on June 30, 1999
Warrant (the "Expiration Date"), to purchase at a price of $.01 per Warrant (the
"Exercise Price") from the Company 0.428 shares of Class A Common Stock (or such
other number as may result from adjustments as provided in the Warrant
Agreement). The number of shares of Class A Common stock for which a Warrant may
be exercised is subject to adjustment as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

         Warrants may be exercised on or after the Exercisability Date, and
before the Warrant Expiration Date, by surrendering the Warrant Certificate
evidencing such Warrants with the form of election to purchase shares set forth
on the reverse side thereof duly completed and executed by the holder thereof
and paying in full the Exercise Price for such Warrants at the office or agency
designated for such purpose, which will initially be the corporate trust office
of the Warrant Agent in New York, New York. Each Warrant may only be exercised
in whole and the Exercise Price may be paid only in cash or by certified or
official bank check. "Exercisability Date" is defined in the Warrant Agreement
as the date of occurrence of both an Exercise Event (as defined below) and the
Separability Date (as defined below). "Exercise Event" is defined in the Warrant
Agreement as the date of the earliest of: (1) a Change of Control (as defined in
the Warrant Agreement), (2) seven days prior to consummation of a Public Equity
Offering (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), (3) the date on which any class
of equity securities of the Company is listed on a national securities exchange
or authorized for quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. Automated Quotation System, or (4) June 29, 1998. "Separability Date" is
defined in the Warrant Agreement to mean June 1, 1997 or such earlier date as
may be determined by the Initial Purchaser, such date to be confirmed by written
notice from the Company to the Warrant Agent; provided that if such date is not
a business day, the Separability Date shall be the next succeeding business day.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that, if in the opinion of counsel to
the Company approval of the FCC is required before the Company may issue shares
upon the exercise of any Warrant, the Company may defer the issuance of such
Warrant Shares until such time as approval of the FCC is obtained or is no
longer required. The Company has agreed to promptly commence any proceeding
before the FCC required to permit the exercise of the outstanding Warrants and
to use its best efforts to obtain any order of the FCC or similar approval
necessary

                                      139
<PAGE>   148
to permit such exercise and maintain such approval in full force and effect. In
the event that at the Warrant Expiration Date, the exercise of Warrants has been
suspended such that the Warrants have not been exercised for a period of one
full year, the Warrant Expiration Date shall be extended to such date as is
necessary so that the Warrants will have been exercisable for one full year
prior to the Warrant Expiration Date. See "Risk Factors-- Risks Related to
Government Regulation; Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock."

         The Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants may be surrendered for
exercise or exchange, and the transfer of Warrant Certificates will be
registrable, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose,
which initially will be the corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent in New
York, New York. The Warrant Certificates will be issued only in fully registered
form. No service charge will be made for any exercise, exchange or registration
of transfer of Warrant Certificates, but the Company may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in
connection therewith.

         Holders of Warrants will not be entitled, by virtue of being such
holders, to receive dividends, vote, receive notice of any meetings of
stockholders or otherwise have any right of stockholders of the Company.

         The number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
a Warrant (the "Exercise Rate") is subject to adjustment from time to time upon
the occurrence of certain events, including (a) dividends or distributions on
Common Stock of the Company payable in the Common Stock of the Company or
certain other Capital Stock of the Company; (b) subdivisions, combinations or
certain reclassifications of the Common Stock of the Company; (c) distributions
to all holders of Common Stock of the Company of rights, warrants or options to
purchase Common Stock of the Company at a price per share less than the Current
Market Value (as defined below) at the Time of Determination (as defined in the
Warrant Agreement); (d) sales by the Company of Common Stock of the Company or
of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock
of the Company (other than pursuant to (1) the exercise of the Warrants or the
Old Warrants, (2) any options, warrants or rights outstanding as of the date of
the Warrant Agreement, (3) without limiting any options, warrants or rights
outstanding pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (2), any directors'
plans and employee stock option or purchase plans to the extent that the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the Common Stock of the
Company) distributed under all such directors' plans and employee stock option
and purchase plans does not exceed 25,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
at any time, and (4) any security convertible into, or exchangeable or
exercisable for, the Company's Common Stock as to which the issuance thereof has
previously been the subject of any required adjustment pursuant to the Warrant
Agreement and exercisable securities of the Company for which the applicable
adjustment has already been made) at a price per share less than the Current
Market Value at the Time of Determination, and (e) distributions to stockholders
of assets, debt securities or certain rights, warrants or options to purchase
securities of the Company (excluding the Distribution and cash dividends or
other cash distributions from current or retained earnings other than any
extraordinary cash dividend). The Warrant Agreement permits the Company
voluntarily to increase the Exercise Rate from time to time for a period of time
not less than 20 business days.

         "Current Market Value" per share of Common Stock of the Company or any
other security at any date means (1) if the security is not registered under the
Exchange Act, (i) the value of the security determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company and certified in a board resolution, based on
the most recently completed arm's-length transaction between the Company and a
person other than an affiliate of the Company and the closing of which occurs on
such date or shall have occurred within the six months preceding such date, (ii)
if no such transaction shall have occurred on such date or within such six-month
period, the value of the security most recently determined as of a date within
the six months preceding such date by an independent financial expert or (iii)
if neither clause (i) nor (ii) is applicable, the value of the security
determined as of such date by an independent financial expert, or (2) if the
security is registered under the Exchange Act, the average of the daily closing
bid prices for each business day during the period commencing 15 business days
before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such date or, if the
security has been registered under the Exchange Act for

                                      140
<PAGE>   149
less than 15 consecutive business days before such date, then the average of the
daily closing bid prices for all of the business days before such date for which
daily closing bid prices are available. If the closing bid price is not
determinable for at least 10 business days in such period, the Current Market
Value of the security shall be determined as if the security were not registered
under the Exchange Act.

         If the Company is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share
exchange, or certain transfers of all or substantially all of its assets occur,
the right to exercise a Warrant for Class A Common Stock of the Company may be
changed by the Company into a right to receive securities, cash or other assets
of the Company or another person.

         In the event of a taxable distribution to holders of Common Stock of
the Company which results in an adjustment to the number of shares of Common
Stock or other consideration for which a Warrant may be exercised, the holders
of the Warrants may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received a
distribution subject to United States Federal income tax as a dividend.

         The Warrant Agreement permits, with certain exceptions, the amendment
thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and
the rights of the holders of Warrant Certificates under the Warrant Agreement at
any time by the Company and the Warrant Agent with the consent of the holders of
Warrant Certificates representing a majority in number of the then outstanding
Warrants.

REGISTRATION AND TAKE-ALONG RIGHTS

         The Company, the Management Stockholders (as defined below) and the
Initial Purchaser entered into a Registration Rights and Stockholders' Agreement
dated March 15, 1997 (the "Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement") with
respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock (and other securities, if any)
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants ("Registrable Securities"). The Common
Stock Registration Rights Agreement provides that the Initial Purchaser and
persons to whom Registrable Securities are transferred (collectively, "Holders")
will have the registration rights and other rights and obligations with respect
to the Registrable Securities described below.

         Registration Rights. Holders of Registrable Securities will have the
demand registration rights described in this paragraph only following the
occurrence of an Exercise Event. After the occurrence of an Exercise Event, the
Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Warrants and Registrable Securities
will be entitled to require the Company to effect up to two registrations under
the Securities Act of Registrable Securities (each a "Demand Registration"),
subject to certain limitations. Upon a demand, the Company will prepare, file
and cause to be effective within 180 days of such demand a registration
statement in respect of all of the Registrable Securities; provided that in lieu
of filing such registration statement the Company may make an offer to
repurchase all of the Warrants and Registrable Securities at a price per share
equal to the fair market value per share of Class A Common Stock (without any
discount for lack of liquidity, the amount of Class A Common Stock proposed to
be sold or the fact that the Warrants and shares of Class A Common Stock held by
the Holders may represent a minority interest in a private company) determined
by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company.

         Holders of Registrable Securities will also have the right to include
such Registrable Securities in any registration statement under the Securities
Act filed by the Company for its own account or for the account of any of its
securityholders (other than (i) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8,
(ii) a registration statement filed in connection with an offer of securities
solely to existing securityholders or (iii) a demand registration with respect
to the Old Warrants) for sale on the same terms and conditions as the securities
of the Company or any other selling securityholder included therein (a
"Piggy-Back Registration") in the case of a Piggy-Back Registration, the number
of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein is subject to
reduction to the extent that the

                                      141
<PAGE>   150
Company is advised by the managing underwriter therefor that the total number of
shares proposed to be included therein is such as to materially and adversely
affect the success of the offering.

         The Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement will include customary
covenants on the part of the Company and will provide that the Company will
indemnify the Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration
statement and any underwriter with respect thereto against certain liabilities.

         Take-Along Rights. In the event of any proposed transfer, sale or other
disposition (collectively, a "Transfer") of Common Stock by any of the Existing
Stockholders in any transaction, or a series of related transactions involving
shares of Common Stock aggregating at least 15% of the shares of Common Stock
then owned by the Existing Stockholders to a person (such other person being
hereinafter referred to as the "proposed purchaser"), other than pursuant to an
Exempt Transfer (as defined below), each of the Holders and the holders of
Contingent Class A Shares shall have the right to require the proposed purchaser
to purchase from each of them up to a percentage of the number of Warrants,
Registrable Securities and Contingent Class A Shares owned by such Holder or
holder of Contingent Class A Shares equaling the percentage derived by dividing
the total number of shares of Common Stock the Existing Stockholder proposes to
transfer by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any
Warrants, Registrable Securities and Contingent Class A Shares purchased from
the Holders pursuant to such provision shall be paid for at the same price per
security and upon the same terms and conditions of such proposed transfer by
such Existing Stockholder; provided that the price per Warrant to be paid by the
proposed purchaser shall equal the product of (i) the price proposed to be paid
per share of Common Stock and (ii) the fractional interest in a share of Class A
Common Stock for which such Warrant is exercisable, less the exercise price of
such Warrant. The Company shall notify, or cause to be notified, each Holder and
holder of Contingent Class A Shares in writing of each such proposed transfer at
least 20 days prior to the date thereof. Such notice shall set forth (i) the
name of the proposed purchaser and the number of shares of Common Stock proposed
to be transferred, (ii) the name and address of the proposed purchaser, (iii)
the proposed amount of consideration and terms and conditions of payment offered
by such proposed purchaser (if the proposed consideration is not cash, the
notice shall describe the terms of the proposed consideration) and (iv) that
either the proposed purchaser has been informed of the "take-along right" and
has agreed to purchase Warrants, Registrable Securities and Contingent Class A
Shares in accordance with the terms hereof or that the selling Existing
Stockholder will make such purchase.

         The take-along right may be exercised by any Holder or holder of
Contingent Class A Shares by delivery of a written notice to the Company (the
"Take-Along Notice"), within 10 days following their receipt of the notice
specified in the preceding paragraph. The Take-Along Notice shall state the
amount of Warrants, Registrable Securities and Contingent Class A Shares that
such Holder or holder of Contingent Class A Shares proposes to include in such
transfer to the proposed purchaser determined as aforesaid. Failure to provide a
Take-Along Notice within the 10-day notice period shall be deemed to constitute
an election by such holder not to exercise its take-along rights.

         In the event that the proposed purchaser does not purchase Warrants,
Registrable Securities and Contingent Class A Shares from the Holders and
holders of Contingent Class A Shares on the same terms and conditions as
purchased from the Existing Stockholder, then the Existing Stockholder making
such Transfer shall purchase such Warrants, Registrable Securities and
Contingent Class A Shares if the Transfer occurs.

         Take-along rights shall terminate upon the effectiveness of any
registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to shares of
Common Stock in an initial public offering or subsequent public offering if,
after giving effect to such offering, at least 20% of the Company's Common Stock
on a fully-diluted basis would be held by persons unaffiliated with the Company
and without restriction on transfer under the Securities Act.

                                      142
<PAGE>   151
         As used herein, the term "Exempt Transfer" shall mean a transfer by a
Existing Stockholder to another Existing Stockholder.

         As used herein, the term "Existing Stockholders" shall mean (i) Mr.
Raul Alarcon, Jr., Mr. Pablo Alarcon Sr. and Mr. Jose Grimalt, (ii) any employee
benefit plan of the Company or any participants therein, (iii) the heirs,
executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of
any person described in (i) or (ii), and (iv) a trust the beneficiaries of which
include any persons described in (i) and their respective spouses and lineal
descendants.

OLD WARRANTS

         As part of the private offering of the Old Notes in June 1994, the
Company also sold Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Old
Warrants"). Each Old Warrant may be exercised at a price of $.01 per share at
any time after the earliest to occur of: (i) a change in control of the Company;
(ii) seven days prior to the consummation of a public offering of equity
securities of the Company, unless FCC approval is required prior to the date the
Old Warrants may be exercised; (iii) the date on which any equity securities of
the Company are listed on a national securities exchange or authorized for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market; (iv) the making of any adjustment of
the exercise rate after which the Old Warrants may be exercised only for cash;
and (v) June 29, 1998, provided, however, that such dates may be extended by the
Company in order to comply with FCC rules and regulations. The Warrant Agreement
governing the Old Warrants contains antidilution provisions which entitle the
Warrantholders to receive their pro rata share of any stock splits or dividends
payable on any Class A Common Stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         The Company is a party to the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to
which holders of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
the Old Warrants have the registration rights and other rights and obligations
with respect to the Registrable Securities described below.

         Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of at least
25% of the outstanding Registrable Securities are entitled to require the
Company to effect up to two registrations under the Securities Act of such
Registrable Securities (each a "demand registration"), subject to certain
limitations. Upon a demand, the Company is required to prepare, file and cause
to be effective within 180 days of such demand a registration statement in
respect of all of the Registrable Securities; provided, that in lieu of filing
such registration statement, the Company may make an offer to repurchase all of
the Registrable Securities at a price per share equal to the fair market value
per share of Common Stock (without any discount for lack of liquidity, the
amount of Common Stock proposed to be sold or the fact that such shares of
Common Stock may represent a minority interest in a private company) determined
by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company.

         Holders of Registrable Securities also have the right to include
Registrable Securities in any registration statement under the Securities Act
filed by the Company for its own account or for the account of any of its
securityholders (other than (i) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8,
(ii) a registration statement filed in connection with an offer of securities
solely to existing securityholders or (iii) a demand registration) for sale on
the same terms and conditions as the securities of the Company or any other
selling securityholder included therein ("piggy-back registration"). In the case
of a piggy-back registration, the number of Registrable Securities requested to
be included therein is subject to reduction to the extent that the Company is
advised by the managing underwriter therefor that the total number of shares
proposed to be included therein is such as to materially and adversely affect
the success of the offering.

                                      143
<PAGE>   152
         The Registration Rights Agreement includes customary covenants on the
part of the Company including the Company's agreement to indemnify the holders
of Registrable Securities included in any registration statement and any
underwriter with respect thereto against certain liabilities.

ALIEN OWNERSHIP

         The Company's Charter restricts the ownership and voting of the
Company's capital stock, including its Common Stock, in accordance with the
Communications Act and the rules of the FCC to prohibit direct ownership of more
than 25% of the Company's outstanding capital stock (or beneficial ownership of
more than 25% of the Company's capital stock through others) by or for the
account of aliens, foreign governments, or non-U.S. corporations or corporations
otherwise subject to control by such persons or entities. The Company's Charter
also prohibits any transfer of the Company's capital stock which would cause the
Company to violate this prohibition. In addition, the Company's Charter
authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company to adopt such provisions as it
deems necessary to enforce these prohibitions. See "Business--Federal Regulation
of Broadcasting--Alien Ownership Restrictions."

                                      144
<PAGE>   153
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

                                     GENERAL

         The following discussion summarizes certain material United States
federal income tax considerations generally applicable to purchasers of the
Notes and the Senior Preferred Stock. The federal income tax considerations set
forth below are based upon currently existing provisions of the Code (the
"Code"), applicable permanent, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations
("Treasury Regulations"), judicial authority, and current administrative rulings
and pronouncements of the Service. There can be no assurance that the Service
will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from the Service has been, or will
be, sought on the issues discussed herein. Legislative, judicial, or
administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or
modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. Any such changes or
interpretations may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax
consequences discussed below. This discussion applies only to a person who is
(i) a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or
(iii) an estate or trust that is not a foreign estate or trust (a "U.S.
Holder").

         The summary is not a complete analysis or description of all potential
federal tax considerations that may be relevant to, or of the actual tax effect
that any of the matters described herein will have on, particular U.S. Holders,
and does not address foreign, state, local or other tax consequences. This
summary does not purport to address special classes of taxpayers (such as S
corporations, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small
business investment companies, foreign companies, nonresident alien individuals,
regulated investment companies, broker-dealers and tax-exempt organizations) who
are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, or persons
that hold Notes or the Senior Preferred Stock that are a hedge against, or that
are hedged against, currency risk or that are part of a straddle or conversion
transaction, or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.
Furthermore, estate and gift tax consequences are not discussed herein. No
opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS will be requested with respect to any
of the matters discussed herein.

         The discussion assumes that the Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock and
the Exchange Debentures that may be issued in redemption of the Senior Preferred
Stock will be held as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the
Code.

         BECAUSE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES MAY DIFFER, EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER
OF THE NOTES OR THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT HIS OR
HER OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO HIS OR HER PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION AND AS
TO ANY FEDERAL, FOREIGN, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS (INCLUDING ANY
POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAW) AFFECTING THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF
THE NOTES, THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK OR THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.

                                      145
<PAGE>   154
                                    THE NOTES

INTEREST AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

         Interest on the Notes will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary
interest income at the time such amounts are accrued or received, in accordance
with the U.S. Holder's method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.

         Original Issue Discount. There is a risk that the Notes will be treated
as having original issue discount ("OID"). In such case, a U.S. Holder
(including a cash basis holder) generally would be required to include the OID
on the Notes in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes under the accrual
method on a constant yield basis (or perhaps at the beginning of each interest
period) resulting in the inclusion of interest in income in advance of the
receipt of cash attributable to that income.

         In general, the amount of OID, if any, on a debt instrument is the
excess of its "stated redemption price at maturity" over its "issue price,"
subject to a statutorily defined de minimis exception. The "issue price" of a
debt instrument issued for cash is equal to the offering price to the public
(excluding sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations
acting in the capacity of an underwriter, placement agent or wholesaler) at
which price a substantial amount of such debt instruments was sold. According to
the Treasury Regulations, the issue price of the Notes does not change even if
part of the issue is subsequently sold at a different price. The "stated
redemption price at maturity" of a debt instrument is the sum of its principal
amount plus all other payments required thereunder, other than payments of
"qualified stated interest" (defined generally as stated interest that is
unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than the debt instruments
of the issuer), at least annually at a single fixed rate that appropriately
takes into account the length of intervals between payments).

         In general, the amount of OID that a holder of a debt instrument with
OID must include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes
will be the sum of the "daily portions" of OID with respect to such debt
instrument for each day during the taxable year or portion of a taxable year on
which such holder holds the debt instrument. The daily portion is determined
under a constant yield method by allocating to each day of an accrual period
(generally, a six month period) a pro rata portion of an amount equal to the
"adjusted issue price" of the debt instrument at the beginning of the accrual
period multiplied by the yield to maturity of the debt instrument. The yield to
maturity of a debt instrument is the discount rate that, when applied to all
payments due under the debt instrument produces a present value equal to the
issue price of the debt instrument. The "adjusted issue price" is the issue
price of the debt instrument increased by the accrued OID for all prior accrual
periods (and decreased by the amount of cash payments made in all prior accrual
periods, other than qualified stated interest payments).

         As described under "Description of the Notes--Interest", in the event
of a Registration Default, additional interest ("Additional Interest") shall
become payable with respect to the Notes. It is not expected that such a
Registration Default would materially affect the U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the ownership of Notes by U.S. Holders, except that U.S. Holders
using the cash method of tax accounting may be required to include such
Additional Interest in gross income on an economic accrual basis. Treasury
Regulations provide that in the case of a debt instrument such as a Note that
provides for an alternative payment schedule applicable upon the occurrence of
one or more contingencies, the yield and maturity of such debt instrument for
purposes of calculating the amount of OID, if any, are determined by assuming
that the payments will be made according to the stated payment schedule of the
debt instrument unless, based on all the facts and circumstances as of the
closing date, it is more likely than not that payments will not be made in
accordance with the stated payment schedule of the debt instrument. The Company
has determined that it is more likely than not that Additional Interest will not
be required to be paid. As a result, the Company will assume that no Additional
Interest will be paid. This determination by the Company is generally binding on
all U.S. Holders of Notes, unless a U.S. Holder explicitly discloses on a
statement attached to such Holder's timely filed United States federal income
tax return for the

                                      146
<PAGE>   155
taxable year that includes the acquisition date of the Note that its
determination of yield and maturity is different from that of the Company. The
yield to maturity of the Notes is 11 percent, based on the issue price and
computed on the basis of semiannual compounding. The above yield does not take
into account any Additional Interest. There can be no assurance that forthcoming
Treasury Regulations will not require that such amounts be included in computing
the yield to maturity. If Additional Interest does become payable, then solely
for purposes of the accrual of OID, if any, the yield and maturity of the Notes
will be redetermined by treating the Notes as reissued on the date on which a
Registration Default occurs for an amount equal to its adjusted issue price on
that date.

TAX BASIS OF NOTES

         A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the Notes will be equal to
purchase price paid by the U.S. Holder for the Notes. The tax basis of the Notes
in the hands of each U.S. Holder will be increased by the amount of OID, if any,
on such Note that is included in the U.S. Holder's gross income and will be
decreased by the amount of any cash payments received with respect to the debt
instrument (other than payments of qualified stated interest), whether such
payments are denominated as principal or interest.

ELECTION

         A U.S. Holder of Notes, subject to certain limitations, may elect to
include all interest and discount on the Notes in gross income under the
constant yield method. For this purpose, interest includes stated and unstated
interest, acquisition discount, OID, de minimis market discount and market
discount, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium.
Any such election, if made in respect of a market discount bond, will constitute
an election to include market discount in income currently on all market
discount bonds acquired by such U.S. Holder on or after the first day of the
first taxable year to which the election applies. See "Market Discount on Resale
of the Notes."

ACQUISITION PREMIUM

         If a U.S. Holder of a Note acquired such Note for an amount in excess
of its "adjusted issue price" but less than or equal to the sum of all amounts
payable on the Note after the date of such purchase, such Note will have an
acquisition premium to the extent of such excess. Notwithstanding the OID rules
described in "Original Issue Discount" above, the U.S. Holder of a Note with an
acquisition premium would be entitled to reduce the daily portion of OID
includible in income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the
adjusted tax basis of the Note immediately after its acquisition over the
adjusted issue price of the Note and the denominator of which is the excess of
the sum of all payments (other than payments of qualified state interest) after
the purchase date over such Note's adjusted issue price.

MARKET DISCOUNT ON RESALE OF THE NOTES

         The market discount provisions of sections 1276-1278 of the Code may
affect the resale of the Notes. If a U.S. Holder acquires a Note (generally
other than in an original issue) at a market discount that equals or exceeds
one-quarter percent of the stated redemption price at maturity times the number
of complete years to maturity of the Note at the time of acquisition and
thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition (or makes a gift) of the Note, the
lesser of (i) such gain (or appreciation, in the case of a gift) or (ii) the
portion of the market discount that accrued while the Note was held by such U.S.
Holder, will be treated as ordinary income at the time of the disposition. For
these purposes, market discount equals the excess of the stated redemption price
at maturity (or, if the Note is issued with OID, its "revised issued price" as
defined in the Code) over the basis of the Note in the hands of such U.S. Holder
immediately after its acquisition. A U.S. Holder of a Note may elect to include
any market discount in income currently as it accrues rather than upon
disposition of the Note. This election is revocable only with the consent of the
IRS and applies to all market discount bonds acquired by the U.S. Holder on or
after the first day of the taxable year in which the holder makes the election.
In addition, although market

                                      147
<PAGE>   156
discount generally accrues on a straight line basis over the term of the Note,
at the election of the U.S. Holder, it may accrue on a constant interest basis.
If this election is made, the holder is deemed to make the election to take
market discount into income as it accrues.

         A U.S. Holder of any Note who acquired it at a market discount may be
required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of any interest paid or
accrued on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the Note
until the market discount is recognizable upon a subsequent disposition of the
Note. Such a deferral is not required, however, if the U.S. Holder elects to
include accrued market discount in income currently.

AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM

         Generally, if the tax basis of an obligation held as a capital asset
exceeds the amount payable at maturity of the obligation, such excess will
constitute amortizable bond premium that the holder may elect to amortize under
the constant yield method over the period from his acquisition date to the
obligation's maturity date. A holder who elects to amortize bond premium must
reduce his tax basis in the related obligation by the amount of the aggregate
amortization allowable for amortizable bond premium. Amortizable bond premium
will be treated under the Code as an offset to interest income on the related
debt instrument for federal income tax purposes, subject to the promulgation of
Treasury Regulations altering such treatment.

DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES

         Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, the sale, exchange,
redemption (including pursuant to an offer by the Company) or other disposition
of a Note, will be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such
event, in general, a U.S. Holder of Notes will recognize gain or loss equal to
the difference between (i) the amount of cash plus the fair market value of
property received (except to the extent attributable to accrued interest on the
Notes) and (ii) the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the Notes (as increased by any
OID and market discount previously included in income by the U.S. Holder and
decreased by any amortizable bond premium, if any, deducted over the term of the
Notes). Subject to the market discount rules discussed above, any such gain or
loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss, provided the Notes have
been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject
to limitations. At the time of sale, exchange, disposition, retirement or
redemption, a U.S. Holder of the Notes must also include in income any
previously accrued but unrecognized OID.

                           THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

TAX BASIS OF PREFERRED STOCK

         The purchase price of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock with the
Warrants was treated as the purchase of an investment unit for Federal income
tax purposes. In order to determine the issue price for each security, the
aggregate issue price of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock and Warrants was
allocated between each of the securities based on their relative fair market
value on the date of issuance. A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the Series B
Senior Preferred Stock should be equal to the portion of purchase price paid by
the U.S. Holder for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock (adjusted to take into
account any constructive distributions on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Code) immediately before the exchange.

DISPOSITION OF THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

         Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, the sale, exchange,
redemption (including pursuant to an offer by the Company) or other disposition
of Senior Preferred Stock will be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. In such event, in general, a U.S. Holder of Senior Preferred Stock
will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount of
cash plus the fair market value of property received and (ii) the Holder's tax
basis in the Senior Preferred Stock. Any such gain or loss will generally be
long-term capital gain

                                      148
<PAGE>   157
or loss, provided the Senior Preferred Stock has been held for more than one
year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

DIVIDENDS ON THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK OR THE COMMON STOCK

         Dividends paid on the Senior Preferred Stock (including dividends of
additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock and issuances of shares of Common
Stock with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock) or the Common Stock acquired
with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock will be taxable as ordinary income to
the extent of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits (as
determined for federal income tax purposes). To the extent that the amount of
distributions paid on the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock exceeds the
Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for federal
income tax purposes), the distributions will be treated as a return of capital,
thus reducing the holder's adjusted tax basis in such Senior Preferred Stock or
Common Stock and increasing the amount of gain (or reducing the amount of loss)
which may be realized by such holder upon a sale or exchange of the Senior
Preferred Stock or the Common Stock. The amount of any distribution which
exceeds the holder's adjusted basis in the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common
Stock will be taxed as capital gain, and will be long-term capital gain if the
holder's holding period for such Senior Preferred Stock or Common Stock exceeds
one year. For purposes of the remainder of this discussion, the term "dividend"
refers to a distribution paid out of the Company's allocable earnings and
profits, unless the context indicates otherwise.

         Dividends Received Deduction. Dividends paid to a corporate holder who
owns less than 20 percent of the Company (by vote or value) will be eligible for
the 70 percent dividends-received deduction under section 243 of the Code,
subject to the limitations contained in sections 246 and 246A of the Code. In
general, the dividends-received deduction is available only if the stock in
respect of which the dividends are paid is held for at least 46 days (91 days in
the case of a dividend attributable to a period or periods aggregating more than
366 days). A taxpayer's holding period for these purposes is reduced by periods
during which the taxpayer's risk of loss with respect to the stock is considered
diminished by reason of the existence of options, contracts to sell or similar
transactions. The dividends-received deduction will also not be available if the
taxpayer is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to
positions in substantially similar or related property. The dividends-received
deduction will be limited to specified percentages of a corporate holder's
taxable income and may be reduced or eliminated if the corporate holder has
indebtedness "directly attributable" to its investment in the stock. Prospective
corporate purchasers of the Senior Preferred Stock should consult their own tax
advisors to determine whether these limitations might apply to them.

         For purposes of computing its alternative minimum tax, dividends
eligible for the 70 percent dividends-received deduction are included in a
corporate holder's "adjusted current earnings." If such adjusted current
earnings exceed the corporate holder's alternative minimum taxable income
(determined without regard to the adjustments for adjusted current earnings or
the alternative tax net operating loss deduction), 75 percent of the excess is
added to the holder's alternative minimum taxable income.

         Extraordinary Dividends. Under section 1059 of the Code, if a corporate
holder receives an "extraordinary dividend" from the Company with respect to the
Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock which it has not held for more than
two years on the dividend announcement date, the basis of the Senior Preferred
Stock or the Common Stock will be reduced (but not below zero) by the non-taxed
portion of the dividend. If, because of the limitation on reducing basis below
zero, any amount of the non-taxed portion of an extraordinary dividend has not
been applied to reduce basis, such amount will be treated as gain from the sale
or exchange of the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock when the holder
disposes of such stock. Generally, the non-taxed portion of an extraordinary
dividend is the amount excluded from income under section 243 of the Code
(relating to the dividends-received deduction). An extraordinary dividend on the
Senior Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock) generally would include any
dividend that (i) equals or exceeds five percent of the holder's adjusted tax
basis in the Senior Preferred Stock (10 percent of the holder's adjusted basis
in the Common Stock), treating all

                                      149
<PAGE>   158
dividends having ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period as one dividend or
(ii) exceeds 20 percent of the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Senior
Preferred Stock (or the Common Stock), treating all dividends having ex-dividend
dates within a 365-day period as one dividend. In determining whether a dividend
paid on the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock is an extraordinary
dividend, a holder may elect to use the fair market value of such stock rather
than its adjusted tax basis for purposes of determining the five percent (or 20
percent) limitation if the holder is able to establish to the satisfaction of
the Secretary of the Treasury the fair market value of the Senior Preferred
Stock (or the Common Stock) as of the day before the ex-dividend date. An
extraordinary dividend would also include any amount treated as a dividend in
the case of a redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock that
is either non-pro rata as to all holders or part of a partial liquidation,
without regard to the period the holder held the stock. Corporate holders should
see "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations--Redemption of the Senior
Preferred Stock" for a discussion of when a redemption of the Senior Preferred
Stock will constitute an extraordinary dividend.

         Certain "qualified preferred dividends," however, are not considered
extraordinary dividends. A qualified preferred dividend is any fixed dividend
payable with respect to preferred stock which (i) provides for fixed preferred
dividends payable not less frequently than annually and (ii) is not in arrears
as to dividends when acquired, provided, however, that the actual rate of return
(as determined under section 1059(e)(3) of the Code) on such stock does not
exceed 15 percent. If a qualified preferred dividend announced within two years
of the date of acquisition of the preferred stock exceeds the five percent (or
20 percent) threshold for extraordinary dividend status described above, (i)
section 1059(a) will not apply (and no reduction in basis will be required) if
the holder holds the stock for more than five years and (ii) if the holder
disposes of the stock before it has been held for more than five years, the
aggregate reduction in basis under section 1059(a) will not exceed the excess of
the qualified preferred dividends paid on such stock during the period held by
the holder over the qualified preferred dividends that would have been paid
during such period on the basis of the stated rate of return, as determined
under section 1059(e)(3) of the Code. The length of time that a holder is deemed
to have held stock for purposes of section 1059 of the Code is determined under
principles similar to those contained in section 246(c) of the Code discussed
above.

         Proposed Legislation. The Clinton Administration's Budget Proposal for
Fiscal Year 1998, released February 6, 1997 (the "Administration's Proposal"),
proposed certain tax law changes that would, among other things, (i) reduce the
dividends received deduction available to corporate U.S. Holders from 70% to 50%
of dividends received with respect to dividends paid or accrued more than 30
days after the date of enactment of legislation, (ii) require a corporate U.S.
Holder to satisfy the holding period required by section 246(c) of the Code
immediately before or immediately after the U.S. Holder becomes entitled to
receive any dividend with respect to dividends paid or accrued more than 30 days
after the date of enactment of legislation and (iii) require immediate
recognition of gain under section 1059 of the Code to the extent a corporate
U.S. Holder's tax basis with respect to which any extraordinary dividend is
received is reduced below zero with respect to distributions after September 13,
1995. It is not clear whether such proposals will be enacted or, if enacted,
whether they will be enacted in the form proposed.

         In addition, the Administration's Proposal includes a provision that
would eliminate the dividends received deduction for dividends on limited term
preferred stock issued more than 30 days after the date of enactment of
legislation. For this purpose, limited term preferred stock generally includes
any preferred stock if the issuer or a related person is required to redeem or
purchase the stock within 20 years of the issue date. It is not clear whether
such proposal will be enacted or, if enacted, whether it will be enacted in the
form proposed. However, if the proposal to eliminate the dividends received
deduction on limited term preferred stock is enacted in its current form, the
dividends received deduction may be eliminated with respect to Dividend Shares
issued more than 30 days after the date of enactment of legislation. Prospective
purchasers of the Senior Preferred Stock are urged to consult their tax advisors
with respect to the effect of proposed legislation.

                                      150
<PAGE>   159
SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK DISCOUNT

         The Senior Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory redemption on March
15, 2005 (the "Mandatory Redemption"). In addition, subject to certain
restrictions, the Senior Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time at the option
of the Company at specified redemption prices (the "Optional Redemption"). See
"Description of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures--Redemption".
Pursuant to Section 305(c) of the Code, U.S. Holders of Senior Preferred Stock
may be required to treat a portion of the difference between the Senior
Preferred Stock's issue price and its redemption price as constructive
distributions of property includible in income on a periodic basis. For purposes
of determining whether such constructive distribution treatment applies, the
Mandatory Redemption and the Optional Redemption are tested separately.
Constructive distribution treatment is required if either (or both) of these
tests is satisfied.

         Section 305(c) of the Code provides that the entire amount of a
redemption premium with respect to preferred stock that is subject to mandatory
redemption is treated as being distributed to the holders of such preferred
stock on an economic accrual basis. Preferred stock generally is considered to
have a redemption premium for this purpose if the price at which it must be
redeemed (the "Redemption Price") exceeds its issue price (as determined in
accordance with an allocation of the issue price of the Units, as discussed
above) by more than a de minimis amount. For this purpose, such excess (the
"Senior Preferred Stock Discount") will be treated as zero if it is less than
1/4 of 1% of the Redemption Price multiplied by the number of complete years
from the date of issuance of the stock until the stock must be redeemed. Senior
Preferred Stock Discount is taxable as a constructive distribution to the U.S.
Holder (treated as a dividend to the extent of the Company's current and
accumulated earnings and profits and otherwise subject to the treatment
described above for distributions) over the term of the preferred stock using a
constant interest rate method similar to that described above for accruing OID.
See "--Original Issue Discount" above.

         Under recently issued regulations (the "Regulations") Senior Preferred
Stock Discount will arise due to the Optional Redemption feature only if, based
on all of the facts and circumstances as of the date the Senior Preferred Stock
is issued, redemption pursuant to the Optional Redemption is more likely than
not to occur. Even if redemption were more likely than not to occur, however,
constructive distribution treatment would not result if the redemption premium
were solely in the nature of a penalty for premature redemption. For this
purpose, a penalty for premature redemption is a premium paid as a result of
changes in economic or market conditions over which neither the issuer nor the
U.S. Holder has legal or practical control, such as changes in prevailing
dividend rates. The Regulations provide a safe harbor pursuant to which
constructive distribution treatment will not result from an issuer call right if
(i) the issuer and the U.S. Holder are unrelated, (ii) there are no arrangements
that effectively require the issuer to redeem the stock and (iii) exercise of
the option to redeem would not reduce the yield of the stock.

         Although the issue is not free from doubt, the Company believes that
the Senior Preferred Stock will be considered to have been issued with an
unreasonable redemption premium.

         Dividend Shares received by U.S. Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock
may bear Senior Preferred Stock Discount depending upon the issue price of such
shares (i.e. the fair market value of the Dividend Shares on the date of their
issuance). If shares of Senior Preferred Stock (including Dividend Shares) bear
Senior Preferred Stock Discount, such shares generally will have different tax
characteristics from other shares of Senior Preferred Stock and might trade
separately, which might adversely affect the liquidity of such shares.

REDEMPTION OF THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK

         A redemption of shares of the Senior Preferred Stock for cash or for
Exchange Debentures will be a taxable event. A redemption of shares of the
Senior Preferred Stock for cash will be treated as a dividend to the extent of
the Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for
federal income tax

                                      151
<PAGE>   160
purposes), unless the redemption (i) results in a "complete termination" of the
holder's stock interest in the Company under section 302(b)(3) of the Code, or
(ii) is "not essentially equivalent to a dividend" with respect to the holder
under section 302(b)(1) of the Code. In the case of a redemption of shares of
the Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures, the amount of the dividend
will not exceed the gain realized upon the exchange. In determining whether the
redemption is treated as a dividend, the holder must take into account not only
stock he actually owns, but also stock he constructively owns within the meaning
of section 318 of the Code. A distribution to a holder will be "not essentially
equivalent to a dividend" if it results in a "meaningful reduction" in the
holder's stock interest in the Company. For these purposes, a redemption of the
Senior Preferred Stock for cash that results in a reduction in the proportionate
interest in the Company (taking into account any ownership of the Common Stock
and any stock of the Company that is constructively owned) of a holder whose
relative stock interest in the Company is minimal (an interest of less than one
percent should satisfy this requirement) and who exercises no control over
corporate affairs should be regarded as a meaningful reduction in the holder's
stock interest in the Company.

         If the redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock for cash or for
Exchange Debentures is not treated as a distribution taxable as a dividend, the
redemption would result in capital gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount of cash (or the value of the Exchange Debentures) received and the
holder's adjusted tax basis in the Senior Preferred Stock redeemed. This gain or
loss would be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder's holding period for
the Senior Preferred Stock exceeded one year. Under the Code, capital gains
recognized by corporations currently are taxed at a maximum rate of 35 percent.
The maximum rate on capital gains in the case of individuals currently is 28
percent.

         If a redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock is treated as a
distribution, the amount of the distribution will be measured by the amount of
cash (or the value of the Exchange Debentures) received by a holder. As
described above, the distribution will be taxable as a dividend to the extent of
the Company's earnings and profits (but not, in the case of the receipt of
Exchange Debentures, in excess of the gain realized upon the exchange). The
amount of the distribution in excess of the Company's earnings and profits will
reduce the holder's basis in the redeemed Senior Preferred Stock, and, to the
extent the amount of the distribution exceeds such basis, will result in capital
gain. If a holder is left with basis in the redeemed Senior Preferred Stock,
such basis will be transferred to any remaining stock holdings in the Company.

         Under section 1059 of the Code, as discussed above, the term
extraordinary dividend includes any redemption of stock that is treated as a
dividend and that is non-pro rata as to all holders of the stock of the Company,
including holders of the Common Stock, irrespective of the holding period.
Consequently, to the extent an exchange of the Senior Preferred Stock
constitutes a dividend, it will constitute an extraordinary dividend to a
corporate holder. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations--Dividends on
the Senior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock." The Administration's Proposal
includes a provision generally effective for distributions after May 3, 1995,
that would require immediate recognition of gain under section 1059 of the Code
with respect to any redemption treated as a dividend (in whole or in part) when
the non-taxed portion of the dividend exceeds the basis of the shares
surrendered if the redemption is treated as a dividend due to options being
counted as stock ownership. It is not clear whether such proposal will be
enacted in the form proposed.

INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         Interest on the Exchange Debentures will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as
ordinary interest income at the time such amounts are accrued or received, in
accordance with the U.S. Holder's method of accounting for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.

         Original Issue Discount. There is a risk that the Exchange Debentures
will be treated as having OID (and such will be the case if any interest
payments made by the Company are paid with additional Exchange Debentures in
lieu of cash). In such case, a U.S. Holder (including a cash basis holder)
generally would be required to include

                                      152
<PAGE>   161
the interest on the Exchange Debentures in income for U.S. federal income tax
purposes under the accrual method on a constant yield basis (or perhaps at the
beginning of each interest period) resulting in the inclusion of interest in
income somewhat in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income.

         In general, the amount of OID, if any, on a debt instrument is the
excess of its "stated redemption price at maturity" over its "issue price,"
subject to a statutorily defined de minimis exception. The "issue price" of a
debt instrument issued for publicly traded stock is equal to the fair market
value of such stock. The "stated redemption price at maturity" of a debt
instrument is the sum of its principal amount plus all other payments required
thereunder, other than payments of "qualified stated interest" (defined
generally as stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in
property (other than the debt instruments of the issuer), at least annually at a
single fixed rate that appropriately takes into account the length of intervals
between payments).

         In general, the amount of OID that a holder of a debt instrument with
OID must include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes
will be the sum of the "daily portions" of OID with respect to such debt
instrument for each day during the taxable year or portion of a taxable year on
which such holder holds the debt instrument. The daily portion is determined
under a constant yield method by allocating to each day of an accrual period
(generally, a six month period) a pro rata portion of an amount equal to the
"adjusted issue price" of the debt instrument at the beginning of the accrual
period multiplied by the yield to maturity of the debt instrument. The yield to
maturity of a debt instrument is the discount rate that, when applied to all
payments due under the debt instrument produces a present value equal to the
issue price of the debt instrument. The "adjusted issue price" is the issue
price of the debt instrument increased by the accrued OID for all prior accrual
periods (and decreased by the amount of cash payments made in all prior accrual
periods, other than qualified stated interest payments).

         Under certain circumstances described more fully above in "Description
of Senior Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures--The Exchange Debentures--Sale
of AM Stations," the Company may issue shares of Class A Common Stock to U.S.
Holders of the Exchange Debentures. The Company intends to treat the issuance of
Class A Common Stock as additional interest for Federal income tax purposes. If
the issuance of Class A Common Stock is treated as additional interest,
regulations governing the treatment of debt instruments that provide for
contingent payments (the "Contingent Payment Regulations") would apply to the
Exchange Debentures. The Contingent Payment Regulations provide that
contingencies that are remote or incidental are ignored. The Company intends to
treat the obligation to issue the Class A Common Stock as remote or incidental.
Such treatment is binding on U.S. Holders (although it is not binding on the
IRS) unless a U.S. Holder explicitly discloses on its tax return for the taxable
year which includes the acquisition date of the Exchange Debentures that the
treatment for such holder is different. If circumstances change so that the
Company becomes obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stock, then the
Exchange Debentures will be treated as retired and reissued for an amount equal
to the Exchange Debentures' adjusted issue price on that date.

         However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will respect the
treatment described above, and there is a risk that the issuance of the Class A
Common Stock will not be considered remote or incidental. In such case, under
the Contingent Payment Regulations, the Company must construct a projected
payment schedule for the Exchange Debentures and U.S. Holders generally must
recognize interest income on a constant yield basis (similar to the method
prescribed for including OID in income) based on the projected payment schedule,
with certain adjustments if actual payments differ from projected payments. The
Company's projected payment schedule is binding on U.S. Holders, unless a U.S.
Holder explicitly discloses on its return for the taxable year that includes the
acquisition date of the Exchange Debentures its intention to use a different
payment schedule and the reason for using a different payment schedule.

         The projected payment schedule will be determined by including all
noncontingent payments (including stated interest) and the "expected value" of
all contingent payments on the Exchange Debentures. The projected payment
schedule must produce the "comparable yield," which is the yield at which the
Company would issue

                                      153
<PAGE>   162
a fixed rate debt instrument with terms and conditions similar to those of the
Exchange Debentures. The amount of interest that accrues each accrual period is
the product of the "comparable yield" and the Exchange Debentures' "adjusted
issue price" at the beginning of each accrual period (generally, the six month
period ending on each interest payment date). The "adjusted issue price" of an
Exchange Debenture is equal to the issue price of the Exchange Debentures (as
discussed above), increased by interest previously accrued on the Exchange
Debenture (determined without adjustments), and decreased by the amount of any
noncontingent payments and the projected amount of any contingent payments
previously made on the Exchange Debentures. Except for adjustments made for
differences between actual and projected payments, the amount of interest
included in income by a U.S. Holder of an Exchange Debenture is the sum of the
"daily portions" of interest income with respect to the Exchange Debenture for
each day during the taxable year (or portion thereof) on which such U.S. Holder
held such Exchange Debenture. The "daily portions" of interest income are
determined by allocating to each day in any accrual period a ratable portion of
the interest income allocable to that accrual period. If actual payments differ
from projected payments, then U.S. Holders will generally be required in any
given taxable year either to include additional interest in gross income, in the
case where the actual payments exceed projected payments in such taxable year,
or, in the case where the actual payments are less than the projected payments
in such taxable year, to reduce the amount of interest income otherwise
accounted (or, in certain circumstances, take an ordinary loss). As applied to
the Exchange Debentures, the actual payments will include stated interest and
the fair market value of any Class A Common Stock at the time of its issuance.

         If the Exchange Debentures are sold or otherwise disposed of when there
are remaining contingent payments under the projected payment schedule, then any
gain recognized upon such sale or other disposition will be ordinary interest
income. Any loss recognized will be ordinary loss to the extent the U.S.
Holder's total interest inclusions on an Exchange Debenture exceed the total
amount of ordinary loss the U.S. Holder took into account pursuant to the
adjustments described above.

         Thus, under the rules described above, U.S. Holders of Exchange
Debentures may be required to include amounts in income prior to the receipt of
cash payments attributable to such income. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to
consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the Contingent
Payment Regulations to their individual situations. In addition to the rules
described above, the Contingent Payment Regulations provide special rules for
U.S. Holders whose basis in an Exchange Debenture is different from the adjusted
issue price of the Exchange Debenture.

TAX BASIS OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the Exchange Debentures will be
equal to the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the Senior Preferred Stock exchanged
therefor plus the amount of gain, if any, recognized upon such exchange. The tax
basis of the Exchange Debentures in the hands of each U.S. Holder will be
increased by the amount of OID, if any, on such Exchange Debentures that is
included in the U.S. Holder's gross income and will be decreased by the amount
of any cash payments received with respect to the debt instrument (other than
payments of qualified stated interest), whether such payments are denominated as
principal or interest.

ELECTION

         A U.S. Holder of Exchange Debentures, subject to certain limitations,
may elect to include all interest and discount on the Exchange Debentures in
gross income under the constant yield method. For this purpose, interest
includes stated and unstated interest, acquisition discount, OID, de minimis
market discount and market discount, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium
or acquisition premium. Any such election, if made in respect of a market
discount bond, will constitute an election to include market discount in income
currently on all market discount bonds acquired by such U.S. Holder on or after
the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies.

                                      154
<PAGE>   163
ACQUISITION PREMIUM

         If a U.S. Holder of an Exchange Debenture acquired such Exchange
Debenture for an amount in excess of its "adjusted issue price" but less than or
equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the Exchange Debenture after the date
of such purchase, such Exchange Debenture will have an acquisition premium to
the extent of such excess. Notwithstanding the OID rules described in "Original
Issue Discount" above, the U.S. Holder of an Exchange Debenture with an
acquisition premium would be entitled to reduce the daily portion of OID
includible in income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the
adjusted tax basis of the Exchange Debenture immediately after its acquisition
over the adjusted issue price of the Exchange Debenture and the denominator of
which is the excess of the sum of all payments (other than payments of qualified
state interest) after the purchase date over such Exchange Debenture's adjusted
issue price.

MARKET DISCOUNT ON RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         The market discount provisions of sections 1276-1278 of the Code may
affect the resale of the Exchange Debentures. If a U.S. Holder acquires an
Exchange Debenture (generally other than in an original issue) at a market
discount that equals or exceeds one-quarter percent of the stated redemption
price at maturity times the number of complete years to maturity of the Exchange
Debenture at the time of acquisition and thereafter recognizes gain upon a
disposition (or makes a gift) of the Exchange Debenture, the lesser of (i) such
gain (or appreciation, in the case of a gift) or (ii) the portion of the market
discount that accrued while the Exchange Debenture was held by such U.S. Holder,
will be treated as ordinary income at the time of the disposition. For these
purposes, market discount equals the excess of the stated redemption price at
maturity (or, if the Exchange Debenture is issued with OID, its "revised issued
price" as defined in the Code) over the basis of the Exchange Debenture in the
hands of such U.S. Holder immediately after its acquisition. A U.S. Holder of an
Exchange Debenture may elect to include any market discount in income currently
as it accrues rather than upon disposition of the Exchange Debenture. This
election is revocable only with the consent of the IRS and applies to all market
discount bonds acquired by the U.S. Holder on or after the first day of the
taxable year in which the holder makes the election. In addition, although
market discount generally accrues on a straight line basis over the term of the
Exchange Debenture, at the election of the U.S. Holder, it may accrue on a
constant interest basis. If this election is made, the holder is deemed to make
the election to take market discount into income as it accrues.

         A U.S. Holder of any Exchange Debenture who acquired it at a market
discount may be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of any
interest paid or accrued on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase
or carry the Exchange Debenture until the market discount is recognizable upon a
subsequent disposition of the Exchange Debenture. Such a deferral is not
required, however, if the U.S. Holder elects to include accrued market discount
in income currently.

AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM

         Generally, if the tax basis of an obligation held as a capital asset
exceeds the amount payable at maturity of the obligation, such excess will
constitute amortizable bond premium that the holder may elect to amortize under
the constant yield method over the period from his acquisition date to the
obligation's maturity date. A holder who elects to amortize bond premium must
reduce his tax basis in the related obligation by the amount of the aggregate
amortization allowable for amortizable bond premium. Amortizable bond premium
will be treated under the Code as an offset to interest income on the related
debt instrument for federal income tax purposes, subject to the promulgation of
Treasury Regulations altering such treatment.

                                      155
<PAGE>   164
DISPOSITION OF THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

         Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, the sale, exchange,
redemption (including pursuant to an offer by the Company) or other disposition
of an Exchange Debenture, will be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. In such event, in general, a U.S. Holder of Exchange Debentures will
recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash
plus the fair market value of property received (except to the extent
attributable to accrued interest on the Exchange Debentures) and (ii) the U.S.
Holder's tax basis in the Exchange Debentures (as increased by any OID and
market discount previously included in income by the U.S. Holder and decreased
by any amortizable bond premium, if any, deducted over the term of the Exchange
Debentures). Subject to the market discount rules discussed above, any such gain
or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss, provided the Exchange
Debentures have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital
losses is subject to limitations. At the time of sale, exchange, disposition,
retirement or redemption, a U.S. Holder of the Exchange Debentures must also
include in income any previously accrued but unrecognized OID.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

         Under section 3406 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, a
noncorporate holder of the Preferred Stock, the Common Stock acquired with
respect to the Senior Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures may be subject
to backup withholding at the rate of 31 percent with respect to "reportable
payments," which include dividends paid on or the proceeds of a sale, exchange
or redemption of, the Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock, the Common Stock or the
Exchange Debentures, as the case may be. The payor will be required to deduct
and withhold the prescribed amounts if (i) the payee fails to furnish a TIN to
the payor in the manner required, (ii) the IRS notifies the payor that the TIN
furnished by the payee is incorrect, (iii) there has been a "notified payee
underreporting" described in section 3406(c) of the Code or (iv) there has been
a failure of the payee to certify under penalty of perjury that the payee is not
subject to withholding under section 3406(a)(1)(C) of the Code. As a result, if
any one of the events listed above occurs, the Company will be required to
withhold an amount equal to 31 percent from any dividend or interest payment
made with respect to the Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock, the Common Stock or
the Exchange Debentures or any payment of proceeds of a redemption of the Notes,
the Senior Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures to a noncorporate holder.
Amounts paid as backup withholding do not constitute an additional tax and will
be credited against the holder's federal income tax liabilities, so long as the
required information is provided to the IRS. The Company will report to the
holders of the Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock, the Common Stock and the
Exchange Debentures and to the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" for
each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to
payment on those securities.

CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY

         As of the end of September 29, 1996 the Company had net operating loss
("NOL") carryovers of approximately $69.1 million. The issuance of the Series A
Senior Preferred Stock and Warrants in connection with the Unit Offering likely
caused the Company to have an ownership change, as defined under section 382 of
the Code. As a result, the Company's NOLs are subject to an annual limitation
equal to the product of the federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate
(currently 5.48%) times the fair market value of all of the outstanding stock of
the Company immediately prior to the ownership change (subject to certain
adjustments). The annual limitation on the use of the Company's NOLs may be
increased to the extent that the Company sells certain built-in gain assets, as
defined in the Code.

         Generally, under Sections 163(e)(5) and 163(i) of the Code, a C
corporation that is an issuer of debt obligations subject to the high yield
discount obligations ("HYDOs") rules may not deduct any portion of OID on the
obligations until such portion is actually paid. A debt obligation generally is
subject to the HYDO rules, and the OID is not deductible until paid with respect
thereto, if it is issued by a corporation and the debt obligation

                                      156
<PAGE>   165
(i) has a maturity date which is more than five years from the date of its
issue, (ii) has a yield to maturity which equals or exceeds five percentage
points over the applicable federal rate for the calendar month in which the
obligation is issued and (iii) has "significant original issue discount."
Moreover, if the debt obligation's yield to maturity exceeds the applicable
federal rate plus six percentage points, a ratable portion of the issuing
corporation's deduction for OID (the "Disqualified OID") will be denied. For
purposes of the dividends received deduction under Section 243 of the Code, the
Disqualified OID will be treated as a dividend to the extent it would have been
so treated if it had been distributed by the issuing corporation with respect to
its stock. Amounts treated as dividends will be nondeductible by the issuer, and
may qualify for the dividend received deduction for corporate U.S. Holders, but
will be treated as OID and not as dividends for withholding tax purposes. Due to
their maturity date, yield to maturity, and de minimis amount of OID, it is
anticipated that neither the Notes nor the Exchange Debentures will constitute
HYDOs.

         THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY
AND DOES NOT DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT
MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR U.S. HOLDER OF NOTES, SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK, OR
EXCHANGE DEBENTURES IN LIGHT OF HIS OR HER PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME
TAX SITUATION. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO ANY TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM FROM THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES,
SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK, OR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND
EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

                                      157
<PAGE>   166
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters with respect to the Series B Securities offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays &
Handler, LLP, New York, New York, counsel to the Company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated historical financial statements of Spanish
Broadcasting System, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 24, 1995 and
September 29, 1996, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period
ended September 29, 1996, included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in this
Registration Statement have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
public accountants ("KPMG"), as indicated in their reports with respect thereto,
and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.

         The combined historical financial statements of New Age Broadcasting
Inc. ("New Age") and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation ("Seventies") as of
September 30, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the years in the two-year period
ended September 30, 1995, included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in this
Registration Statement have been audited by Voynow Bayard and Company,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting. The combined historical financial statements
for New Age and Seventies as of and for the year ended September 30, 1996
included in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Registration Statement have
been audited by KPMG indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.


                                      158
<PAGE>   167
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>
SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES:

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors..............................  F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996........  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the fiscal years in
   the three-year period ended September 29, 1996..................................  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficiency for each
   of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 29, 1996...........  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the fiscal years in
   the three-year period ended September 29, 1996..................................  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................  F-8

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 29, 1996.......................  F-23

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months
   ended December 31, 1995 and December 29, 1996...................................  F-24

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months
   ended December 31, 1995 and December 29, 1996...................................  F-25

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements...............................  F-26

NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.:

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Voynow, Bayard and Company, independent auditors.........................  F-28

Balance Sheet at September 30, 1994................................................  F-29

Statement of Income and Retained Earnings for the year ended
   September 30, 1994..............................................................  F-30

Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 1994......................  F-31

Notes to Financial Statements......................................................  F-32
</TABLE>


                                      F-1
<PAGE>   168
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>
NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC. AND THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION:

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Voynow, Bayard and Company, independent auditors.........................  F-37

Combined Balance Sheet at September 30, 1995.......................................  F-38

Combined Statement of Income and Retained Earnings for the year ended
   September 30, 1995..............................................................  F-39

Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 1995.............  F-40

Notes to Combined Financial Statements.............................................  F-41

NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION:

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors..............................  F-47

Combined Balance Sheet at September 30, 1996.......................................  F-48

Combined Statement of Income for the year ended September 30, 1996.................  F-49

Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 1996.............  F-50

Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the year ended
   September 30, 1996..............................................................  F-51

Notes to Combined Financial Statements.............................................  F-52

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Condensed Combined Balance Sheet at December 31, 1996..............................  F-59

Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the three months
   ended December 31, 1995 and 1996................................................  F-60

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the three months
   ended December 31, 1995 and 1996................................................  F-61

Notes to Combined Financial Statements.............................................  F-62
</TABLE>

                                      F-2
<PAGE>   169
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.:

         We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Spanish Broadcasting
System, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996
and the consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September
29, 1996. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Spanish
Broadcasting System, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 24, 1995 and
September 29, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 29, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         As discussed in note 2(d) to the consolidated financial statements,
effective September 25, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of."

                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
November 21, 1996


                                      F-3
<PAGE>   170
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    SEPTEMBER 24, 1995 AND SEPTEMBER 29, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995                 1996
                                                                                         ----                 ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>                 <C>
         ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents ................................................       $ 17,817,119        $  5,468,079
   Receivables:
     Trade (note 7) .........................................................         12,614,434          12,104,500
     Barter .................................................................          3,770,316           3,236,289
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
                                                                                      16,384,750          15,340,789
Less allowance for doubtful accounts ........................................          5,184,886           4,510,763
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
         Net receivables ....................................................         11,199,864          10,830,026
Other current assets ........................................................            549,270           1,115,332
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
         Total current assets ...............................................         29,566,253          17,413,437
Property and equipment, net of accumulated
   depreciation of $11,824,873 in 1995 and
   $13,662,458 in 1996 (notes 4 and 9) ......................................         17,596,572          18,873,036
Franchise costs, net of accumulated amortization
   of $13,955,089 in 1995 and $16,673,482 in
   1996 (notes 3 and 5) .....................................................         50,251,987         133,917,182
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated
   amortization of $990,194 in 1995 and $1,974,195
   in 1996 (note 5) .........................................................          5,647,915           6,235,341
Due from related party (note 7) .............................................            286,947             289,869
Other assets ................................................................            279,566             131,294
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
                                                                                    $103,629,240        $176,860,159
                                                                                    ============        ============

     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY Current liabilities:
   Current portion of long-term debt (note 6) ...............................       $     61,565        $     53,572
   Accounts payable .........................................................          1,253,641           1,564,015
   Accrued expenses .........................................................          3,061,724           3,354,192
   Accrued interest .........................................................          2,341,919           2,394,621
   Income taxes payable .....................................................            196,835                  --
   Unearned revenue .........................................................            656,875             875,256
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
         Total current liabilities ..........................................          7,572,559           8,241,656
Senior secured notes, net of unamortized discount
   of $12,743,913 in 1995 and $7,612,631 in 1996
   (note 5) .................................................................         94,315,087          99,446,369
New senior secured notes, net of unamortized
   discount of $1,818,118 (note 5) ..........................................                 --          35,381,003
Deferred income taxes payable ...............................................          1,745,682             387,960
Long-term debt, less current portion (note 6) ...............................          1,146,066           1,033,368
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value Authorized 49,201 shares;
   issued and outstanding 39,951 shares (liquidation value
   $39,951,000) (note 5) ....................................................                 --          35,938,659
Stockholders' deficiency (notes 5 and 8):
Class A common stock, $.01 par value.  Authorized
   5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 558,135
   shares in 1995 and 1996 ..................................................              5,581               5,581
Class B common stock, $.01 par value.  Authorized
   200,000 shares; issued and outstanding 48,533
   shares in 1995 and 1996 ..................................................                485                 485
Additional paid-in capital ..................................................          5,690,934          10,806,004
Accumulated deficit .........................................................         (4,425,882)        (11,906,690)
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
                                                                                       1,271,118          (1,094,620)
Less loans receivable from stockholders (note 7) ............................         (2,421,272)         (2,474,236)
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
   Total stockholders' deficiency ...........................................         (1,150,154)         (3,568,856)
                                                                                    ------------        ------------
Commitments and contingencies (notes 3, 9 and 11)
                                                                                    $103,629,240        $176,860,159
                                                                                    ============        ============
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-4
<PAGE>   171
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

          FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1994, SEPTEMBER 24, 1995 AND
                               SEPTEMBER 29, 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1994               1995               1996
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>                <C>
Gross revenues ........................       $45,825,089        $54,152,328        $55,337,720
Less agency commissions ...............         5,688,219          6,828,430          6,702,302
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------
         Net revenues .................        40,136,870         47,323,898         48,635,418
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------

Operating expenses (notes 7 and 9):
   Engineering ........................         1,439,983          1,484,585          1,773,027
   Programming ........................         4,853,155          5,044,967          5,864,066
   Selling ............................        10,141,557         11,106,770         13,864,695
   General and administrative .........         5,709,679          5,361,320          6,374,622
   Corporate expenses .................         2,884,328          4,281,141          3,747,714
   Depreciation and amortization ......         3,255,672          3,389,034          4,555,978
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------
                                               28,284,374         30,667,817         36,180,102
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------
         Operating income .............        11,852,496         16,656,081         12,455,316

Other income (expense):

   Interest expense, net of interest
     income of $318,463 in 1994,
     $826,821 in 1995 and $547,952
     in 1996 ..........................       (14,203,446)       (12,874,392)       (16,533,278)

   Financing costs ....................        (3,457,611)                --           (876,579)

   Other, net (notes 4 and 11) ........            34,709           (380,660)          (697,741)
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------

         Income (loss) before income
           taxes and extraordinary item        (5,773,852)         3,401,029         (5,652,282)

Income tax expense (benefit) (note 10)         (2,231,070)         1,411,394         (1,165,800)
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------

         Income (loss) before
           extraordinary item .........        (3,542,782)         1,989,635         (4,486,482)

Extraordinary item--gain on
  extinguishment of debt, net of
  deferred Federal income taxes
  of $2,895,014 and current state
  and local income taxes of
   $165,910 (note 5) ..................        70,254,772                 --                 --
                                              -----------        -----------        -----------

         Net income (loss) ............       $66,711,990        $ 1,989,635        $(4,486,482)
                                              ===========        ===========        ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>   172
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
          FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1994, SEPTEMBER 24, 1995 AND
                               SEPTEMBER 29, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NO PAR VALUE              CLASS A                      CLASS B
                                                        COMMON STOCK            COMMON STOCK                 COMMON STOCK
                                                     -----------------       ------------------         --------------------
                                                     NO. OF     STATED       NO. OF        PAR          NO. OF          PAR
                                                     SHARES     VALUE        SHARES       VALUE         SHARES         VALUE
                                                     ------     ------       ------       -----         ------         -----
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance at September 26, 1993 ................        1,449   $ 300,000          --       $   --            --       $    --
Exchange of common shares (note 8) ...........       (1,449)   (300,000)    558,135        5,581        48,533            485
Issuance of warrants (note 5) ................           --          --          --           --            --             --
Decrease in loans receivable from stockholders           --          --          --           --            --             --
Net income ...................................           --          --          --           --            --             --
Balance at September 25, 1994 ................           --          --     558,135        5,581        48,533            485
Increase in loans receivable from stockholders           --          --          --           --            --             --
Net income ...................................           --          --          --           --            --             --
                                                     ------   ---------     -------       ------       -------       --------
Balance at September 24, 1995 ................           --          --     558,135        5,581        48,533            485
Increase in loans receivable from stockholders           --          --          --           --            --             --
Costs associated with issuance of Redeemable
  Series A Preferred Stock (note 5) ..........           --          --          --           --            --             --
Issuance of warrants (note 5) ................           --          --          --           --            --             --
Accretion of preferred stock .................           --          --          --           --            --             --
Preferred stock issued as dividends (note 5)             --          --          --           --            --             --
Net loss .....................................           --          --          --           --            --             --
                                                                                                                     --------
Balance at September 29, 1996 ................           --   $      --     558,135       $5,581        48,533       $    485
                                                     ======   =========     =======       ======       =======       ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     TOTAL PAR                                      LESS: LOANS
                                                       VALUE          ADDITIONAL                     RECEIVABLE            TOTAL
                                                      COMMON           PAID-IN      ACCUMULATED         FROM           STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                       STOCK           CAPITAL        DEFICIT       STOCKHOLDERS        DEFICIENCY
                                                       -----           -------        -------       ------------         ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>                <C>
Balance at September 26, 1993 ................        300,000                 --    (73,127,507)     (2,390,444)       (75,217,951)
Exchange of common shares (note 8) ...........       (293,934)           293,934             --              --
Issuance of warrants (note 5) ................             --          5,397,000             --              --          5,397,000
Decrease in loans receivable from stockholders             --                 --             --         148,476            148,476
Net income ...................................             --                 --     66,711,990              --         66,711,990
Balance at September 25, 1994 ................          6,066          5,690,934     (6,415,517)     (2,241,968)        (2,960,485)
Increase in loans receivable from stockholders             --                 --             --        (179,304)          (179,304)
Net income ...................................             --                 --      1,989,635              --          1,989,635
                                                     --------        -----------    -----------     -----------        -----------
Balance at September 24, 1995 ................          6,066          5,690,934     (4,425,882)     (2,421,272)        (1,150,154)
Increase in loans receivable from stockholders             --                 --             --         (52,964)           (52,964)
Costs associated with issuance of Redeemable
  Series A Preferred Stock (note 5) ..........             --         (1,718,437)            --              --         (1,718,437)
Issuance of warrants (note 5) ................             --          6,833,507             --              --          6,833,507
Accretion of preferred stock .................             --                 --       (541,416)             --           (541,416)
Preferred stock issued as dividends (note 5)               --                 --     (2,452,910)             --         (2,452,910)
Net loss .....................................             --                 --     (4,486,482)             --         (4,486,482)
                                                     --------        -----------    -----------     -----------        -----------
Balance at September 29, 1996 ................          6,066         10,806,004    (11,906,690)     (2,474,236)        (3,568,856)
                                                     ========        ===========    ===========     ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-6
<PAGE>   173
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
          FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1994, SEPTEMBER 24, 1995 AND
                               SEPTEMBER 29, 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994               1995                1996
                                                             ----               ----                ----
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>                <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) ............................       $ 66,711,990        $ 1,989,635        $ (4,486,482)

Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Gain on extinguishment of debt .............        (73,315,696)                --                  --
  Depreciation and amortization ..............          3,255,672          3,389,034           4,555,978
  Change in allowance for doubtful
    accounts .................................           (243,110)         1,379,365            (674,123)
  Amortization of debt discount ..............          1,094,591          4,617,496           5,591,004
  Interest satisfied through the
    issuance of New Notes ....................                 --                 --           2,199,121
  Amortization of deferred financing costs ...            192,428            797,766             984,001
  Write down of fixed assets .................                 --                 --             697,741
  Imputed interest ...........................          2,460,781             95,559                  --
  Deferred income taxes ......................            663,944          1,081,738          (1,357,722)
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    (Increase) decrease in receivables .......         (1,138,634)        (2,843,053)          1,043,961
    Increase in other current assets .........           (189,358)          (223,518)           (566,062)
    (Increase) decrease in other assets ......         (4,096,060)         3,900,002             148,272
    (Decrease) increase in accounts
      payable ................................           (830,189)          (249,024)            310,374
    Increase in accrued expenses .............            692,001            275,432             292,468
    Increase in accrued interest .............          8,671,077             38,179              52,702
    Increase (decrease) in income
      taxes payable ..........................            112,578             (8,101)           (196,835)
    Increase in unearned revenue .............             79,189            197,468             218,381
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

         Total adjustments ...................        (62,590,786)        12,448,343          13,299,261
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

         Net cash provided by operating
           activities ........................          4,121,204         14,437,978           8,812,779
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment ........           (896,781)        (4,888,188)         (3,811,436)
  Acquisition of radio license ...............                 --           (100,305)        (86,358,962)
  Increase in franchise costs ................                 --                 --             (24,980)
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

         Net cash used in investing activities           (896,781)        (4,988,493)        (90,195,378)
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Repayments of debt, including accrued
    interest in 1994 .........................        (83,385,784)        (2,843,176)           (120,691)
  Proceeds from senior notes, net of
    financing costs of $6,225,998 in
    1994 and $1,605,426 in 1996 ..............         87,774,002                 --          33,394,574
  Proceeds from Redeemable Series A
    Preferred Stock, net of issuance
    costs of $1,718,437 ......................                 --                 --          35,781,563
  (Increase) decrease in deferred
    financing costs ..........................                 --           (412,111)             33,999
  Decrease (increase) in loans
    receivable from stockholders .............            148,476           (179,304)            (52,964)
  Repayment of loan payable to stockholder ...                 --           (200,000)                 --
  Advances to related party ..................            (22,834)          (134,342)             (2,922)
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

         Net cash provided by (used in)
           financing activities ..............          4,513,860         (3,768,933)         69,033,559
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

         Net increase (decrease) in
           cash and cash equivalents .........          7,738,283          5,680,552         (12,349,040)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year          4,398,284         12,136,567          17,817,119
                                                     ------------        -----------        ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .....       $ 12,136,567        $17,817,119        $  5,468,079
                                                     ============        ===========        ============
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>   174
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   SEPTEMBER 25, 1994, SEPTEMBER 24, 1995 AND
                               SEPTEMBER 29, 1996

(1)  ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

         Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the "Company") was organized under
the laws of the State of Delaware on June 1, 1994 to serve as a holding company,
directly or indirectly, for seven active corporations, each of which either owns
or services radio stations and each of which was owned by three Principal
Stockholders. The Principal Stockholders and the Company entered into a
contribution agreement pursuant to which on June 29, 1994, upon FCC approval,
among other releases, the Principal Stockholders contributed to the Company all
of the capital stock in eight of the corporations beneficially owned by them in
exchange for common stock of the Company (the "Reorganization").

         The Company owns and operates nine Spanish-language radio stations
serving the New York, Miami and Los Angeles markets through its direct and
indirect subsidiaries, Spanish Broadcasting System of New York, Inc., SBS of
Greater New York, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc. and Spanish
Broadcasting System of California, Inc. Additionally, the Company's other direct
and indirect subsidiaries include Alarcon Holdings, Inc. ("Alarcon"), Spanish
Broadcasting System Network, Inc. ("SBS Network") and SBS Promotions, Inc. ("SBS
Promotions"). Alarcon owns and operates the building where the Company's
corporate offices are located. SBS Network and SBS Promotions are currently
dormant. SBS Network was formerly the Company's exclusive agency representative
for national advertising sales. SBS Promotions formerly performed promotional
services for the Company's radio stations.

(2)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED MATTERS

         (a)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Company is a holding
company with no independent assets or operations other than its investments in
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation. The Reorganization was accounted for as a
transaction between companies under common control, in a manner similar to a
pooling of interests. Accordingly, the operations of the Company's subsidiaries
have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the
periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization.

         The Company's subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to in this paragraph
collectively as "Subsidiary Guarantors") are fully, unconditionally, and jointly
and severally liable for the Company's senior unsecured notes and new senior
secured notes referred to in note 5. The Subsidiary Guarantors are wholly owned
and constitute all of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries, except for
certain subsidiaries that are not consequential. The Company has not included
separate financial statements of the aforementioned subsidiaries because (i) the
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of such subsidiaries are
substantially equivalent to the assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
Company on a consolidated basis, and (ii) the separate financial statements and
other disclosures concerning such subsidiaries are not deemed material to
investors.

         The Company's fiscal year is the 52-week period which ends on the last
Sunday of September.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>   175
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         (b)  REVENUE RECOGNITION

         Revenues are recognized when advertisements are aired.

         (c)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company depreciates the
cost of its property and equipment using the straight-line method over the
respective estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the
useful life of the improvements.

         The Company capitalized interest in connection with the renovation of
its facilities. The capitalized interest is recorded as part of the related
building and is amortized over the estimated useful life of the building.

         (d)  LONG-LIVED ASSETS

         In March 1995, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
(Statement 121) "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of," was issued. Statement 121 requires that
long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used or
disposed of by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company elected early
adoption of Statement 121. See note 4 for impairment loss related to fixed
assets.

         (e)  FRANCHISE COSTS

         Franchise costs represent the excess cost to acquire the Company's
radio station assets over the allocated fair value of the net tangible assets
acquired and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding
40 years, based on the industry practice of renewing franchises periodically. In
evaluating the recoverability of franchise costs, management gives consideration
to a number of factors, including analysis of the estimated future undiscounted
cash flows from operations for each market, the dispositions of other radio
properties in specific markets and input from appraisers.

         (f)  FINANCING COSTS

         During fiscal 1994, the Company expensed $3,457,611 of costs related to
unsuccessful refinancings. During fiscal 1996, the Company expensed $876,579 of
costs related to an initial public offering that was aborted. The net deferred
financing costs at September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996 of $5,647,915 and
$6,235,341, respectively, relate to the successful refinancing of the Company's
debt and additional financing obtained in connection with the acquisition of
radio station WPAT-FM as discussed in note 5.

         Deferred financing costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis
over the respective lives of the related indebtedness.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>   176
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         (g)  BARTER TRANSACTIONS

         The Company records barter transactions at the fair value of goods or
services received.

         (h)  CASH EQUIVALENTS

         Cash equivalents, consisting primarily of interest-bearing money market
accounts and certificates of deposits, totaled approximately $17,527,000 and
$4,697,000 at September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996, respectively.

         (i)  INCOME TAXES

         The Company files a consolidated Federal income tax return with its
direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Company accounts for income taxes in
accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (Statement 109), "Accounting for Income
Taxes." Under the asset and liability method of Statement 109, deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. Under Statement 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.

         (j)  USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         (k)  CONCENTRATION OF RISK

         All of the Company's business is conducted in the New York, Miami and
Los Angeles markets. Net revenues earned from radio stations located in New
York. Miami and Los Angeles represented 32%, 16% and 52%, respectively, of total
revenues for the year ended September 24, 1994; 37%, 16% and 47%, respectively,
of total revenues for the year ended September 24, 1995; and 51%, 17% and 32%,
respectively, of total revenues for the year ended September 29, 1996. The
increase in market concentration risk in New York in fiscal 1996 results from
the acquisition of WPAT-FM as discussed in note 3.

(3)  ACQUISITIONS

         During fiscal 1994, the Company entered into an agreement to construct
a tower to broadcast over radio station WSKP-FM in Key West, Florida ("WSKP-FM")
with an option to purchase the newly constructed station. In July 1995, the
Company consummated its purchase of WSKP-FM for a total purchase price of
$180,305. A portion of the purchase price was financed by the seller through a
note payable of $80,000 (see note 6). The FCC



                                      F-10
<PAGE>   177
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


license and assets of the station have been pledged as collateral under this
note payable. During fiscal 1996, this note was repaid in full.

         On March 25, 1996, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast license and
substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of radio station
WPAT-FM for $84,550,000, plus financing and closing costs of $1,808,962. The
Company financed this purchase with a combination of the proceeds from the
issuance of the Company's Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock, 12 1/4% Senior
Secured Notes due 2001 (see note 5) together with cash on hand. The Company
assumed operational responsibility of WPAT-FM on January 20, 1996 under an
interim agreement, at which time the Company changed the musical format of
WPAT-FM to Spanish language adult contemporary.

         The Company's consolidated results of operations include the results of
WPAT-FM from the date of acquisition. The acquisition of WPAT-FM was accounted
for by the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price has been allocated
to the assets acquired, principally franchise costs, based on their estimated
fair values at the date of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma
summary presents the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition
had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 1995, after giving effect to certain
adjustments, including amortization of franchise costs and interest expense on
the acquisition debt. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative
purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred
had the acquisition been made as of that date or of results which may occur in
the future.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 SEPTEMBER 24,       SEPTEMBER 29,
                                     1995                1996
                                 -------------       -------------
                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>                  <C>
Net revenues.................   $55,070,000          $51,214,000
Net loss.....................    (1,060,000)          (8,894,000)
</TABLE>

         In August 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase
substantially all of the assets of radio station WYSY-FM in Chicago from
Infinity Broadcasting Corporation for $33 million. (See note 13).

         In September 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase
substantially all of the assets of radio stations WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM from New
Age Communications and the Seventies Broadcasting Corporation (the "Sellers"),
respectively, under a combined contract for approximately $111 million. (See
Note 13). In September 1996, one of the Sellers became the executive vice
president and chief operating officer of the Company.



                                      F-11
<PAGE>   178
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


(4)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment consist of the following at September 24, 1995
and September 29, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             ESTIMATED
                                                            1995             1996           USEFUL LIVES
                                                            ----             ----           ------------
<S>                                                   <C>                <C>                <C>
Land................................................  $ 2,350,000        $ 1,798,785                 --
Building and building leasehold
  improvements......................................   14,768,299         15,349,050           20 years
Tower and antenna systems...........................    3,172,696          5,517,659         7-15 years
Studio and technical equipment......................    4,343,344          4,562,969           10 years
Furniture and fixtures..............................    1,529,233          1,543,918         3-10 years
Transmitter equipment...............................      991,889          1,264,093         7-10 years
Leasehold improvements..............................    1,074,557          1,085,922         5-13 years
Computer equipment..................................      840,584            935,563            5 years
Other...............................................      350,843            477,535            5 years
                                                      -----------        -----------
                                                       29,421,445         32,535,494
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization.....................................    11,824,873         13,662,458
                                                      -----------        -----------
                                                      $17,596,572        $18,873,036
                                                      ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

         During fiscal 1996, the Company wrote down the value of its land and
building located on Sunset Boulevard in Los Angeles (which was part of the
assets acquired in the purchase of the Los Angeles AM radio station) by
$697,741. The write down was based on current market values of real estate in
the Los Angeles area. This amount is included in other, net in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations.

(5)  SENIOR NOTES AND PREFERRED STOCK

         On June 29, 1994, the Company, through a private placement offering
(the "Offering") completed the sale of 107,059 units (the "Units"), each
consisting of $1,000 principal amount of 12% Senior Notes (the "Notes") due 2002
and 107,059 Warrants (the "Warrants") each to purchase one share of Class A
voting common stock at a price of $0.01 per share. The Notes and Warrants became
separately transferable on June 29, 1994. The Notes were issued at a substantial
discount from their principal amount and generated proceeds to the Company of
$87,774,002, net of financing costs of $6,225,998. Of the $94,000,000 of gross
proceeds, $88,603,000 was allocated to the Notes and $5,397,000 was determined
to be the value of the Warrants. The net proceeds were used (i) to satisfy in
full all obligations to the Company's two principal lenders for a total of
approximately $83,000,000 in cash; this satisfaction resulted in the release of
the assets and stock held as collateral by the principal lenders, (ii) to
deposit $4,000,000 into a blocked account which was subsequently used to cover
the settlement of litigation relating to the obligations to a former stockholder
under certain noncompete and redemption agreements (see note 11), and (iii) for
general corporate purposes. The satisfaction of the obligations to the principal
lenders were made at discounts to their face values, resulting in a gain on
extinguishment of this debt of $70,254,772, net of income taxes of $3,060,924.
Such amount has been classified as an extraordinary item in the accompanying
fiscal 1994 consolidated statement of operations.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>   179
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         The Notes bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum from the date of
original issue until June 15, 1997 and at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum from and
after such date until maturity on June 15, 2002. Interest is payable
semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 1994. The Notes
will not be redeemable at the option of the Company, except that the Company may
redeem up to $20 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on or prior to
June 15, 1997 at 110% of the accreted value of the Notes, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the redemption date, out of the proceeds of one or more
public offerings of the Company's common stock. The Notes are senior unsecured
obligations of the Company and are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior
unsecured basis, as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest,
jointly and severally, by each subsidiary of the Company. In the event of a
change of control, as defined, the Company will be required to make an offer to
purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their
accreted value, in the case of a purchase prior to June 15, 1997, and thereafter
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, in each case
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. The indenture pursuant
to which the Notes are issued contains covenants restricting the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the
creation of liens, asset sales, mergers or consolidations, among other things.
The Company registered the Notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
which registration became effective on October 26, 1994. The discount on the
Notes is being amortized over the term of the Notes to result in an effective
interest rate of 12 1/2% per annum.

         The Warrants will expire on June 30, 1999. Each warrant entitles the
holder to acquire, on or after the exercise date, as defined, and prior to the
expiration date, one share of Class A voting common stock at $0.01 per share,
subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain changes
in common stock, common stock distributions, issuances of options or convertible
securities, dividends and distributions and certain other increases in the
number of shares of common stock, as defined.

         On March 25, 1996 the Company financed the purchase of radio station
WPAT-FM with a combination of the proceeds from the sale in a private placement
of 37,500 shares of the Company's Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock (Preferred
Stock) and $35 million of the Company's 12 1/4% Senior Secured Notes (the "New
Senior Notes") due 2001 together with cash on hand. The Company also issued to
the holders of the Preferred Stock and New Senior Notes warrants (the "New
Warrants") to purchase, in the aggregate, 6% of the Company's common stock on a
fully diluted basis which are exercisable no later than June 29, 1998. Of the
gross proceeds of $72.5 million, $35 million relates to the New Senior Notes and
$37.5 million relates to the Preferred Stock. The value of the New Warrants was
determined to be $6,833,507 of which $2,277,840 was allocated to the warrants
associated with the New Senior Notes and $4,555,667 was allocated to the
warrants associated with the Preferred Stock. In connection with this
transaction, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $1,605,426
related to the New Senior Notes and charged issuance costs of $1,718,437 related
to the Preferred Stock to additional paid-in capital.

         The New Senior Notes are secured by the FCC license of radio station
WPAT-FM and are guaranteed by each of the Company's subsidiaries. They will be
senior obligations of the Company that will rank senior in right of payment to
all subordinated indebtedness of the Company and equally ranked with all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company including the Notes. The
New Senior Notes are due on June 1, 2001 and bear interest at the rate of 12
1/2% per annum payable quarterly, increasing by 0.25% for each three-month
period from the issue date to March 1997, and 0.50% for each period of three
months thereafter, provided that the interest rate on the New Senior Notes may
not exceed 14.75% per annum. The discount on the New Senior Notes is being
amortized over the term of the New Senior Notes to result in an effective
interest rate of 15.9% per annum,


                                      F-13
<PAGE>   180
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


inclusive of interest rate escalations. Until March 24, 1998, interest may be
paid in cash or in additional New Senior Notes. In June 1996 and September 1996,
the Company elected to satisfy interest due through the issuance of $2,199,121
additional New Senior Notes issued at face value.

         The carrying value of the Notes and New Senior Notes approximates
market value at September 29, 1996.

         The Preferred Stock is entitled to dividends at the rate of 12.75% per
annum payable quarterly, increasing by 0.25% for each period of three months
from issue date through March 1997 and 0.50% for each period of three months
thereafter, provided that the dividend rate will at no time exceed 15.25%.
During the first three years, dividends may be paid in cash or additional shares
of Preferred Stock. In June 1996 and September 1996, the Company elected to
satisfy the dividends due of $2,452,910 through the issuance of 2,451 additional
preferred shares and $1,910 in cash (for fractional shares). The holders of the
Preferred Stock may, at their option, exchange Preferred Stock into New Senior
Notes in an amount equal to the accreted value of Notes that are redeemed or
otherwise retired by the Company. The Company is required to redeem the
Preferred Stock on December 1, 2002.

         Covenants under the indentures governing the New Senior Notes and
Preferred Stock are substantially identical to the covenants of the Notes.

         The Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the New
Senior Notes and Preferred Stock upon a change of control, as defined. The
Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the Preferred Stock upon
the sale of certain assets but only after satisfying the offer to purchase
obligations under the outstanding Notes.

         The New Senior Notes and the Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at the
Company's option, during the first 18 months following issuance at 100% of the
principal amount and liquidation value, respectively, provided, however, that
the New Senior Notes will not be redeemable until all of the Preferred Stock is
redeemed or exchanged into Notes or New Senior Notes. The New Senior Notes and
the Preferred Stock will be redeemable at the following premium to principal
amount and liquidation value, respectively, during the periods set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FOLLOWING ISSUANCE                              PREMIUM
- -------------------------                              -------
<S>                                                    <C>
18-24 months.........................................     105%
24-26 months.........................................     103%
36-48 months.........................................     101%
Thereafter...........................................     100%
</TABLE>


         Under the terms of the indentures, the Company is required to commence
an orderly auction process for radio stations WXLX-AM and KXED-AM. The Company
will also be required to waive its rights to reinvest the proceeds of such sales
and immediately offer to purchase outstanding Notes at 100% of accreted value as
required under the indenture. All remaining proceeds must be utilized to make an
offer to purchase or mandatorily redeem Preferred Stock.



                                      F-14
<PAGE>   181
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         The Company is permitted to repurchase the New Warrants during the
first two years from issuance, assuming no New Senior Notes or Preferred Stock
are outstanding and such purchase is permitted under the Indenture, at prices
ranging from $182.70 per Warrant to $439.38 per Warrant.

         If on the first, second or third anniversaries of the issuance of the
New Senior Notes and Preferred Stock, the sum of the aggregate principal amount
of the New Senior Notes and the aggregate liquidation value of the Preferred
Stock outstanding exceeds the sum of $50 million plus the accreted value of the
Notes that have been repurchased, redeemed or otherwise retired by the Company,
the Company will issue the holders of the New Senior Notes and Preferred Stock,
on a pro rata basis, ten-year warrants (the "Penalty Warrants") to purchase, in
the aggregate, 10% of the Company's common stock at an aggregate exercise price
of $5 million. Thereafter, in the event that the New Senior Notes and the
Preferred Stock are fully redeemed prior to the first anniversary of the
issuance of Penalty Warrants, the Company will have the option to repurchase
Penalty Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $5 million (or, if the
Penalty Warrants have been exercised, the option to repurchase the underlying
warrant shares for an aggregate purchase price of $10 million).

         If any New Senior Notes or Preferred Stock are outstanding 18 months
following the issuance thereof, the Company will use its best efforts to
publicly register the outstanding New Senior Notes and Preferred Stock. In the
event that New Senior Notes or Preferred Stock remain outstanding on the second
anniversary of issuance, the interest and/or dividend rates will increase by 100
basis points to the extent such New Senior Notes or Preferred Stock are not then
publicly registered.

(6)  LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following at September 24, 1995 and
September 29, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1995                   1996
                                                                      ----------             ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>                     <C>
Obligation under capital lease with related
   party payable in monthly installments of
   $9,000, including interest at 6.25%, commencing
   June 1992 (see note 9).........................................    $1,116,005             $1,075,314

Note payable in monthly installments of $1,547,
   plus interest at 6%, commencing January 1996
   (see note 3)...................................................        80,000                     --

Other.............................................................        11,626                 11,626
                                                                      ----------             ----------
                                                                       1,207,631              1,086,940

Less current portion..............................................        61,565                 53,572
                                                                      ----------             ----------
                                                                      $1,146,066             $1,033,368
                                                                      ==========             ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-15
<PAGE>   182
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



         The scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows at September
29, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  FISCAL YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER
- ----------------
<S>                                                                <C>
1997...........................................................    $   53,572
1998...........................................................        44,644
1999...........................................................        47,516
2000...........................................................        50,572
2001...........................................................        53,825
Thereafter.....................................................       836,811
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $1,086,940
                                                                   ==========

</TABLE>

(7)  LOANS WITH STOCKHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         At September 24, 1995, the Company had loans receivable from
stockholders totaling $2,421,272 including interest of $312,012. In May 1994,
these stockholders entered into agreements with the Company pursuant to which
these loans would bear interest at a rate that varied with the prime rate and
mature in 2001. Effective in December 1995, the Company exchanged the existing
notes for amended and restated notes in the aggregate principal amounts of
$2,474,236, including accrued interest through that date. The amended and
restated notes bear interest at 6.36% per annum and mature on December 30, 2025.
The notes are payable in 30 equal annual aggregate installments of $186,728,
commencing on December 30, 1996. The board of directors approved the terms of
the exchange of the notes. Loans receivable from stockholders have been
classified as an increase in stockholders' deficiency in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Interest receivable on stockholder loans of
$118,021 is included in other current assets.

         At September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996, the Company has advances
totaling $286,947 and $289,869, respectively, due from a party related through
common ownership. Payment of this balance is guaranteed by an officer of the
Company. Additionally, at September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996, the Company
had trade receivables totaling $373,190 due from this related party which have
been fully reserved.

         The Company pays the operating expenses for a boat owned by a party
related through common ownership which is used by the Company for business
entertainment purposes. Such expenses approximated $77,000, $99,000 and $126,000
for the fiscal years ended September 25, 1994, September 24, 1995 and September
29, 1996, respectively. The Company leases an apartment from a stockholder of
the Company for annual rentals of $108,000 through August 1997. Additionally,
the Company occupies a building under a capital lease agreement with certain
stockholders (see note 9).

         The Company had a loan payable to a stockholder of $200,000 at
September 25, 1994 which bore interest at 10% per annum. This loan was repaid in
June 1995.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>   183
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


(8)  CAPITAL STOCK

         During fiscal 1994, in connection with the Reorganization and the
Offering, the Company consolidated its radio station operations through the
contribution by the Principal Stockholders to the Company of their interests in
eight corporations in exchange for common stock of the Company. As a result of
the contribution, the Company issued 558,135 shares of Class A common stock and
48,533 shares of Class B common stock. The difference between the par value of
the previously issued shares of $300,000 and the newly issued shares of $6,066
was reflected as additional paid-in capital of $293,934.

         During fiscal 1996, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the aggregate number of authorized shares of $0.01 par
value Class A common stock from 2,000,000 to 5,000,000 and create and authorize
500,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock. Characteristics and
privileges concerning the preferred stock are at the discretion of the board of
directors. During fiscal 1996, 49,201 preferred shares were designated as
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock (see note 5). In addition, the Company has
authorized 200,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class B common stock. The Class A
common stock is entitled to one vote per share and the Class B common stock is
entitled to eight votes per share. Shares of Class B common stock may be
converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, at the option
of the holder, at any time. Each share of Class B common stock automatically
converts into one share of Class A common stock on the exercise date, as defined
in the Warrant agreement relating to the Notes discussed in note 5.

         In 1994 the Company adopted a stock option plan pursuant to which the
Company has reserved up to 26,750 shares of Class A common stock for issuance
upon the exercise of options granted under the plan. The plan covers all regular
salaried employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. No options have been
granted under this plan to date.

(9)  COMMITMENTS

         The Company occupies a building under a capital lease agreement with
certain stockholders of the Company expiring in June 2012. The amount
capitalized under this lease agreement and included in property and equipment at
September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996 is $1,025,000 and $963,500, net of
accumulated depreciation of $205,000 and $266,500, respectively.

         The Company leases office space and facilities and certain equipment
under operating leases, one of which is with a related party (see note 7), that
expire at various dates through 2013. Certain leases provide for base rental
payments plus escalation charges for real estate taxes and operating expenses.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>   184
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         At September 29, 1996, future minimum lease payments under such leases
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CAPITAL       OPERATING
FISCAL YEAR                                               LEASE         LEASES
- -----------                                               -----         ------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
1997.................................................   $  149,000     $  597,600
1998.................................................      149,000        461,100
1999.................................................      149,000        294,900
2000.................................................      149,000        149,600
2001.................................................      149,000        148,200
Thereafter...........................................    1,589,333      2,050,200
                                                        ----------     ----------
         Total minimum lease payments................    2,334,333     $3,701,600
                                                                       ==========
         Less executory costs........................      642,333
                                                        ----------
                                                                                      1,692,000
         Less interest at 6.25%......................      616,686
                                                        ----------
         Present value of minimum lease payments.....   $1,075,314
                                                        ==========
</TABLE>

         Total rent expense for the fiscal years ended September 25, 1994,
September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996 amounted to $971,398, $943,107 and
$1,097,144, respectively.

         The Company has agreements to sublease its radio frequencies and
portions of its tower sites. Such agreements provide for payments through 2002.
The future minimum rental income to be received under these agreements as of
September 29, 1996 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR                                                        AMOUNT
- -----------                                                        ------
<S>                                                             <C>
1997........................................................    $  466,060
1998........................................................       485,130
1999........................................................       504,477
2000........................................................       236,674
2001........................................................       256,143
Thereafter..................................................       109,330
                                                                ----------
                                                                $2,057,814
                                                                ==========
</TABLE>



                                      F-18
<PAGE>   185
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         At September 29, 1996, the Company is committed to the purchase of
broadcast rights for various sports, news and other programming and has
employment contracts for certain on-air talent and general managers expiring
through 2000. Future payments under such contracts are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PROGRAMMING      EMPLOYMENT
FISCAL YEAR                           CONTRACTS        CONTRACTS     TOTAL
- -----------                           ---------        ---------     -----
<S>                                  <C>              <C>          <C>
1997..............................     $450,406       $1,436,249   $1,886,655
1998..............................      289,653          639,284      928,937
1999..............................       31,283          368,867      400,150
2000..............................       14,286          232,200      246,486
2001..............................        4,012           19,350       23,362
                                       --------       ----------   ----------
                                       $789,640       $2,695,950   $3,485,590
                                       ========       ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

         Certain sports programming contracts provide for sharing in a portion
of advertising revenues or sharing of net profits relating to the specific
broadcasts. In addition, certain employment contracts provide for additional
amounts to be paid if station ratings or cash flow targets are met.

         The Company has a five-year agreement with Katz Communications, Inc.
("KCI") expiring in fiscal 1998, whereby KCI became the Company's exclusive
national sales agent and representative. In connection with this agreement, SBS
Network ceased representation for the Company's stations in this capacity. In
consideration for this agreement, KCI paid SBS Network $500,000 during fiscal
1994. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company agreed to pay KCI a
commission on the net national advertising billings, which ranges between 14%
and 20%, over the life of the agreement.

(10)  INCOME TAXES

         Total income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal year ended September
25, 1994 was deferred and allocated as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Loss from operations.........................................     $(2,231,070)
Extraordinary item--gain on extinguishment of debt...........       3,060,924
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  $   829,854
                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>

         The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the fiscal years ended
September 24, 1995 and September 29, 1996 consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1995              1996
                                           ----------       -----------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>
Current:
  State and local......................    $  329,656       $   191,922
Deferred:
  Federal..............................     1,081,738        (1,357,722)
                                           ----------       -----------
                                           $1,411,394       $(1,165,800)
                                           ==========       ===========
</TABLE>

         During fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Company utilized net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $837,000 and $686,000, respectively.



                                      F-19
<PAGE>   186
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

         The difference between the fiscal 1994 income tax benefit (attributable
to operations) at the Federal statutory rate and the effective rate was due to
state and local income tax benefits. The difference between the fiscal 1995
income tax expense at the Federal statutory rate and the effective rate was
attributable to the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, as well as
state and local income taxes. The difference between the fiscal 1996 income tax
benefit at the Federal statutory rate and the effective rate was primarily
attributable to state and local income taxes, recurring non-deductible expenses
and non-deductible expenses incurred in connection with the Company's financing
transactions.

         The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give
rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at September 24, 1995
and September 29, 1996 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995             1996
                                                          -----------      -----------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards.....................   $31,320,000      $27,627,781
  Deferred interest....................................            --        4,963,048
  Allowance for doubtful accounts......................     2,073,954        1,804,305
  Fixed assets.........................................            --          279,095
                                                          -----------      -----------

         Total deferred tax assets.....................    33,393,954       34,674,229
                                                          -----------      -----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation and amortization........................     9,097,466        8,932,667
  Intangible assets....................................     8,382,950        8,382,950
  Deferred debt forgiveness............................    17,396,470       17,396,470
  Unearned revenue.....................................       262,750          350,102
                                                          -----------      -----------

         Total deferred tax liabilities................    35,139,636       35,062,189
                                                          -----------      -----------

         Net deferred tax liability....................  $(1,745,682)     $  (387,960)
                                                         ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

         During fiscal 1994, as a result of the refinancing of the Company's
debt discussed in note 5, the Company recognized an extraordinary gain on debt
extinguishment of $70,254,772, net of income taxes of $3,060,924, for financial
statement purposes. For Federal income tax purposes, income from the discharge
of this indebtedness reduced available net operating loss carryforwards and
reduced the tax basis of certain assets. As a result, the valuation allowance
for gross deferred tax assets was eliminated in fiscal 1994, reflecting the
utilization, as a result of the extraordinary gain, of net operating loss
carryforwards for financial statement purposes. In addition, certain timing
differences were created which gave rise to deferred tax liabilities that will
result in taxable income in future years when the assets are realized or
settled.

         During fiscal 1995, the recognition of the $70,254,772 gain on debt
extinguishment for Federal income tax purposes was redistributed upon filing of
the fiscal 1994 tax returns. This resulted in additional amounts used to reduce
the tax basis of certain assets, additional deferred debt forgiveness and
preservation of available net operating loss carryforwards. The net effect of
the redistribution of the discharge of indebtedness for Federal income tax
purposes did not significantly affect the Company's net deferred tax position.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>   187
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         At September 29, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $69,069,000 available to offset future taxable income expiring
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NET
EXPIRING IN                                          OPERATING LOSS
SEPTEMBER                                             CARRYFORWARDS
- ---------                                             -------------
<S>                                                  <C>
2004..........................................        $ 5,210,000
2005..........................................         12,578,000
2006..........................................         14,233,000
2007..........................................         13,390,000
2008..........................................         12,213,000
2009..........................................         11,445,000
                                                      -----------
                                                      $69,069,000
                                                      ===========
</TABLE>


(11)  LITIGATION

         The Company is the defendant in a number of lawsuits and claims
incidental in its ordinary course of business, certain of which have been
brought by former employees. It is not possible at the present time to estimate
the ultimate liability, if any, of the Company with respect to such litigation.
However, management believes that the ultimate liability, if any, would not be
material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.

         In April 1995, the Company settled ongoing litigation with a former
stockholder for $3.5 million, including imputed interest. The difference between
the amount accrued by the Company and the settlement amount totaled $352,878 and
is recorded in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of
operations for the fiscal year ended September 24, 1995.

(12)  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

         The Company paid $2,295,489, $8,152,213 and $8,254,402 for interest and
$53,332, $337,757 and $632,990 for income taxes during fiscal 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively. During the year ended September 24, 1995, the Company
financed $80,000 of the purchase price of radio station WSKP-FM through the
issuance of a note payable to the seller. During the year ended September 29,
1996, the Company issued $2,199,121 of New Notes as payment for interest and
issued $2,452,910 of Preferred Stock as payment of dividends.

(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - UNAUDITED

         On March 27, 1997, the Company consummated an offering of $75,000,000
in principal of its 11% Senior Notes due 2004, and an offering of
$175,000,000 representing 175,000 units (the "Units"), each Unit consisting of
one share of 14-1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and one warrant to
purchase 0.428 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock in transactions
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In conjunction
with the Offerings, the Company effected a series of transactions including (i)
the acquisitions of WYSY-FM in Chicago from Infinity Broadcasting Corporation
for $33,000,000 and WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM from New Age Communications and The
Seventies Broadcasting Corporation, respectively,



                                      F-21
<PAGE>   188
                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



for a total of $111,000,000, (ii) the refinancing of the Company's Senior
Secured Notes due 2001 and Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A and the
repurchase of related warrants to purchase an aggregate of 6.0% of the Company's
Common Stock, on a fully-diluted basis, (iii) the solicitation of certain
consents from the holders of the Company's 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002, and
(iv) the declaration of a dividend of $4 million to stockholders and existing
warrantholders. See "The Offerings and Transactions".


                                      F-22
<PAGE>   189
               SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 29,
                                                                       1996
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>
                                     ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents ..................................       $  4,899,168
Receivables:
  Trade ....................................................         11,239,993
  Less Allowance for Doubtful Accounts .....................          1,885,747
                                                                   ------------
    Net Receivables--Trade .................................          9,354,246
Barter (Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts of $2,668,816
  at December, 1996.) ......................................            501,385
                                                                   ------------
         Net Receivables ...................................          9,855,631
Other Current Assets .......................................          1,809,645
                                                                   ------------
         Total Current Assets ..............................         16,564,444
Property and Equipment, Net ................................         19,318,647
Franchise Costs, Net .......................................        133,033,237
Due From Related Party .....................................            289,869
Deferred Financing Costs, Net ..............................          6,011,632
Other Assets ...............................................            101,294
Deferred Taxes .............................................            233,040
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $175,552,163
                                                                   ============
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY

Current Liabilities:
Current Portion of Long Term Debt ..........................       $     48,371
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses ......................          4,631,931
Accrued Interest ...........................................            387,264
Unearned Revenue ...........................................            838,640
                                                                   ------------
         Total Current Liabilities .........................          5,906,206
Senior Notes, Net of Unamortized Discount ..................        137,571,140
Deferred Income Taxes ......................................                 --
Long-Term Debt, Less Current Portion .......................          1,031,189
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 Par Value ........
  Authorized 49,201 Shares; Issued and Outstanding 41,274
  Shares--December, 1996 ...................................         37,509,402
Stockholders Deficiency:
Class A Common Stock, $.01 Par Value.  Authorized 5,000,000
  Shares; Issued and Outstanding 558,135 Shares ............              5,581
Class B Common Stock, $.01 Par Value.  Authorized 200,000
  Shares; Issued and Outstanding 48,533 Shares .............                485
Additional Paid in Capital .................................         10,806,004
Accumulated Deficit ........................................        (14,803,608)
                                                                   ------------
                                                                     (3,991,538)
Less: Loans Receivable from Stockholders ...................         (2,474,236)
                                                                   ------------
Total Stockholders' Deficiency .............................         (6,465,774)
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $175,552,163
                                                                   ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>   190
               SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
                                   (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS            THREE MONTHS
                                                            ENDED                   ENDED
                                                        DECEMBER 31,            DECEMBER 29,
                                                            1995                    1996
                                                        ------------            ------------
<S>                                                     <C>                     <C>
Gross broadcasting revenues....................         $13,850,701             $ 13,994,572
  Less: agency commissions.....................           1,745,434                1,628,432
                                                        -----------             ------------
         Net broadcasting revenues.............          12,105,267               12,366,140
                                                        -----------             ------------
Operating expenses:
Engineering....................................             437,984                  497,770
  Program......................................           1,410,785                1,517,389
  Selling......................................           3,546,845                3,537,480
  General and Administrative...................           1,592,544                1,531,285
  Corporate expenses...........................             842,053                  993,993
  Depreciation & Amortization..................             820,196                1,394,547
                                                        -----------             ------------
                                                          8,650,407                9,472,464
                                                        -----------             ------------
         Operating income......................           3,454,860                2,893,676
         Other expense (income):
           Interest expense, net...............           3,234,810                5,006,413
           Other, net..........................                 (7)                   27,438
                                                       -----------              ------------

Income (loss) before income taxes..............             220,057              (2,140,175)
Income taxes...................................             101,046                (814,000)
                                                        -----------            ------------

Net income (loss)..............................             119,011              (1,326,175)
Accumulated deficit at beginning of period.....         (4,425,882)             (11,906,690)
Accretion of Preferred Stock...................                  --                (246,054)
Preferred Stock issued as dividends............                  --              (1,324,689)
                                                        -----------            ------------

Accumulated deficit at end of period...........        $(4,306,871)            $(14,803,608)
                                                       ===========             ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-24
<PAGE>   191
               SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
           THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                   (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995               1996
                                                                               ----               ----
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) ..................................................       $   119,011        $(1,326,175)
                                                                           -----------        -----------
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
     cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization ................................           820,196          1,394,547
      Provision for losses on receivables ..........................           120,100            358,818
      Amortization of debt discount ................................         1,215,657          1,558,046
      Interest satisfied through the issuance of new notes .........                --          1,185,722
      Amortization of deferred financing costs .....................           224,055            282,005
      Deferred income taxes ........................................            75,000           (621,000)
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Decrease in receivables ....................................         1,395,316            615,577
        Increase in other current assets ...........................          (482,570)          (694,313)
        Decrease (increase) in other assets ........................           (10,200)            30,000
        Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses           375,209           (286,276)
        Decrease in accrued interest ...............................        (2,007,355)        (2,007,357)
        Decrease in income taxes payable ...........................          (196,835)                --
        Decrease in unearned revenue ...............................           (99,500)           (36,616)
                                                                           -----------        -----------

   Total adjustments ...............................................         1,429,073          1,779,153
                                                                           -----------        -----------

   Net cash provided by operating activities .......................         1,548,084            452,978
                                                                           -----------        -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Deposit for acquisition of radio station WPAT-FM .................        (3,000,000)                --
  Additions to property and equipment ..............................        (1,137,978)          (956,213)
                                                                           -----------        -----------

   Net cash used in investing activities ...........................        (4,137,978)          (956,213)
                                                                           -----------        -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Increase in deferred financing costs .............................          (863,362)           (58,296)
  Repayments of long-term debt .....................................            (6,482)            (7,380)
  Advances to related party ........................................            (3,490)                --
                                                                           -----------        -----------

   Net cash used in financing activities ...........................          (873,334)           (65,676)
                                                                           -----------        -----------

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ..........................        (3,463,228)          (568,911)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...................        17,817,119          5,468,079
                                                                           -----------        -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .........................       $14,353,891        $ 4,899,168
                                                                           ===========        ===========

Cash paid for:
  Interest .........................................................       $ 4,027,295        $ 4,027,832
                                                                           ===========        ===========
  Income taxes .....................................................       $   459,622        $   342,923
                                                                           ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-25
<PAGE>   192
               SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                   (UNAUDITED)

(1)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the
three month periods ended December 31, 1995 and December 29, 1996 do not contain
all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles. These
condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the fiscal
year ended September 29, 1996.

         In the opinion of management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which are
all of a normal, recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the
results of the interim periods. The results of operations for the three month
period ended December 29, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results for
a full year.

(2)  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

         In conjunction with the Acquisitions, the Company has reassessed its
business strategy and determined that WXLX-AM, KXMG-AM, WCMQ-AM and WSKP-FM do
not provide a strategic fit with the Company's long-term plans. Management has
decided to redeploy the capital invested in these assets and focus on the
development of its remaining FM stations, which management believes offer
significantly better coverage of the Hispanic population to advertisers. The
Company is actively pursuing all opportunities to sell these stations.

         On March 25, 1996 the Company completed the acquisition of WPAT-FM,
serving the New York metropolitan area for $86.4 million including financing and
closing costs. The Company's consolidated results of operations for the three
month period ended December 31, 1995 exclude the results of WPAT-FM which has
been operated by the Company since January 20, 1996. The following unaudited
pro-forma summary presents the consolidated results of operations as if the
acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal year 1996, after giving
effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of franchise costs and
interest expense on the acquisition debt. These pro-forma results have been
prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of
what would have occurred had the acquisition been made as of that date or of
results which may occur in the future.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           THREE MONTHS
                                               ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 31,
PRO-FORMA RESULTS                              1995
- -----------------                              ----
<S>                                        <C>
Net Revenues..........................       $14,474
Net Loss..............................       $(1,365)
</TABLE>


(3) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

         On March 27, 1997, the Company consummated an offering of $75,000,000
in principal of its 11% Senior Notes due 2004, and an offering of $175,000,000
representing 175,000 units (the "Units"), each Unit consisting of one share of
14-1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and one warrant to purchase 0.428


                                      F-26
<PAGE>   193
               SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

       NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock in transactions exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. In conjunction with the
Offerings, the Company effected a series of transactions including (i) the
acquisitions of WYSY-FM in Chicago from Infinity Broadcasting Corporation for
$33,000,000 and WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM from New Age Communications and The
Seventies Broadcasting Corporation, respectively for a total of $111,000,000,
(ii) the refinancing of the Company's Senior Secured Notes due 2001 and Senior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A and the repurchase of related warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 6.0% of the Company's Common Stock, on a fully-diluted
basis, (iii) the solicitation of certain consents from the holders of the
Company's 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002, and (iv) the declaration of a dividend
of $4 million to stockholders and existing warrantholders. See "The Offerings
and Transactions".



                                      F-27
<PAGE>   194
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Shareholders
New Age Broadcasting, Inc.
Miami, Florida 33145

Gentlemen:

         We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of New Age Broadcasting,
Inc. (an S corporation) as of September 30, 1994 and the related statements of
income, retained earnings and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present
fairly in all material respects, the financial position of New Age Broadcasting,
Inc. as of September 30, 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


                                     VOYNOW, BAYARD AND COMPANY
                                     Certified Public Accountants

Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
December 2, 1994




                                      F-28
<PAGE>   195
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                  BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>                   <C>
                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash (Note 6F)..................................................................                           $  209,618
Cash, restricted funds (Note 2).................................................                              100,000
Accounts receivable:
  Trade (net of allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $111,626) ...............................................................       1,343,103
  Barter (Note 1E)..............................................................          86,436            1,429,539
                                                                                       ---------
Prepaid expenses................................................................                               58,742
                                                                                                           ----------
         Total Current Assets...................................................                            1,797,899
PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Note 1C)
  Technical equipment, studio and tower.........................................         546,091
  Office equipment and fixtures, and transportation
    equipment...................................................................         275,021
                                                                                       ---------
         .......................................................................         821,112
  Accumulated depreciation......................................................         539,886
                                                                                       ---------
         Net Plant, Property and Equipment......................................                              281,226
OTHER ASSETS (Note 1F)
Transmitter site leasehold interest, trademark,
  FCC license and goodwill (net of amortization
  of $1,324,485)................................................................       6,464,036
Deferred financing costs (net of amortization of
  $48,534)......................................................................          78,077
Lease costs (net of amortization of $1,925).....................................           2,713
Deposits .......................................................................         265,009
                                                                                       ---------

         Total Other Assets.....................................................                            6,809,835
                                                                                                           ----------

         TOTAL ASSETS...........................................................                           $8,888,960
                                                                                                           ==========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 3)....................................                           $  655,249
  Accounts payable:
    Trade.......................................................................                               42,694
    Barter (Note 1E)............................................................                               15,855
  Accrued expenses..............................................................                              119,342
                                                                                                           ----------
         Total Current Liabilities..............................................                              833,140
LONG-TERM DEBT
Notes payable (Note 3)
  AT&T Commercial Finance Company...............................................       3,427,000
  Transportation equipment financing............................................          28,531
  Stockholders (Note 3C)........................................................         217,345
                                                                                       ---------
         Total..................................................................       3,672,876
Less: Current portion...........................................................         655,249
                                                                                       ---------
         Total Long-Term Debt...................................................                            3,017,627
                                                                                                           ----------

         TOTAL LIABILITIES......................................................                            3,850,767
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital stock (par value $10; 1,000 shares authorized,
  180 shares issued and outstanding) (Note 5)...................................           1,800
Additional paid in capital......................................................         998,200
Retained earnings...............................................................       4,038,193
                                                                                       ---------
  Net Stockholders' Equity......................................................                            5,038,193
                                                                                                           ----------

         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............................                           $8,888,960
                                                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



                                      F-29
<PAGE>   196
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                    STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>
GROSS BROADCASTING REVENUES..................................................                     $ 8,339,045
  Less agency commissions....................................................                      (1,029,036)
NET REVENUE..................................................................                       7,310,009
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Technical..................................................................     765,129
  Sales  ....................................................................   1,475,112
  General and administrative.................................................     423,845
                                                                                ---------

         Total Operating Expenses............................................                       2,664,086
                                                                                                  -----------

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.......................................................                       4,645,923
OTHER INCOME, (EXPENSES)
  Interest income............................................................      57,771
  Officer compensation.......................................................   (220,000)
  Interest expense, bank.....................................................   (314,252)
  Interest expense, shareholders.............................................   (152,599)
  Amortization...............................................................   (229,305)
  Depreciation...............................................................    (98,946)
                                                                                --------

         Net Other Expenses..................................................                         957,331
                                                                                                  -----------

         NET INCOME..........................................................                       3,688,592
RETAINED EARNINGS, BEGINNING.................................................                         349,601
                                                                                                  -----------
RETAINED EARNINGS, ENDING....................................................                     $ 4,038,193
                                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>


See independent auditors' report.


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



                                      F-30
<PAGE>   197
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>                   <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
NET INCOME...................................................................                            $ 3,688,592
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Add (deduct) expenses not using cash
    Depreciation and amortization............................................           328,251
    Increase in bad debt allowance...........................................            90,186
  Changes in assets and liabilities (Increase) decrease in:
      Accounts receivable....................................................         (373,497)
      Prepaid expenses.......................................................            14,230
    (Decrease) in:
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................................         (251,382)
                                                                                    ----------
         Total Adjustments...................................................                               (192,212)
                                                                                                         -----------
         Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities...........................                              3,496,380

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Expenditures for property and equipment....................................          (95,703)
  Expenditures for trademark acquisition.....................................          (35,432)
                                                                                    ----------
         Net Cash Used in Investing Activities...............................                              (131,135)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Acquisition of new financing, equipment....................................            17,623
  Repayment of bank debt.....................................................         (409,334)
  Repayment of shareholder debt..............................................       (3,697,401)
                                                                                    ----------
         Net Cash Used in Financing Activities...............................                             (4,089,112)
                                                                                                         -----------

NET DECREASE IN CASH.........................................................                              (723,867)
CASH, BEGINNING..............................................................                              1,033,485
                                                                                                         -----------
CASH, ENDING.................................................................                            $   309,618
                                                                                                         ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
  Interest paid..............................................................                            $   453,224
                                                                                                         ===========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report.


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-31
<PAGE>   198
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                        NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1994

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  A. Organization

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. was incorporated on November 19, 1987 under
the laws of the State of Florida. Its principal office and place of business is
in the Miami, Florida area.

  B. Operations

         The corporation is engaged in the business of operating an FM radio
station, WXDJ-FM. Revenue is gained from the sale of commercial time to third
parties.

  C. Plant, Property and Equipment

         All plant, property and equipment accounts are stated at cost;
additions and major improvements are capitalized; expenditures for maintenance,
repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Any gain or loss on
disposition of assets is reflected in the statement of income. Depreciation of
assets is computed by use of the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the respective assets, ranging from 5 to 7 years.

  D. Station Acquisition

         The corporation acquired the operating assets of WXDJ-FM on December 1,
1987 for a purchase price of $8,100,000. The total purchase price was allocated
to the assets in proportion to their relative estimated fair market values based
on independent appraisals obtained by management. The allocation of the purchase
price is summarized, as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
Station furniture, fixtures and equipment.............................    $  472,210
Transmitter site leasehold interest, FCC license and goodwill.........     7,627,790
                                                                          ----------
Total Allocated Purchase Price........................................    $8,100,000
                                                                          ==========
</TABLE>

  E. Barter Transactions

         Reciprocal trade agreement transactions for advertising time are
recorded at fair market value of the merchandise or services received and are
included in broadcast revenues and expenses. Any uncompleted transactions are
recorded in accounts receivable and payable as appropriate.


                                      F-32
<PAGE>   199
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


  F. Intangible Assets

         Costs of acquiring the leasehold interest and FCC license, as well as
financing and organization costs, are capitalized. These intangible assets are
being amortized over the following estimated lives on a straight-line basis:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AMORTIZATION
                                                                          EXPENSE FISCAL
                                                                            YEAR ENDED
                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
ASSET                                           COST         LIFE              1994
- -----                                           ----         ----              ----
<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>
Transmitter site leasehold, FCC license
  and goodwill.............................  $7,753,090     40 years         $202,835
Trademark..................................      35,431     14 years              221
Deferred financing costs...................     126,612      5 years           25,322
Lease costs, new tower.....................       4,638      5 years              927
                                                                             --------
                                                                             $229,305
                                                                             ========
</TABLE>

2.  CASH, RESTRICTED FUNDS

         The company has placed $100,000 in a restricted bank account to comply
with State of Florida regulation related to a current promotional contest. The
restriction is expected to be removed from these funds at the contest conclusion
during the next quarter.

3.  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

  A. Notes Payable, AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation

         A term note was secured on October 29, 1992 from AT&T Commercial
Finance Corporation in the original amount of $4,150,000. Monthly principal
payments are required under the loan agreements as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
03/1/93 through 11/1/93........................      $40,000
12/1/93 through 11/1/94........................       33,000
12/1/94 through 11/1/95........................       36,000
12/1/95 through 11/1/96........................       40,000
12/1/96 through 10/1/97........................       44,000
</TABLE>

         The remaining balance of the debt is due in full on November 1, 1997.

         Interest is due monthly on the debt calculated at a rate based on the
prime rate plus two percent. At September 30, 1994 this rate was 9.75%.

         Substantially all corporate assets have been pledged to secure this
obligation. In addition, the stockholders have pledged their stock and have
given their personal guarantees to secure the obligation. The debt agreements
include stipulations limiting capital expenditures, compensation, investments
and dividends and for maintenance of a minimum level of working capital.


                                      F-33
<PAGE>   200
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


  B. Notes Payable, Transportation Equipment

         The company has secured financing for station vehicles in 1993 and 1994
from a local commercial bank. Forty-eight monthly payments of $742 are due
including interest. The debts are secured by the vehicles financed, as well as
by the personal guarantees of certain stockholders.

  C. Notes Payable, Stockholders

         Financing has been arranged from the stockholders on a demand basis.
The original amount of this financing was $3,510,000 with the related accrued,
unpaid interest amounting to $1,944,746 as of October 1, 1993. Due to
stipulations contained in the AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation loan
agreements described above, this debt and the related accrued, unpaid interest
has previously been classified as long term obligations of the company. By
agreement between the parties in fiscal year 1994, the company was permitted to
use excess cash to repay stockholder debt. As of September 30, 1994, $217,345
remained due to the stockholders and was repaid in October, 1994.

  D. The notes mature over the next three years as follows:

YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
1995..................................................     $  655,249
1996..................................................        484,905
1997..................................................      2,532,722
                                                           ----------
                                                           $3,672,876
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

4.  INCOME TAXES

         Effective March 1, 1988, the company elected to be taxed under the
provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code and the State of Florida
Code with a fiscal year ending on September 30. Under these provisions, the
company does not pay federal or state corporate income taxes on its income. The
individual stockholders are liable for federal and state income taxes on their
respective shares of the company's taxable income.

         From inception to February 29, 1988, the company was taxed under
provisions Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code which taxes the company
directly on its income. The company had incurred net operating losses of
$360,260, for tax purposes, which are available to be carried over to offset
taxable income in future years up to 2002 should "C" status be elected at some
future date prior to 2002.

5.  CAPITAL STOCK

         The company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock with a
par value of $10. At the time of issuance, this stock is designated to be either
voting or nonvoting by action of the Board of Directors. On February 29, 1988,
the company issued and has outstanding 180 shares of common stock, which consist
of 49 voting shares and 131 nonvoting shares.


                                      F-34
<PAGE>   201
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  A. Office Space Lease

         The company has secured office space in Miami, Florida under a lease
which commenced May 21, 1991. The company has exercised its second renewal
option under that lease for the period June 1, 1994 through May 31, 1996.

  B. Antenna Tower Lease

         The company has secured antenna tower space at a facility in Miami and
is currently operating at that site under a temporary FCC operating permit. The
lease covering these facilities is for a five-year period, with six five-year
renewal periods, commencing September 1, 1992 with monthly rents of $3,500 plus
sales tax.

         The antenna facility lease contains provisions allowing for the
subletting of the facility subject to typical landlord approval policies. The
company is in the process of obtaining a new site for its permanent transmitter
facility. In the event that the company relocates its antenna facility prior to
the expiration of the lease term, a duplicate rental payment would be expected
if a suitable replacement tenant cannot be located for the existing facility.

  C. Minimum rents are required under the above leases as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                OFFICE      ANTENNA
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,                        SPACE       TOWER      TOTAL
- -------------------------                        -----       -----      -----
<S>                                            <C>         <C>        <C>
1995.....................................      $ 60,472    $ 44,940   $105,412
1996.....................................        42,190      44,940     87,130
1997.....................................            --      41,195     41,195
                                               --------    --------   --------
                                               $102,662    $131,075   $233,737
                                               ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

         Rent expense for the year ended September 30,1994 amounted to $108,783.

  D. The company has obtained office equipment under the terms of a lease which
has been recorded as a capitalized lease transaction. In this transaction, both
the asset and the corresponding liability have been recorded. The terms of the
lease agreement require the payment of 60 monthly installments of $141 including
interest.

  E. Temporary Operating Permit

         The company is broadcasting from the facility in Miami, Florida under
the authority of a special temporary authorization granted by the FCC. This
authorization was necessary due to the destruction of the permanent tower by
Hurricane Andrew. This special temporary authorization expires on February 14,
1995. The company has filed an application of extension, which is being reviewed
by the FCC. Although an extension has not yet been granted and the company has
not returned to its original facility, management expects no interruption in
operations due to its continuing efforts in obtaining a permanent transmitter
facility.

  F. The company had bank deposits of $109,618 at September 30, 1994 in excess
of federally insured limits.


                                      F-35
<PAGE>   202
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         Affiliated companies will utilize the station as part of their
promotional programming from time to time. Rates and terms for these spots are
similar to those offered to other customers. During the fiscal year, these cash
spots amounted to $58,775 of gross billings.

8.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

         An agreement has been made by the owners of the corporation to acquire
the assets and operations of another radio station in the South Florida area.
The acquisition will actually be undertaken by a new corporation with identical
ownership as the company. It is expected that the acquisition financing
arrangements will involve a refinancing of the debt discussed in note 3A, with
the new loan balance secured by the assets of both companies.




                                      F-36
<PAGE>   203
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Shareholders
New Age Broadcasting, Inc. and
  The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation
Miami, Florida 33145


Gentlemen:

         We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of New Age
Broadcasting, Inc. and the Seventies Broadcasting Corporation (both S
corporations) as of September 30, 1995 and the related combined statements of
income, retained earnings and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present
fairly in all material respects, the financial position of New Age Broadcasting,
Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation as of September 30, 1995, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                             VOYNOW, BAYARD AND COMPANY
                                             Certified Public Accountants

Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
November 7, 1995



                                      F-37
<PAGE>   204
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1995


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>                      <C>
                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 6F)........................................                            $ 1,413,127
Accounts receivable:
  Trade (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $64,757)................    2,326,187
  Barter (Note 1D).........................................................       52,484
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                                         2,378,671
  Prepaid expenses.......................................................                                  117,220
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                         3,909,018
PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Note 1E)
  Technical equipment, studio and tower..................................      1,757,993
  Office equipment and fixtures, and transportation equipment............        503,188
  Capitalized tower lease (Note 3).......................................        643,686
                                                                              ----------
                                                                               2,904,867
  Accumulated depreciation...............................................        913,455
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                                         1,991,412
OTHER ASSETS (Note 1F)
  Transmitter site leasehold interests, trademark, FCC licenses
    and goodwill (net of amortization of $1,848,071)                          25,739,435
  Deferred financing costs (net of amortization of $66,139)                      429,891
  Lease costs (net of amortization of $2,849)                                      1,789
  Deposits                                                                       273,035
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                                        26,444,150
                                                                                                       -----------
         TOTAL ASSETS....................................................                              $32,344,580
                                                                                                       ===========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 2 and 3)......................                              $ 1,500,713
  Accounts payable, Trade................................................                                  210,398
  Accrued expenses.......................................................                                  283,401
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                         1,994,512
LONG-TERM DEBT Notes payable (Note 2):
  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation....................................     23,435,921
  Transportation equipment financing.....................................         19,628
  Stockholders (Note 2C).................................................      1,450,000
  Capital lease obligation (Note 3)......................................        641,523
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              25,547,072
Less: Current portion....................................................      1,500,713
                                                                              ----------
                                                                                                        24,046,359
                                                                                                       -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES........................................................                               26,040,871
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Capital stock (Note 5).................................................      1,080,000
  Retained earnings......................................................      5,223,709
                                                                              ----------
         Total Stockholders' Equity......................................                                6,303,709
                                                                                                       -----------
         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY......................                              $32,344,580
                                                                                                       ===========
</TABLE>


See independent auditors' report.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>   205
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

               COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>                       <C>

GROSS BROADCASTING REVENUES..............................................                              $13,414,345
  Less: agency commissions...............................................                               (1,793,697)
NET REVENUE..............................................................                               11,620,648
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Technical..............................................................      1,591,184
  Sales  ................................................................      2,203,143
  General and administrative.............................................        923,126
                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                         4,717,453
                                                                                                       -----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS...................................................                                6,903,195
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
  Interest income........................................................         46,667
  Officer compensation...................................................       (347,500)
  Interest expense, bank.................................................     (2,000,679)
  Amortization...........................................................       (669,832)
  Depreciation...........................................................       (363,590)
  Abandonment loss.......................................................       (110,527)
                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                        (3,445,461)
                                                                                                       -----------
         NET INCOME......................................................                                3,457,734
RETAINED EARNINGS, BEGINNING.............................................                                4,006,630
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                         7,464,364
LESS: DISTRIBUTIONS......................................................                                2,240,655
                                                                                                       -----------

RETAINED EARNINGS, ENDING................................................                              $ 5,223,709
                                                                                                       ===========
</TABLE>


See independent auditors' report.


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-39
<PAGE>   206
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>                       <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
NET INCOME...............................................................                              $ 3,457,734
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Add (deduct) expenses not using cash
  Depreciation and amortization..........................................      1,043,401
  Loss on abandonment of assets..........................................        110,527
  Decrease in bad debt allowance.........................................        (46,869)
Changes in assets and liabilities (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable..................................................       (831,486)
    Prepaid expenses.....................................................         (1,802)
    Deposit..............................................................         (8,026)
  Increase in:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses................................        219,853
                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                           485,598
                                                                                                       -----------
  Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities..............................                                3,943,332

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Cash purchase of property and equipment................................     (1,541,440)
  Expenditures for license acquisition...................................    (18,548,970)
  Expenditures for trademark.............................................         (1,120)
  Expenditures for loan costs............................................       (447,210)
                                                                             -----------
         Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities.........................                              (20,538,740)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds of bank loan, net.............................................     22,137,858
  Repayment of shareholder debt..........................................       (117,345)
  Distributions paid.....................................................     (2,240,655)
  Repayment of bank debt.................................................     (2,140,000)
                                                                             -----------
         Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities.......................                               17,639,858
                                                                                                       -----------

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................                                1,044,450
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING.....................................                                  368,677
                                                                                                       -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING........................................                              $ 1,413,127
                                                                                                       ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
  Interest paid..........................................................                              $ 1,908,049
                                                                                                       ===========
</TABLE>

See independent auditors' report.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-40
<PAGE>   207

                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  A. Organization and Operations

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation
are incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida with principal offices
and places of business in the Miami, Florida area. The corporations are engaged
in the business of operating FM radio stations, WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM. Revenue is
earned from the sale of commercial time.

  B. Principles of Combination

         The financial statements of the two corporations have been presented on
a combined basis, as of September 30, 1995, because of their identical
operation, management and ownership. In addition, a common sales staff offers
commercial advertisements to customers from either one or both stations. All
material intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in combination.

  C. Station Acquisitions

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. acquired the operating assets of WXDJ-FM on
December 1, 1987 for a purchase price of $8,100,000. The Seventies Broadcasting
Corporation acquired the operating assets of WRMA-FM on January 26, 1995 for a
purchase price of $21,250,000. The total purchase price was allocated to the
assets acquired in proportion to their relative estimated fair market values
based on independent appraisals obtained by management. The allocations are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               WXDJ               WRMA
                                                                               ----               ----
<S>                                                                        <C>                  <C>
Station furniture, fixtures and equipment...............................   $  472,210           $ 1,451,030
Transmitter site leasehold interest, FCC license
  and goodwill .........................................................    7,627,790            19,798,970
                                                                           ----------           -----------
Total Purchase Price....................................................   $8,100,000           $21,250,000
                                                                           ==========           ===========
</TABLE>

  D. Barter Transactions

         Reciprocal trade agreement transactions for advertising time are
recorded at the fair market value of the merchandise or services received and
are included in broadcast revenues and expenses. Any incomplete transactions are
recorded in accounts receivable or payable where appropriate.

  E. Plant, Property and Equipment

         Plant, property and equipment is stated at cost; additions and major
improvements are capitalized; expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor
renewals are expensed as incurred. Any gain or loss on disposition of assets is
reflected in the statement of income. Depreciation of assets is computed by use
of the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective
assets, ranging from 5 to 10 years.



                                      F-41
<PAGE>   208
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


  F. Intangible Assets

         Costs of acquiring the leasehold interest and FCC license, as well as
financing costs, are capitalized. These intangible assets are being amortized
over the following estimated lives on a straight-line basis:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     AMORTIZATION
                                                                                                       EXPENSE
                                                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,
ASSET                                                           COST                LIFE                 1995
- -----                                                           ----                ----                 ----
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Transmitter site leaseholds, FCC licenses
  and goodwill..........................................     $27,552,060          40 years             $523,807
Trademark...............................................          35,431          14 years                  885
Deferred financing costs................................         496,040           5 years              144,216*
Lease costs, new tower..................................           4,638           5 years                  924
                                                                                                       --------
                                                                                                       $669,832
</TABLE>

*Includes $39,755 of unexpired cost on old debt at time of refinancing.

  G. Statement of Cash Flows

         For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the companies consider all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less
to be cash equivalents.

2.  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

  A. Note Payable, AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation

         A term note was secured on January 26, 1995 from AT&T Commercial
Finance Corporation with the original principal amount of approximately
$25,400,000. The financing was used in the acquisition of the assets of WRMA-FM
and the refinancing of the remaining debt balance of WXDJ-FM, amounting to
$3,322,000.
Monthly principal payments are required under the loan agreement as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
03/01/95 through 02/01/96.............................      $ 80,000
03/01/96 through 02/01/97.............................       150,000
03/01/97 through 02/01/98.............................       165,000
03/01/98 through 02/01/99.............................       180,000
03/01/99 through 01/01/2000...........................       200,000
</TABLE>

         The remaining balance of the debt is due in full on February 1, 2000.

         Interest is due monthly on the debt calculated at a rate based on the
commercial paper rate plus four percent. At September 30, 1995 this rate was
9.86%.



                                      F-42
<PAGE>   209
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         Substantially all corporate assets have been pledged to secure this
obligation. In addition, the stockholders have extended their personal
guarantees in the aggregate amount of $5,000,000. The debt agreements include
stipulations limiting capital expenditures, compensation, investments, dividends
and for the maintenance of minimum levels of working capital.

  B. Notes Payable, Transportation Equipment

         The company has secured financing for station vehicles in 1993 and 1994
from a local commercial bank. Forty-eight monthly payments of $742 are due
including interest. The debts are secured by the vehicles financed, as well as
by the personal guarantees of certain stockholders.

  C. Notes Payable, Stockholders

         Financing has been arranged from the stockholders on a demand basis in
the amount of $1,450,000. Annual interest has been accrued at the rate of six
percent. This debt has been subordinated to the AT&T Commercial Finance
Corporation obligation.

  D. The notes mature over the next five years as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30
- ------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
1996.....................................   $ 1,458,903
1997.....................................     1,913,903
1998.....................................     2,086,822
1999.....................................     2,300,000
2000.....................................    17,245,921
                                            -----------
                                            $25,005,549
</TABLE>

3.  CAPITAL LEASE

         As part of the acquisition of WRMA-FM, the company assumed the
obligation of a lease for space on the transmission tower. The lease is for a
fifty year term which commenced February 1, 1988. Based on the provisions of
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13, the lease meets the
criteria of a capital lease and, accordingly, has been recorded as an asset with
a capitalized cost of $643,686. Depreciation of $9,979 and interest of $25,700,
related to this asset, have been charged to operations and included in technical
expenses on the income statement.

         In the initial year of the lease the annual base rent amounted to
$36,100 payable monthly. The rent increases annually by the U.S. Department of
Labor Consumer Price Index but never by more than 10%.


                                      F-43
<PAGE>   210
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         Future minimum lease payments inclusive of CPI increases to date, under
the capitalized lease are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30
- ------------------------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
1996.................................................................................................    $   44,576
1997.................................................................................................        44,576
1998.................................................................................................        44,576
1999.................................................................................................        44,576
2000.................................................................................................        44,576
Thereafter...........................................................................................     1,663,872
                                                                                                         ----------
         Total.......................................................................................     1,886,752
Less amount representing interest assuming an implicit effective
  rate of 6%.........................................................................................     1,245,231
                                                                                                         ----------
Present value of minimum lease payments..............................................................    $  641,521
                                                                                                         ==========
</TABLE>

4.  INCOME TAXES

         Both New Age Broadcasting, Inc., effective March 1, 1988, and The
Seventies Broadcasting Corporation, effective July 8, 1994 have elected to be
taxed under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code and the
State of Florida Code with fiscal years ending on September 30 and December 31,
respectively. Under these provisions, the company does not pay federal or state
corporate income taxes on its income. The individual stockholders are liable for
federal and state income taxes on their respective shares of the company's
taxable income.

         From inception to February 29, 1988, New Age Broadcasting, Inc. was
taxed under provisions of Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code in which the
company is taxed directly on its income. The company had incurred net operating
losses of $360,260, for tax purposes, which are available to be carried over to
offset taxable income in future years up to year 2002 should "S" status be
terminated at some future date prior to year 2002.

5.  CAPITAL STOCK

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of
common stock with a par value of $10. At the time of issuance, this stock was
designated to be either voting or nonvoting by action of the Board of Directors.
The company issued on February 29, 1988 and has outstanding 180 shares,
consisting of 49 voting shares and 131 nonvoting shares.

         Seventies Broadcasting Corporation is authorized to issue 7,500 shares
of common stock with a par value of $.01. The company issued on July 8, 1994 and
has outstanding 1,000 shares.


                                      F-44
<PAGE>   211
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  A. Office Space Leases

         Each company has secured office space in Miami, Florida under a
five-year lease which expires on April 30, 2000 with a five year renewal option
exercisable at that time.

  B. Antenna Tower Lease

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. has secured antenna tower space at a
facility in Miami and is currently operating at that site under a temporary FCC
operating permit. The lease covering these facilities is for a five-year period,
with six five-year renewal periods, commencing September 1, 1992 with monthly
rents of $3,500 plus sales tax.

         The antenna facility lease contains provisions allowing for the
subletting of the facility subject to typical landlord approval policies. The
company is in the process of obtaining a new site for its permanent transmitter
facility. In the event that the company relocates its antenna facility prior to
the expiration of the lease term, a duplicate rental payment would be expected
if a suitable replacement tenant cannot be located for the existing facility.

         The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation antenna tower facility
arrangement is detailed in Note 3.

  C. Minimum rentals required under the above noncancellable operating leases
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         ANTENNA
                                                              OFFICE SPACE                TOWER
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,                               WXDJ             WRMA             WXDJ           TOTAL
- -------------------------                               ----             ----             ----           -----
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
1996..............................................    $64,332          $70,875           $42,000          $177,207
1997..............................................     66,444           70,875            42,000           179,319
1998..............................................     66,444           70,875            38,500           175,819
1999..............................................     66,444           70,875                             137,319
2000..............................................     22,150           23,625                              45,775
</TABLE>

Rent expense for the year ended September 30, 1995 amounted to $239,249.

  D. Station Vehicles

         The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation has assumed vehicle leases
acquired in the acquisition. Remaining payments on these leases which expire in
1996 are $5,695.



                                      F-45
<PAGE>   212
                           NEW AGE BROADCASTING, INC.
                                       AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


  E. Temporary Operating Permit

         New Age Broadcasting, Inc. is broadcasting from the facility in Miami,
Florida under the authority of a special temporary authorization granted by the
FCC. This authorization was necessary due to the destruction of the permanent
tower by Hurricane Andrew. This special temporary authorization expires on
February 14, 1996. Although an extension has not yet been granted and the
company has not returned to its original facility, management expects no
interruption in operations due to a construction permit granted by the FCC for a
new antenna and tower location and a pending application for a city of license
change which would allow WXDJ to remain at the existing temporary tower location
on a permanent basis.

  F. The companies have bank deposits of $74,537 at September 30, 1995 in excess
of federally insured limits. The companies at September 30, 1995 have $1,178,295
on deposit with the Merrill Lynch Institutional Fund (an uninsured fund).

  G. Litigation

         The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation is involved in a lawsuit over a
lease for office space occupied by the company when it acquired WRMA. Management
believes that the lease is unenforceable and the company has since relocated
from these premises. Management believes that it will prevail in this legal
action and has, accordingly, made no provision in the financial statements for
any amounts under the lease obligation.

7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         Affiliated companies will occasionally utilize the stations as part of
their promotional programming. Rates and terms for these spots are similar to
those offered to other customers. During the fiscal year, revenue from these
cash spots amounted to $273,680.




                                      F-46
<PAGE>   213
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Stockholders
  New Age Broadcasting Inc.
  and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation:

         We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of New Age
Broadcasting Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation as of September 30,
1996 and the related combined statements of income, changes in stockholders'
equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These combined financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companies' management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements
based on our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Age
Broadcasting Inc. and The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation as of September 30,
1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year
ended September 30, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


                                                 KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
November 15, 1996



                                      F-47
<PAGE>   214
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

                             ASSETS (NOTES 2 AND 6)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................    $   535,243
  Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $47,669...................................      2,468,932
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................................................        113,360
                                                                                                       -----------
         Total current assets......................................................................      3,117,535
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,299,069 (note 4).....................      1,751,679
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,705,959 (note 5) .........................     25,382,210
Other assets.......................................................................................        306,722
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       $30,558,146
                                                                                                       ===========
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt (note 6)......................................................       1,912,594
  Current portion of capital lease obligation (note 8)............................................           3,621
  Accounts payable................................................................................          56,122
  Accrued expenses (note 9).......................................................................         550,948
  Unearned revenue................................................................................          62,878
                                                                                                       -----------
         Total current liabilities................................................................       2,586,163
Long-term debt, less current portion (note 6).....................................................      20,462,743
Capital lease obligation, less current portion (note 8)...........................................         635,336
Commitments and contingencies (notes 2, 8 and 9)
Stockholders' equity:
  New Age Broadcasting common stock, $10 par value.  Authorized
    1,000 shares; 180 shares issued and outstanding...............................................           1,800
  The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation common stock, $.01 par
    value.  Authorized 7,500 shares; 1,000 shares issued and
    outstanding...................................................................................              10
  Additional paid-in-capital......................................................................       1,078,190
  Retained earnings...............................................................................       5,793,904
                                                                                                       -----------

         Total stockholders' equity...............................................................       6,873,904
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       $30,558,146
                                                                                                       ===========
</TABLE>

            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


                                      F-48
<PAGE>   215
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Gross revenues (note 7)..........................................................................     $16,070,961
Less agency commissions..........................................................................      (2,110,537)
                                                                                                      -----------
         Net revenues............................................................................      13,960,424
                                                                                                      -----------

Operating expenses (notes 8 and 9):
  Selling........................................................................................       1,524,965
  General and administrative.....................................................................       1,521,784
  Programming....................................................................................       1,360,601
  Advertising and promotion......................................................................         581,510
  Engineering....................................................................................         245,943
  Officers' salaries.............................................................................         275,000
  Depreciation and amortization..................................................................       1,076,224
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                        6,586,027
                                                                                                      -----------
         Operating income.......................................................................        7,374,397
Interest expense, net of interest income of $43,864 (note 7) ...................................       (2,261,202)
                                                                                                      -----------

         Net income.............................................................................      $ 5,113,195
                                                                                                      ===========
</TABLE>



            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


                                      F-49
<PAGE>   216
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income...................................................................................      $ 5,113,195
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..............................................................        1,076,224
     Change in allowance for doubtful accounts..................................................          (17,088)
     Amortization of deferred financing costs...................................................           99,205
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Increase in receivables..................................................................          (73,173)
       Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets....................................          (33,687)
       Decrease in other assets.................................................................           (3,860)
       Decrease in accounts payable.............................................................         (154,276)
       Increase in accrued expenses.............................................................          337,172
       Decrease in unearned revenue.............................................................           (6,747)
                                                                                                      -----------

       Total adjustments........................................................................         1,231,490
                                                                                                       -----------

       Net cash provided by operating activities................................................         6,344,685
                                                                                                       -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment...........................................................         (145,881)
  Additions to intangible assets................................................................             (910)
                                                                                                      -----------

       Net cash used in investing activities....................................................         (146,791)
                                                                                                      -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Repayments of long-term debt..................................................................       (1,080,212)
  Repayment of stockholders' loans..............................................................       (1,450,000)
  Payments of capital lease obligation..........................................................           (2,566)
  Distributions to stockholders.................................................................       (4,543,000)
                                                                                                      -----------

       Net cash used in financing activities....................................................       (7,075,778)
                                                                                                      -----------

       Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................................................         (877,884)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..................................................         1,413,127
                                                                                                      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................................      $    535,243
                                                                                                      ============

Supplemental cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest........................................................................      $  2,298,491
                                                                                                      ============
</TABLE>


            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


                                      F-50
<PAGE>   217
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC.             THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORP.     COMBINED
                               --------------------------------------    -----------------------------------    --------
                               COMMON  STOCK   ADDITIONAL                COMMON  STOCK  ADDITIONAL              ADDITIONAL
                               NO. OF   PAR    PAID-IN     RETAINED      NO. OF   PAR    PAID-IN    RETAINED     PAID-IN
                               SHARES  VALUE   CAPITAL     EARNINGS      SHARES  VALUE   CAPITAL    EARNINGS     CAPITAL
<S>                             <C>   <C>      <C>        <C>            <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>          <C>       
Balance at September 30, 1995   180   $1,800   $998,200   $ 4,991,242    1,000   $10     $79,990   $ 232,467    $1,078,190
Distributions to stockholders   --      --         --      (3,683,000)    --      --        --      (860,000)         --
Net income ..................   --      --         --       4,260,991     --      --        --       852,204          --
                                ---   ------   --------   -----------    -----   ---     -------   ---------    ----------
Balance at September 30, 1996   180   $1,800   $998,200   $ 5,569,233    1,000   $10     $79,990   $ 224,671    $1,078,190
                                ===   ======   ========   ===========    =====   ===     =======   =========    ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMBINED
                                    ---------------------------
                                     RETAINED      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     EARNINGS         EQUITY
<S>                                <C>            <C>        
Balance at September 30, 1995      $ 5,223,709    $ 6,303,709
Distributions to stockholders       (4,543,000)    (4,543,000)
Net income ..................        5,113,195      5,113,195
                                   -----------    -----------
Balance at September 30, 1996      $ 5,793,904    $ 6,873,904
                                   ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

                                      F-51
<PAGE>   218
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

(1)  ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

         New Age Broadcasting Inc. ("New Age") and The Seventies Broadcasting
Corporation ("SBC") (collectively, the "Companies") are each incorporated under
the laws of the State of Florida and have their principal places of business in
the Miami, Florida area. The Companies are owned by the same principal
stockholders and are engaged in the business of operating radio stations. New
Age owns and operates radio station WXDJ-FM and SBC owns and operates radio
station WRMA-FM, both serving the greater Miami area.

(2)  DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

         In September 1996, the Companies entered into an agreement to sell
substantially all of the Companies' collective assets used or useful in the
operation of its radio stations for approximately $111 million, subject to
adjustments based on broadcast cash flow, as defined in the agreement.
Completion of the transaction is pending FCC approval, among other things. Under
the terms of the agreement, the buyer has delivered a $10 million letter of
credit to the Companies. The Companies may draw upon the letter of credit if an
event of default occurs, as defined in the agreement. If an event of default
occurs, liquidated damages are limited to $30 million, as defined in the
agreement.

(3)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         (a)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The combined financial statements include the accounts of both New Age
and SBC. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in combination.

         (b)  REVENUE RECOGNITION

         Revenues are recognized when advertisements are aired.

         (c)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company depreciates the
cost of its office and radio station equipment and furniture and fixtures using
the straight-line method over estimated useful lives, which range from five to
ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the
improvements.

         (d)  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

         Intangible assets consist of the excess of cost over the aggregate fair
value of the net assets acquired, as well as the values attributed to
identifiable intangibles. Such costs are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over the respective estimated useful lives, which range from five to 40
years. In evaluating the recoverability of intangible assets, management gives
consideration to a number of factors, including the operating performance of its
stations and dispositions of other radio properties in specific markets, among
other things.


                                      F-52
<PAGE>   219
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         (e)  USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         (f)  BARTER TRANSACTIONS

         The Company records barter transactions at the fair value of goods or
services received.

         (g)  INCOME TAXES

         New Age and SBC have elected to be taxed as S corporations, with fiscal
years ending on September 30 and December 31, respectively, under the Internal
Revenue Code and the State of Florida Code. Accordingly, the Companies do not
pay Federal or state income taxes, as their stockholders will include their
pro-rata share of taxable income or loss in their individual income tax returns.
New Age has $278,885 on deposit with the Internal Revenue Service relating to
the difference in taxes that would be payable for its stockholders on a calendar
year basis versus a fiscal year basis. This amount is classified as other assets
in the accompanying combined balance sheet.

         From inception to February 29, 1988, New Age was taxed under the
provisions of subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. During that period, the
Company incurred net operating losses of $360,260 for tax purposes, which are
available to be carried forward to offset taxable income in future years up to
2002, should S corporation status be terminated before then.

         (h)  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying combined balance
sheet for cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued
expenses approximate fair values.

         (i)  CASH EQUIVALENTS

         The Companies consider all highly liquid instruments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.



                                      F-53
<PAGE>   220
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


(4)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment consist of the following at September 30, 1996:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C> 
Transmitter equipment................................................................................   $ 1,059,548
Studio and technical equipment.......................................................................       792,826
Capitalized tower lease..............................................................................       643,686
Furniture and fixtures...............................................................................       378,515
Leasehold improvements...............................................................................        61,894
Vehicles.............................................................................................        46,346
Computer equipment...................................................................................        28,448
Construction in progress.............................................................................        39,485
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                          3,050,748
Less accumulated depreciation........................................................................    (1,299,069)
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                        $ 1,751,679
</TABLE>


(5)  INTANGIBLE ASSETS
<TABLE>
     Intangible assets consist of the following at September 30, 1996:

<S>                                                                                                     <C>        
FCC licenses.........................................................................................   $27,552,060
Loan acquisition costs...............................................................................       496,040
Trademarks...........................................................................................        35,431
Tower lease costs....................................................................................         4,638
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                         28,088,169
Less accumulated amortization........................................................................    (2,705,959)
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                        $25,382,210
</TABLE>

(6)  LONG-TERM DEBT
<TABLE>
     Long-term debt consists of the following at September 30, 1996:
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation note, payable in monthly installments plus
  interest at the 30-day commercial paper
  rate plus 3.75%(a).................................................................................   $22,365,921
Barnett Bank note, payable in monthly installments of
  $375, including interest at 7.75%(b)...............................................................         3,284
Barnett Bank note, payable in monthly installments of
  $367, including interest at 6.25%(b)...............................................................         6,132
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                         22,375,337
Less current portion.................................................................................    (1,912,594)
                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                        $20,462,743
</TABLE>


                                      F-54
<PAGE>   221
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         (a)      A term note was secured on January 26, 1995 from AT&T
                  Commercial Finance Corporation. The original principal amount
                  of approximately $25,400,000 was used to finance the purchase
                  of the operating assets of WRMA-FM by SBC in January 1995 and
                  to refinance existing debt of New Age in the amount of
                  $3,322,000.

                  The term note was amended on February 16, 1995 and August 1,
                  1996 to remove or replace certain provisions of the original
                  loan agreement.

                  The Companies may elect to defer principal payments in the
                  event that certain criteria are met, including adherence to
                  certain financial ratio covenants and the existence of no
                  events of default. In July 1996, the Company elected to defer
                  principal payments under this provision, totalling $450,000.

                  Interest is due monthly in arrears on the balance of principal
                  outstanding at the beginning of each month, at a rate based on
                  the 30-day commercial paper rate plus 3.75%. At September 30,
                  1996, this rate was 9.15%.

                  Substantially all of the Companies' assets have been pledged
                  as security under this agreement. In addition, the
                  stockholders of the companies have personally guaranteed the
                  obligation in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000. The agreement
                  contains covenants and stipulations, including limits on
                  capital expenditures, directors' compensation, investment and
                  distributions, and the maintenance of various financial
                  ratios, among other things.

                  The loan agreement requires monthly principal payments
                  according to the following schedule:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>     
                  March 1, 1995 through February 1, 1996..........      $ 80,000
                  March 1, 1996 through February 1, 1997..........       150,000
                  March 1, 1997 through February 1, 1998..........       165,000
                  March 1, 1998 through February 1, 1999..........       180,000
                  March 1, 1999 through February 1, 2000..........       200,000
</TABLE>

                  The remaining principal balance is due on February 1, 2000. At
                  September 30, 1996, the carrying value of this indebtedness
                  approximates market value.

         (b)      The Companies also secured financing from Barnett Bank of
                  South Florida for station vehicles purchased in 1993 and 1994.
                  These obligations are secured by the vehicles that were
                  financed and by the personal guarantees of certain
                  stockholders.



                                      F-55
<PAGE>   222
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         The scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows at September
30, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30,
- -------------
<S>                                                            <C>
1997........................................................   $ 1,912,594
1998........................................................     2,086,822
1999........................................................     2,300,000
2000........................................................    16,075,921
                                                               -----------
                                                               $22,375,337
</TABLE>

(7)  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The Companies have had transactions in the normal course of business
with entities whose owners are also stockholders of the Companies. The Companies
have sold commercial air time to entities owned by the Companies' stockholders
at varying rates, which were consistent with market rates. Revenue from the sale
of air time to entities owned by stockholders of the Companies during 1996
amounted to $71,430. At September 30, 1996, receivables included $19,975 due
from such related parties.

         The Companies had subordinated loans payable to stockholders in the
aggregate amount of $1,450,000 at September 30, 1995, which bore interest at 6%
per annum. The AT&T loan agreement was amended during 1996 to allow these loans
to be repaid in full during 1996. Interest expense related to these loans
payable included in the accompanying combined statement of income totalled
$30,750 for fiscal 1996.

(8)  COMMITMENTS

         (a)  LEASES

         The Company leases office space and facilities, and certain equipment
under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2000. Certain leases
provide for base rental payments plus escalation charges for real estate taxes
and operating expenses.

         New Age is broadcasting from its antenna tower facility in Miami,
Florida under the authority of a special temporary authorization granted by the
FCC and has been granted a construction permit by the FCC to construct a new
antenna by January 3, 1997 related to its pending city of license change. This
matter is a direct result of the destruction of New Age's permanent tower in
Homestead, Florida by Hurricane Andrew in 1992. Management has requested an
extension of this deadline, and believes that its request will be granted by the
FCC with no interruption of operations.

         The Company leases transmission tower space under a capital lease
agreement that expires in February 2038. The amount capitalized under this lease
agreement and included in property and equipment at September 30, 1996 is
$643,686, net of accumulated depreciation of $24,949.



                                      F-56
<PAGE>   223
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


         At September 30, 1996, future minimum lease payments under such leases
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CAPITAL                 OPERATING
FISCAL YEAR                                                                     LEASE                   LEASES
- -----------                                                                     -----                   ------
<S>                                                                          <C>                       <C> 
1997.....................................................................    $    44,576               $229,968
1998.....................................................................         44,576                224,004
1999.....................................................................         44,576                185,504
2000.....................................................................         44,576                 92,685
2001.....................................................................         44,576                 19,992
Thereafter...............................................................      1,619,296                     --
                                                                             -----------               --------
Total minimum lease payments.............................................      1,842,176               $752,153
                                                                                                       ========
Less interest at 6%......................................................     (1,203,219)
                                                                             -----------
Present value of minimum lease payments..................................        638,957
Less current portion.....................................................          3,621
                                                                             -----------
                                                                             $   635,336
                                                                             ===========
</TABLE>


         Total rent expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996
amounted to $578,683, which includes a contingent liability arising from
litigation (see note 9).

         (B)  EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

         At September 30, 1996, the Company had employment contracts for certain
on-air talent, general managers and other employees expiring through February
1999. Future payments under such contracts are as follows at September 30, 1996:

FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
1997..................................................      $810,534
1998..................................................       169,058
1999..................................................         5,000
                                                            --------
                                                            $984,592
</TABLE>

         Certain contracts contain provisions for severance and provisions
whereby employees terminated without cause are entitled to the remaining
payments due under the contract. The Companies' minimum liability under such
contracts was $462,273 at September 30, 1996.

(c)  STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

         In connection with the litigation discussed in note 9, the Companies
have been required to maintain a standby letter of credit in the amount of
$325,000. It is anticipated that this amount will approximate the monetary value
of the final settlement of the litigation.



                                      F-57
<PAGE>   224
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


(9)  LITIGATION

         SBC is involved in litigation relating to an alleged breach of a studio
lease plus interest and attorneys' fees and costs. An adverse judgment delivered
by the Bankruptcy Court is currently in appeal. While management is vigorously
contesting the findings of the Bankruptcy Court, the likelihood of success of
the pending appeal is considered uncertain, and therefore SBC has accrued
$350,000, which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying combined
balance sheet, in connection with this matter.





                                      F-58
<PAGE>   225
      NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION
                        CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   1996
                                                                                   ----

                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                           <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................   $    416,111
Receivables ...............................................................      3,147,708
  Less allowance for doubtful accounts ....................................        (47,669)
                                                                              ------------
         Net receivables ..................................................      3,100,039
Other current assets ......................................................         68,326
                                                                              ------------
         Total current assets .............................................      3,584,476
                                                                              ------------
Property and equipment, net ...............................................      1,679,188
Franchise costs, net ......................................................     25,181,010
Other assets ..............................................................        306,722
                                                                              ------------
                                                                              $ 30,751,396
                                                                              ============

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Current portion of long term debt .........................................   $  1,961,355
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .....................................        504,092
Unearned revenue ..........................................................         64,045
                                                                              ------------
         Total current liabilities ........................................      2,529,492
Long-term debt, less current portion ......................................     21,050,128
Stockholders' equity:
New Age Broadcasting common stock,
  $10 par value.  Authorized 1,000 shares;
  issued and outstanding 180 shares .......................................          1,800
The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation
  common stock, $.01 par value.  Authorized
  7,500 shares; issued and outstanding 1,000 shares .......................             10
Additional paid in capital ................................................      1,078,190
Retained earnings .........................................................      6,091,776
                                                                              ------------

         Total stockholders' equity .......................................      7,171,776
                                                                              ------------
                                                                              $ 30,751,396
                                                                              ============
</TABLE>

  See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed combined financial statements.



                                      F-59
<PAGE>   226
      NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION
                   CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1995                   1996
                                                                                   ----                   ----
<S>                                                                              <C>                     <C>      
Gross broadcasting revenues..................................................    4,350,351               4,375,411
Less: agency commissions.....................................................      552,212                 585,844
                                                                                 ---------               ---------
         Net broadcasting revenues...........................................    3,798,139               3,789,567
                                                                                 ---------               ---------
Operating expenses
  Engineering................................................................       50,975                  59,403
  Program....................................................................      309,873                 361,115
  Selling.............................................................             560,002                 417,082
  General and Administrative.................................................      248,639                 231,656
  Corporate expenses.........................................................       62,500                  68,750
  Depreciation & Amortization................................................      246,063                 246,063
                                                                                 ---------               ---------
                                                                                 1,478,052               1,384,069
                                                                                 ---------               ---------
         Operating income....................................................    2,320,087               2,405,498
                                                                                 ---------               ---------

Other expense:
  Interest expense, net......................................................      615,456                 557,626
                                                                                 ---------               ---------

Net income...................................................................    1,704,631               1,847,872
                                                                                 =========               =========
</TABLE>



   See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed combined financial statement



                                      F-60
<PAGE>   227
      NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION
                   CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995          1996
                                                                   ----          ----
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income ..............................................   $ 1,704,631    $ 1,847,872
                                                               -----------    -----------
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization .........................       246,063        246,063
     Amortization of deferred financing costs ..............        33,283         33,283
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Increase in receivables .............................      (410,526)      (631,107)
       Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets        24,196         45,034
       Decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses ...       (98,713)      (102,978)
       (Decrease) increase in unearned revenue .............        (9,737)         1,167
                                                               -----------    -----------
             Total adjustments .............................      (215,434)      (408,538)
                                                               -----------    -----------

Net cash provided by operating activities ..................     1,489,197      1,439,334
                                                               -----------    -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property and equipment ........................       (37,840)        (5,655)
                                                               -----------    -----------

    Net cash used in investing activities ..................       (37,840)        (5,655)
                                                               -----------    -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
Distributions to stockholders ..............................             0     (1,550,000)
Repayments of long-term debt ...............................      (245,918)        (2,811)
                                                               -----------    -----------

    Net cash used in financing activities ..................      (245,918)    (1,552,811)
                                                               -----------    -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .......     1,205,439       (119,132)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...........     1,413,127        535,243
                                                               -----------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .................   $ 2,618,566    $   416,111
                                                               ===========    ===========

Cash paid for:
  Interest .................................................   $   598,949    $   476,093
                                                               ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


  See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed combined financial statements.




                                      F-61
<PAGE>   228
                          NEW AGE BROADCASTING INC. AND
                     THE SEVENTIES BROADCASTING CORPORATION

                NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                                   (UNAUDITED)

1)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The condensed combined financial statements include the accounts of New
Age Broadcasting Inc. and the Seventies Broadcasting Corporation (the
"Companies"). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in combination. The accompanying unaudited condensed combined
financial statements for the three month periods ended December 31, 1995 and
1996 do not contain all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting
principles. These condensed combined financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the combined financial statements of the Companies as of and
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996.

         In the opinion of management of the Companies, the accompanying
unaudited condensed combined financial statements contain all adjustments, which
are all of a normal, recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the
results of the interim periods. The results of operations for the three month
period ended December 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results for
a full year.

2)  DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

         In March 1997, the Companies sold substantially all of the Companies'
collective assets used or useful in the operation of its radio stations for
approximately $111 million to Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. See "The
Offerings and Transactions."




                                      F-62
<PAGE>   229
         NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE INITIAL PURCHASER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN
THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY, THE SERIES B NOTES OR THE SERIES B SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.


                               ------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                         PAGE
                                                         ----
<S>                                                      <C>
Summary...............................................     1
Risk Factors..........................................    22
The Exchange Offer....................................    28
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of
   Exchange Offer.....................................    37
Plan of Distribution..................................    38
The Company...........................................    39
The Offerings.........................................    40
Capitalization........................................    41
Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements...............    42
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data.......    50
Management's Discussion and Analysis
   of Financial Condition and Results
   of Operations......................................    53
Business..............................................    57
Management............................................    73
Principal Stockholders................................    77
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........    78
Description of the Old Notes..........................    80
Description of the Notes..............................    81
Description of Senior Preferred Stock and                
   Exchange Debentures................................   102
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form.........................   136
Description of Capital Stock..........................   138
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations.............   145
Legal Matters.........................................   158
Experts...............................................   158
Index to Financial Statements.........................    F1
</TABLE>


UNTIL _________, 1997 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SERIES B NOTES AND THE SERIES B SENIOR, PREFERRED
STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN SELLING SERIES B SECURITIES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR
SERIES A SECURITIES HELD FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT. SEE "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."




                              SPANISH BROADCASTING
                                  SYSTEM, INC.





                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE

                       11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004, SERIES A
                                       FOR
                       11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004, SERIES B
                                       AND
              14 1/4 SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A
                                       FOR
              14 1/4 SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B




                           ---------------------------


                                   PROSPECTUS

                           ---------------------------




                              _______________, 1997
<PAGE>   230
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS



ITEM 20.          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") provides
that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or complete action,
suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Section 145 further provides that a corporation similarly may indemnify any such
person serving in any such capacity who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, against expenses
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of
such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
such other court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.

         Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to include in its
certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision
shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to
unlawful payment of dividends and unlawful stock purchase and redemption) or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.

         SBS' Certificate of Incorporation provides that its directors shall not
be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent that exculpation from
liabilities is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such
liability is determined. Certificate further provides that the Company shall
indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the
DGCL.

         The directors and officers of each of the Company are covered under
directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.




                                      II-I
<PAGE>   231
ITEM 21.          EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

         (a)          EXHIBITS


         1.1      Financial Advisory Agreement dated March 4, 1997 between the
                  Company and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as financial
                  advisor (incorporated by reference to the Company's Current
                  Report on Form 8- K dated March 27, 1997 (Commission File
                  No. 33-82114) (the "Current Report")).

         3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                  Company, dated March 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                  dated March 25, 1996 (the "1996 Current Report")).

         3.2      By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  3.1.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4
                  (Commission File No. 33-82114) (the "1994 Registration
                  Statement")).

         3.3      Certificate of Designation of Senior Exchangeable Preferred
                  Stock, Series A, filed March 27, 1997 (incorporated by
                  reference to the Current Report).

         4.1      Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ Schroder
                  Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors named therein
                  and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference
                  to Exhibit 4.1 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         4.2      Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 1997 to
                  Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the
                  Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
                  Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Current
                  Report).

         4.3      Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the Company, the
                  Guarantors named therein, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company,
                  as Trustee, and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial
                  Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   232
         4.4      Exchange Debenture Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among
                  the Company, the Guarantors named therein, U.S. Trust Company
                  of New York, as Trustee, and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp.,
                  as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the Current
                  Report).

         5.1      Opinion of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
                  regarding legality.(1)

         10.1     Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 1997 by
                  and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and CIBC
                  Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
                  (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.2     Unit Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company,
                  the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
                  Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.3     Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 by and among the
                  Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant
                  Agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.4     Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement
                  dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company, certain
                  Management Stockholders named therein and CIBC Wood Gundy
                  Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by
                  reference to the Current Report).

         10.5     Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997
                  among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and CIBC Wood
                  Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by
                  reference to the Current Report).

         10.6     Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
                  March 15, 1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein
                  and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
                  (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.7     National Radio Sales Representation Agreement dated as of
                  February 3, 1997 between Caballero Spanish Media, L.L.C. and
                  the Company (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).


                                                      II-3

<PAGE>   233
         10.8     Employment Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997 between Raul
                  Alarcon, Jr. and the Company (incorporated by reference to the
                  Current Report).

         10.9     Employment Agreement dated September 27, 1996 between Russell
                  Oasis and the Company. (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.42 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                  the Year Ended September 29, 1996 (the "1996 10-K)).

         10.10    Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 16, 1996 among Raul
                  Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting, Inc., The Seventies
                  Broadcasting Corporation and the Company, and with respect
                  only to Section 9.3 thereof, Alan Potamkin, Russell Oasis and
                  Robert Potamkin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43
                  of the 1996 10-K).

         10.11    First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 26,
                  1996 among Raul Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting, Inc., The
                  Seventies Broadcasting Corporation and the Company, and with
                  respect only to Section 9.3 thereof, Alan Potamkin, Russell
                  Oasis and Robert Potamkin (incorporated by reference to the
                  Current Report).

         10.12    Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated February
                  28, 1997 among Raul Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting, Inc.,
                  The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation and the Company, and
                  with respect only to Section 9.3 thereof, Alan Potamkin,
                  Russell Oasis and Robert Potamkin (incorporated by reference
                  to the Current Report).

         10.13    Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 22, 1996 between
                  Infinity Holdings Corp. of Orlando and the Company
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the 1996 10-K).

         10.14    Letter Agreement dated January 13, 1997 between the Company
                  and Caballero Spanish Media, LLC (incorporated by reference to
                  the Current Report).


                                      II-4
<PAGE>   234
         10.15    1994 Stock Option Plan of the Company (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.16    Broadcast Station License dated September 20, 1983 issued by
                  the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to Sabre
                  Broadcasting Corporation in connection with WXLX-AM, together
                  with an Assignment thereof from Sabre Broadcasting Corporation
                  to Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey Corporation
                  ("SBS-NJ") and evidence of license renewal (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 of the 1994 Registration
                  Statement).

         10.17    Construction Permit dated July 21, 1993 issued by the FCC to
                  SBS- NJ in connection with WXLX-AM (incorporated by reference
                  to Exhibit 10.8.2 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.18    AM Broadcast Station Construction Permit dated February 1,
                  1991 issued by the FCC to "SBS-NJ" in connection with WXLX-AM
                  (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.19    Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola
                  Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996
                  Current Report).

         10.20    Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F. Viola
                  and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ (incorporated by
                  reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.21    Broadcast Station License dated November 23, 1994 issued by
                  the FCC to Spanish Broadcasting System of New York, Inc.
                  ("SBS- NY"), in connection with WSKQ-FM (incorporated by
                  reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                  fiscal year ended September 24, 1994 (the "1994 10-K")).

         10.22    Broadcast Station License dated September 25, 1990 issued by
                  the FCC to Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.
                  ("SBS-Fla") in connection with WCMQ-AM, together with evidence
                  of license renewal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
                  of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.23    Evidence of renewal of Federal Communications Commission
                  ("FCC") Broadcast Radio License of WCMQ-AM (incorporated by
                  reference to the 1996 Current Report).


                                      II-5
<PAGE>   235
         10.24    Broadcast Station License dated April 1, 1994 issued by the
                  FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with WCMQ-FM, together with
                  evidence of license (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  10.11 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.25    Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for WCMQ-
                  FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.26    Broadcast Station License dated July 28, 1993 issued by the
                  FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with WZMQ-FM (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 1994 Registration
                  Statement).

         10.27    Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for WZMQ-
                  FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.28    Broadcast Station License dated April 8, 1986 issued by the
                  FCC to SBS-NJ in connection with KXMG-AM, together with
                  evidence of license renewal (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.13 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.29    Broadcast Station License dated February 21, 1992 issued by
                  the FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with KLAX-FM, together with
                  evidence of license renewal (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.14 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.30    Broadcast Station License dated June 26, 1995 issued by the
                  FCC to CSJ Investments, Inc. in connection with WSKP-FM (the
                  "WSKP Broadcast License") (incorporated by reference to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
                  ended September 26, 1995 (the "1995 10-K").

         10.31    Consent to Assignment of the WSKP Broadcast License from CSJ
                  Investments, Inc. to SBS-Fla issued by the FCC (incorporated
                  by reference to the 1995 10-K).

         10.32    Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for WSKP-
                  FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.33    Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between
                  Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as
                  tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of the
                  1994 Registration Statement).



                                      II-6
<PAGE>   236
         10.34    Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992 between
                  Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related to WSKQ- FM
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of the 1994
                  Registration Statement).

         10.35    Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement dated
                  as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company, as
                  landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.36    Employment Agreement dated April 26, 1993 by and between SBS-
                  NY, and Alfredo Rodriguez (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.16 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.37    Employment Agreement dated June 23, 1995 by and between
                  Spanish Broadcasting Systems of California, Inc. ("SBS-CA")
                  and Alfredo Rodriquez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  10.15 to 1995 10-K).

         10.38    Employment Agreement dated July 19, 1993 by and between SBS-
                  NJ and Alfredo Alonso (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  10.18 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.39    Employment Agreement dated May 3, 1994 by and between SBS- Fla
                  and Claudia Puig (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19
                  of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.40    Employment Agreement dated October 24, 1995 between SBS-NY and
                  Beatriz Pino (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of
                  1995 10-K).

         10.41    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-NJ in connection
                  with WXLX- AM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.42    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-NY in connection
                  with WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).



                                      II-7
<PAGE>   237
         10.43    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-CA in connection
                  with KXMG-AM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.44    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-CA in connection
                  with KLAX-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.45    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in connection
                  with WCMQ-AM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.46    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in connection
                  with WCMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.47    Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                  between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in connection
                  with WZMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.48    Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
                  Alarcon, Sr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $577,323
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the 1995 10-K).

         10.49    Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
                  Alarcon, Jr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $1,896,913
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the 1995 10-K).

         10.50    Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raul Alarcon, Sr.,
                  Raul Alarcon, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.51    Transmitted Facility Sublicense (KTYM/KSKQ-FM) dated as of
                  June 1, 1991 between Trans-America Broadcasting Corporation
                  and SBS-CA relating to KSKQ-FM (Baldwin Hills Tower Lease)
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the 1994
                  Registration Statement).



                                      II-8
<PAGE>   238
         10.52    Indenture dated October 12, 1988 between Alarcon Holdings,
                  Inc. and SBS-NJ related to the studio located at 26 West 56th
                  Street, NY, NY (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of
                  the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.53    Communications Equipment Site Lease Agreement between Freeman
                  Properties, Inc. and SBS-Fla dated July 1, 1992 (WZMQ/
                  WKLG-FM) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the
                  1994 Registration Statement).

         10.54    Lease Option Agreement made as of October 1, 1995 between
                  KPWR, Inc. and the Company relating to Flint Peak
                  (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.55    Form of Lease Agreement by and between KPWR, Inc. and the
                  Company relating to KLAX (incorporated by reference to the
                  1996 Current Report).

         10.56    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 30, 1995 between
                  SBS-NJ and Park Radio of Greater New York, Inc. ("Park Radio")
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the 1995 10-K).

         10.57    First Amendment dated as of March 18, 1996 to the Asset
                  Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1995, among SBS-NJ,
                  Park Radio and SBS of Greater New York, Inc. ("SBS-GNY")
                  (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.58    Escrow Agreement dated as of October 30, 1995 by and among
                  SBS-NJ, Park Radio and Media Ventures (incorporated by
                  reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.59    Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of January 20, 1995 between
                  the SBS-GNY and Park Radio (incorporated by reference to the
                  1996 Current Report).

         10.60    Broadcast Station License dated June 1, 1984 issued by the FCC
                  to Capital Cities Communications, Inc. ("Capital Cities") in
                  connection with WPAT-FM, together with FCC License Renewal
                  authorization granted October 29, 1991 to Park Radio, as
                  assignee of Capital Cities and the assignment of the Broadcast
                  Station License for WPAT-FM from Park Radio to SBS-NY
                  (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).



                                      II-9
<PAGE>   239
         10.61    Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996. No WT-1744-A-
                  119 1067 between The Port Authority of New Jersey and SBS-GNY
                  as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated by reference to the
                  1996 Current Report).

         10.62    Employment Agreement dated September 27, 1996 between Russell
                  Oasis and the Company.(2)

         10.63    Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 16, 1996 among Raul
                  Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting, Inc., The Seventies
                  Broadcasting Corporation and the Company, and with respect
                  only to Section 9.3 thereof, Alan Potamkin, Russell Oasis and
                  Robert Potamkin.(2)

         10.64    Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 22, 1996 between
                  Infinity Holdings Corp. of Orlando and the Company.(2)

         13.1     Annual Report of the Company (incorporated by reference to the
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year
                  ended September 29, 1996 (Commission File No. 33-82114) of
                  Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation).

         21.1     List of Subsidiaries of the Company.(2)

         23.1     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.(2)

         23.2     Consent of Voynow Bayard and Company.(2)

         24.1     Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

         25.1     Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.(2)


(1)      To be filed by Amendment.

(2)      Filed herewith.



                                      II-10
<PAGE>   240
         (b)      FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                  All Schedules are omitted because they are either not
applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements
or notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.



                                      II-11
<PAGE>   241
ITEM 22.          UNDERTAKINGS.

         (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred o paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by any such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether
or not such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.

         (b)      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all
information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved
therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement
when it became effective.

                  (2) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                           (i) To include any prospectus required by Section
         10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933.

                           (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
         arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the
         most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
         the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
         forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
         increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
         dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
         registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated
         maximum offering rate may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
         with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
         changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in
         the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
         Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

                           (iii) To include any material information with
         respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
         registration statement or any material change to such information in
         the registration statement.

                  (3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under
the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to



                                      II-13
<PAGE>   242
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                  (4) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         (c) (1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that
prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through
use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any
person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule
145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the
information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to
reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the
information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

                  (2) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) is
filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to
meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection
with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of
an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.




                                      II-14
<PAGE>   243
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New
York, on the 1st day of May, 1997.

                                                SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM,
                                                INC.



                                                By: /s/ Raul Alarcon, Jr.
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   Name:    Raul Alarcon, Jr.
                                                   Title:   President and Chief
                                                            Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated. Each persons whose signature appears
below hereby authorizes Raul Alarcon, Jr. and Joseph A. Garcia, and each of
them, as attorney-in-fact, to sign and file in his behalf, individually and in
each capacity stated below, all amendments and post-effective amendments to this
Registration Statement.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on the 1st day of May, 1997.

                  Signature
                  ---------


/s/ Raul Alarcon Jr.           President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director
- ----------------------------   (principal executive officer)
    Raul Alarcon Jr.

/s/ Joseph A. Garcia           Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
- ----------------------------   Officer
   Joseph A. Garcia            (principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr.     Chairman of the Board of Directors
- ----------------------------
   Pablo Raul Alarcon Sr.

/s/ Jose Grimalt               Secretary and a Director
- -----------------------------
   Jose Grimalt

/s/ Arnold Shieffer            Director
- -----------------------------
   Arnold Sheiffer

/s/ Joseph A. Garcia
- -----------------------------
Joseph A. Garcia, Attorney-in-Fact


<PAGE>   244
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


         1.1          Financial Advisory Agreement dated March 4, 1997 between
                      the Company and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as
                      financial advisor (incorporated by reference to the
                      Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 27, 1997
                      (Commission File No. 33- 82114)(the "Current Report")).

         3.1          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                      Company, dated March 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form
                      8-K dated March 25, 1996 (the "1996 Current Report")).

         3.2          By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 3.1.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on
                      Form S-4 (Commission File No. 33-82114) (the "1994
                      Registration Statement")).

         3.3          Certificate of Designation of Senior Exchangeable
                      Preferred Stock, Series A, filed March 27, 1997
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         4.1          Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ
                      Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors
                      named therein and the Purchasers named therein
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 1994
                      Registration Statement).

         4.2          Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 1997
                      to Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company,
                      the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
                      Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
                      Current Report).

         4.3          Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the Company,
                      the Guarantors named therein, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
                      Company, as Trustee, and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp.,
                      as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the
                      Current Report).

         4.4          Exchange Debenture Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997,
                      among the Company, the Guarantors named therein, U.S.
                      Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, and CIBC Wood Gundy
                      Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by
                      reference to the Current Report).
<PAGE>   245
         5.1          Opinion of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
                      regarding legality. (1)

         10.1         Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 1997
                      among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and CIBC
                      Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.2         Unit Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the
                      Company, the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
                      Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
                      Current Report).

         10.3         Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the
                      Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant
                      Agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.4         Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders
                      Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company,
                      certain Management Stockholders named therein and CIBC
                      Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.5         Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15,
                      1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and
                      CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.6         Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
                      March 15, 1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named
                      therein and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial
                      Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the Current
                      Report).

         10.7         National Radio Sales Representation Agreement dated as of
                      February 3, 1997 between Caballero Spanish Media, L.L.C.
                      and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Current
                      Report).

         10.8         Employment Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997 between
                      Raul Alarcon, Jr. and the Company (incorporated by
                      reference to the Current Report).
<PAGE>   246
         10.9         Employment Agreement dated September 27, 1996 between
                      Russell Oasis and the Company (incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10.42 of the Company's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K for the Year Ended September 29, 1996 (the "1996
                      10-K")).

         10.10        Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 16, 1996 among
                      Raul Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting, Inc., The
                      Seventies Broadcasting Corporation and the Company, and
                      with respect only to Section 9.3 thereof, Alan Potamkin,
                      Russell Oasis and Robert Potamkin (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.43 of the 1996
                      10-K).

         10.11        First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated December
                      26, 1996 among Raul Alarcon, Jr., New Age Broadcasting,
                      Inc., The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation and the
                      Company, and with respect only to Section 9.3 thereof,
                      Alan Potamkin, Russell Oasis and Robert Potamkin
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.12        Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated
                      February 28, 1997 among Raul Alarcon, Jr., New Age
                      Broadcasting, Inc., The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation
                      and the Company, and with respect only to Section 9.3
                      thereof, Alan Potamkin, Russell Oasis and Robert Potamkin
                      (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).

         10.13        Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 22, 1996 between
                      Infinity Holdings Corp. of Orlando and the Company
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the
                      Company's 1996 10-K).

         10.14        Letter Agreement dated January 13, 1997 between the
                      Company and Caballero Spanish Media, LLC (incorporated by
                      reference to the Current Report).

         10.15        1994 Stock Option Plan of the Company (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.16        Broadcast Station License dated September 20, 1983 issued
                      by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to Sabre
                      Broadcasting Corporation in connection with WXLX-AM,
                      together with an Assignment thereof from Sabre
                      Broadcasting Corporation to Spanish Broadcasting System,
                      Inc., a New Jersey Corporation ("SBS-NJ") and evidence of
                      license renewal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.8.1 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
<PAGE>   247
         10.17        Construction Permit dated July 21, 1993 issued by the FCC
                      to SBS- NJ in connection with WXLX-AM (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.18        AM Broadcast Station Construction Permit dated February 1,
                      1991 issued by the FCC to SBS-NJ in connection with
                      WXLX-AM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current
                      Report).

         10.19        Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola
                      Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996
                      Current Report).
         10.20        Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F.
                      Viola and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ
                      (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.21        Broadcast Station License dated November 23, 1994 issued
                      by the FCC to Spanish Broadcasting System of New York,
                      Inc. ("SBS-NY"), in connection with WSKQ-FM (incorporated
                      by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      for the fiscal year ended September 24, 1994 (the "1994
                      10-K")).

         10.22        Broadcast Station License dated September 25, 1990 issued
                      by the FCC to Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.
                      ("SBS-Fla") in connection with WCMQ-AM, together with
                      evidence of license renewal (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.10 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.23        Evidence of renewal of Federal Communications Commission
                      ("FCC") Broadcast Radio License of WCMQ-AM (incorporated
                      by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.24        Broadcast Station License dated April 1, 1994 issued by
                      the FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with WCMQ-FM, together
                      with evidence of license (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.11 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.25        Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for
                      WCMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current
                      Report).

         10.26        Broadcast Station License dated July 28, 1993 issued by
                      the FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with WZMQ-FM
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 1994
                      Registration Statement).
<PAGE>   248
         10.27        Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for
                      WZMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current
                      Report).

         10.28        Broadcast Station License dated April 8, 1986 issued by
                      the FCC to SBS-NJ in connection with KXMG-AM, together
                      with evidence of license renewal (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.29        Broadcast Station License dated February 21, 1992 issued
                      by the FCC to SBS-Fla in connection with KLAX-FM, together
                      with evidence of license renewal (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.30        Broadcast Station License dated June 26, 1995 issued by
                      the FCC to CSJ Investments, Inc. in connection with
                      WSKP-FM (the "WSKP Broadcast License") (incorporated by
                      reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                      the fiscal year ended September 26, 1995 (the "1995
                      10-K").

         10.31        Consent to Assignment of the WSKP Broadcast License from
                      CSJ Investments, Inc. to SBS-Fla issued by the FCC
                      (incorporated by reference to the 1995 10-K).

         10.32        Evidence of renewal of FCC Broadcast Radio License for
                      WSKP-FM (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current
                      Report).

         10.33        Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between
                      Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as
                      tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of
                      the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.34        Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992
                      between Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related
                      to WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2
                      of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.35        Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement
                      dated as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building
                      Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).
<PAGE>   249
         10.36        Employment Agreement dated April 26, 1993 by and between
                      SBS-NY, and Alfredo Rodriguez (incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10.16 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.37        Employment Agreement dated June 23, 1995 by and between
                      Spanish Broadcasting Systems of California, Inc.
                      ("SBS-CA") and Alfredo Rodriquez (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.15 to 1995 10-K).

         10.38        Employment Agreement dated July 19, 1993 by and between
                      SBS-NJ and Alfredo Alonso (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.18 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.39        Employment Agreement dated May 3, 1994 by and between SBS-
                      Fla and Claudia Puig (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.19 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.40        Employment Agreement dated October 24, 1995 between SBS-NY
                      and Beatriz Pino (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.18 of 1995 10-K).

         10.41        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-NJ in connection
                      with WXLX-AM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20
                      of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.42        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-NY in connection
                      with WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21
                      of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.43        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-CA in connection
                      with KXMG-AM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22
                      of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.44        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-CA in connection
                      with KLAX-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23
                      of the 1994 Registration Statement).
<PAGE>   250
         10.45        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in
                      connection with WCMQ-AM (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.24 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.46        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in
                      connection with WCMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.25 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.47        Representation Agreement dated as of September 27, 1993
                      between Katz Communications, Inc. and SBS-Fla in
                      connection with WZMQ-FM (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.26 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.48        Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
                      Alarcon, Sr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $577,323
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the 1995
                      10-K).

         10.49        Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
                      Alarcon, Jr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of
                      $1,896,913 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of
                      the 1995 10-K).

         10.50        Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raul Alarcon,
                      Sr., Raul Alarcon, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.51        Transmitted Facility Sublicense (KTYM/KSKQ-FM) dated as of
                      June 1, 1991 between Trans-America Broadcasting
                      Corporation and SBS-CA relating to KSKQ-FM (Baldwin Hills
                      Tower Lease) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31
                      of the 1994 Registration
                      Statement).

         10.52        Indenture dated October 12, 1988 between Alarcon Holdings,
                      Inc. and SBS-NJ related to the studio located at 26 West
                      56th Street, NY, NY (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.32 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

         10.53        Communications Equipment Site Lease Agreement between
                      Freeman Properties, Inc. and SBS-Fla dated July 1, 1992
                      (WZMQ/WKLG-FM) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.33 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
<PAGE>   251
         10.54        Lease Option Agreement made as of October 1, 1995 between
                      KPWR, Inc. and the Company relating to Flint Peak
                      (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.55        Form of Lease Agreement by and between KPWR, Inc. and the
                      Company relating to KLAX (incorporated by reference to the
                      1996 Current Report).

         10.56        Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 30, 1995
                      between SBS-NJ and Park Radio of Greater New York, Inc.
                      ("Park Radio") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32
                      of the 1995 10-K).

         10.57        First Amendment dated as of March 18, 1996 to the Asset
                      Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1995, among SBS-NJ,
                      Park Radio and SBS of Greater New York, Inc. ("SBS-GNY")
                      (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.58        Escrow Agreement dated as of October 30, 1995 by and among
                      SBS-NJ, Park Radio and Media Ventures (incorporated by
                      reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.59        Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of January 20, 1995
                      between the SBS-GNY and Park Radio (incorporated by
                      reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         10.60        Broadcast Station License dated June 1, 1984 issued by the
                      FCC to Capital Cities Communications, Inc. ("Capital
                      Cities") in connection with WPAT-FM, together with FCC
                      License Renewal authorization granted October 29, 1991 to
                      Park Radio, as assignee of Capital Cities and the
                      assignment of the Broadcast Station License for WPAT-FM
                      from Park Radio to SBS-NY (incorporated by reference to
                      the 1996 Current Report).

         10.61        Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996. No
                      WT-1744-A-119 1067 between The Port Authority of New
                      Jersey and SBS-GNY as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated
                      by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

         13.1         Annual Report of the Company (incorporated by reference to
                      the 1996 10-K).

         21.1         List of Subsidiaries of the Company.(2)
<PAGE>   252
         23.1         Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.(2)

         23.2         Consent of Voynow Bayard and Company.(2)

         24.1         Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

         25.1         Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.(2)


(1)      To be filed by Amendment.

(2)      Filed herewith.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Subsidiary Name                                            State of Incorporation
- ---------------                                            ----------------------
<S>                                                        <C>
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.                          New Jersey
Alarcon Holdings, Inc.                                     New York
Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc.            California
Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.               Florida
SBS of Greater New York, Inc.                              New York
SBS Promotions, Inc.                                       New York
Spanish Broadcasting System Network, Inc.                  New York
</TABLE>

Certain of the above subsidiaries have, from time to time, done business under
the following names: WSKQ-AM, KXED-AM, WCMQ-AM, WCMQ-FM, KLAX-FM, WZMZ-FM, WSKP-
FM, WPAT-FM, WSKQ-FM, WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM, WZMQ-FM and WCMQ-FM.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                      [Letterhead of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP]



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.


We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.


                                         /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
April 30, 1997

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                    [Letterhead of Voynow, Bayard and Company]

                              Accountants' Consent



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
New Age Broadcasting Inc. and
The Seventies Broadcasting Corporation

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the registration statement on Form S-4 of
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.


                                        /s/ Voynow, Bayard and Company

Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 30, 1997

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 25.1

                           --------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                             -----------------------

                                    FORM T-1

                            STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                   UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
                    CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                               SECTION 305(b)(2)_

                             -----------------------


                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

         New York                                         13-5375195
(Jurisdiction of incorporation                         (I.R.S. employer
or organization if not a U.S. national bank)          identification No.)

One State Street, New York, New York                        10004
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip code)

                                JAMES P. FREEMAN
                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                                One State Street
                            New York, New York 10004
                                 (212) 858-2000
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                        SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
              (Exact names of obligor as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                13-3827791
(State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)              identification No.)

26 West 56th Street
New York, NY                                         10019
<PAGE>   2
(Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip code)

                       11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B

                             -----------------------

                         (Title of indenture securities)

Item 1. General information

        Furnish the following information as to the trustee;

        (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to
             which it is subject.

               New York State Banking Department, Two Rector Street, New York,
               New York

               Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

               Federal Reserve Bank of New York Second District, 33 Liberty
               Street, New York, New York

        (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                             Yes

Item 2. Affiliations with the Obligor.

        If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
        affiliation.

        The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

Item 13. Defaults by the Obligor.

        (a)  State whether there is or has been a default with respect to the
             securities under this indenture. Explain the nature of any such
             default.

                     None

        (b)  If the trustee is a trustee under another indenture under which any
             other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in
             any other securities, of the obligors are outstanding, or is
             trustee for more than one outstanding series of securities under
             the indenture, state whether there has been a default under any
             such indenture or
<PAGE>   3
               series, identify the indenture or series affected, and explain
               the nature of any such default.

                     None

  Item 16.     List of exhibits.

               List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of
               eligibility.

         *1.   A copy of the Charter of IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company as
               amended to date. (See Exhibit 1A to Form T-1, Securities and
               Exchange Commission File No. 22-18460).

         *2.   A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the trustee to Commence
               Business (Included in Exhibit 1 above).

         *3.   A copy of the Authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate
               trust powers, as amended to date (See Exhibit 4 to Form T-1,
               Securities and Exchange Commission File No. 22-19146).

         *4.   A copy of the existing By-Laws of the trustee, as amended to date
               (See Exhibit 4 to Form T-1, Securities and Exchange Commission
               File No. 22-19146).

         5.    Not Applicable

         6.    The consent of United States institutional trustee required by
               Section 321(b) of the Act.

         7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published
               pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or
               examining authority.

*        The Exhibits thus designated are incorporated herein by reference as
         exhibits hereto. Following the description of such Exhibits is a
         reference to the copy of the Exhibit heretofore filed with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission, to which there have been no
         amendments or changes.
<PAGE>   4
                                      NOTE


In answering any item in this Statement of Eligibility which relates to matters
peculiarly within the knowledge of the obligor and its directors or officers,
the trustee has relied upon information furnished to it by the obligor.

Inasmuch as this Form T-1 is filed prior to the ascertainment by the trustee of
all facts on which to base responsive answers to Item 2, the answer to said Item
is based on incomplete information.

Item 2, may, however, be considered as correct unless amended by an amendment to
this Form T-1.

Pursuant to General Instruction B, the trustee has responded to Items 1, 2a and
16 of this form since to the best knowledge of the trustee as indicated in Item
13, the obligor is not in default under any indenture under which the applicant
is trustee.
<PAGE>   5
                                    SIGNATURE

                  Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, the trustee, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this
statement of eligibility & qualification to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State
of New York, on the 25th day of April, 1997.

                                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY



                                       By:  /s/ James P. Freeman
                                          -------------------------------------
                                             James P. Freeman
                                             Assistant Vice President
<PAGE>   6
                                    EXHIBIT 6

                               CONSENT OF TRUSTEE



                  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321(b) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in connection with the issuance by Spanish
Broadcasting System, Inc. of its 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B, we hereby
consent that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial, or District
authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange
Commission upon request therefor.

                                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY



                                       By:   /s/ James P. Freeman
                                          -------------------------------------
                                              James P. Freeman
                                              Assistant Vice President



Dated:  April 25, 1997
<PAGE>   7
                                   EXHIBIT 7

                      CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION OF
                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                             OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK
                     AND FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES

                         REPORT AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DOLLAR AMOUNTS
                                                                                                   IN THOUSANDS
                                                                                                   ------------
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Cash and balance due from depository institutions:
   Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin..........................................  $   32,466
   Interest-bearing balances...................................................................  $  347,310
Securities:       Held-to-maturity securities..................................................  $  175,628
                  Available-for-sale securities................................................  $   37,536
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
domestic offices of the Bank and of its edge and agreement subsidiaries and in
IBFS:
   Federal funds sold..........................................................................  $   13,900
   Securities purchased under agreements to resell.............................................  $    4,524
Loans and lease financing receivables:
   Loans and leases, net of unearned income                                     $     1,844,295
   Less:  Allowance for loan and lease losses                                   $        57,261
   Less:  Allocated transfer risk reserve                                       $           -0-
   Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve............................  $1,787,034
Trading assets held in trading accounts........................................................  $      403
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases).......................................  $    4,123
Other real estate owned........................................................................  $      202
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies............................  $      -0-
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding...................................  $      463
Intangible assets..............................................................................  $      -0-
Other assets...................................................................................  $   87,430

TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................................  $2,491,019
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   8
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   LIABILITIES

Deposits:
<S>                                                                                              <C>       
    In domestic offices........................................................................  $  792,944
      Noninterest-bearing....................................................   $       228,711
      Interest-bearing.......................................................   $       564,233
    In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs..............................  $1,125,928
      Noninterest-bearing....................................................   $        20,348
      Interest-bearing.......................................................   $     1,105,580
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under Agreements to repurchase in
domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in
IBFs:
    Federal Funds purchased....................................................................  $  185,300
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.............................................  $      -0-
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasure.......................................................  $    5,098
Trading Liabilities............................................................................  $       83
Other borrowed money:
   With a remaining maturity of one year or less...............................................  $   74,686
   With a remaining maturity of more than one year.............................................  $    4,763
Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases.................................  $      -0-
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding.......................................  $      463
Subordinated notes and debentures..............................................................  $      -0-
Other liabilities..............................................................................  $   82,930

TOTAL LIABILITIES..............................................................................  $2,272,195
Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus                                                 $      -0-

                                 EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus..................................................  $      -0-
Common stock...................................................................................  $   29,649
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock).......................................  $  217,008
Undivided profits and capital reserves.........................................................  $  (27,849)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.................................  $       16
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments............................................  $      -0-

TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL...........................................................................  $  218,824
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CAPITAL...........................................................  $2,491,019
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission